PG Book 20222023

UNIVERSITI
MALAYA
•ROSTGRADUATE
• HANDBOOK
SESSION
• 2022/2023
CD "-' •
modicineumalaya
I (r;i\ modi clncumalaya
\& I 'e' a�ulti ��,�batan
� aya
0 n1vers 1t1 IV'la 1
DISCLAIMER
Every attempt is made to ensure that the Information in this Handbook is correct at the time
of production.
The University may from time need to make changes and improvement to the contents.
(October, 2022)
URL: http://medicine.um.edu.my
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
CONTENTS
HANDBOOK POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK. 2022/2023 SESSION
Bil Title Page
1 Dean’s Message 1
2 Deputy Dean’s Message 2
3 Postgraduate Administration 3
4 Departments at The Faculty 4
5 Units of The Faculty 30
6 Educational Goals of The University of Malaya 34
7 Vision and Mission of Faculty of Medicine UM 35
8 History of the Faculty of Medicine UM 36
9 Compliance With The University’s Statutes, Rules And Regulations 49
10 Postgraduate’s Clinical Programme 40
Academic Calendar 41
10.1 Master of Anaesthesiology (MAnaes) 42
10.2 Master of Clinical Oncology (MCO) 49
10.3 Master of Emergency Medicine (MEmMed) 56
10.4 Master of Family Medicine (MFamMed) 63
10.5 Master of Internal Medicine (MlntMed) 71
10.6 Master of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (MObGyn) 77
10.7 Master of Ophthalmology (MOphthal) 83
10.8 Master of Orthopaedic Surgery (MOrthSurg) 90
10.9 Master of Otorhinolaryngology - Head & Neck Surgery ( MSurgORL-HNS ) 97
10.10 Master of Paediatrics (MPaeds) 104
10.11 Master of Paediatric Surgery (MPaedSurg) 111
10.12 Master of Pathology (Anatomical Pathology)/ (Haematology) /

118
(Chemical Pathology) / (Medical Microbiology) / (Forensic Pathology)
10.13 Master of Psychological Medicine (MPM) 125
POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK 2022/2023 ii

| FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my
Bil Title Page
10.14 Master of Radiology (MRad) 132
10.16 Master of Rehabilitation Medicine (MRehabMed) 139
10.17 Master of Sports Medicine (MSpMed) 146
10.18 Master of Surgery (MSurg) 153
10.19 Master of Neurosurgery (MNeuroSurg) 160
Postgraduate’s Non Clinical Programme 168
Academic Calendar 169
10.20 Master of Medical Education (MMedEdu) 170
10.21 Master of Medical Physics (MMedPhysics) 182
10.22 Master of Nursing Science Degree (MNSc) 192
10.23 Master of Public Health (MPH) 202
10.24 Master of Health Research Ethics (MOHRE) 221
10.25 Master of Medical Parasitologi and Entomology 232
10.26 Master of Epidemiology (MEpi) 244
10.25 Master of Medical Science (Regenerative Medicine) (MMedSc RegMed)) 252
10.26 Master of Medical Science (MMedSc) 258
10.27 Doctor of Medicine (MD) 260
10.28 Doctor of Philosophy 262
10.29 Doctor of Public Health (DrPH) 264
11 Award For The Best Student 274
12 Faculty Facilities 290
13 Campus Facilities 298
14 Faculty Building Plan 303
15 Map Campus 304
POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK 2022/2023 iii

2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE DEAN’S MESSAGE
HANDBOOK
POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK. 2022/2023 SESSION
Welcome to the Faculty of Medicine.
I am delighted that you have chosen to study at the Universiti

Malaya. The Faculty of Medicine Universiti Malaya prides itself in
being the oldest medical school with the largest post graduate
clinical and research based post graduate programs in the country.
Whether you are pursuing a Clinical Master’s in Medicine, or a

graduate research programme, you are now part of the largest Faculty in the University, joining
over 2848 full-time and part-time undergraduate and postgraduate students, including more
than 400 postgraduate researchers.
To those pursuing a Clinical Master’s programme, University Malaya Medical Centre, with its
vast resources, will provide you with a rich experience of hands-on training in clinical medicine.
The large number of highly experienced and motivated academicians and specialists will help
ensure that you will be well-prepared for your years ahead as a specialist.
For those undertaking a research based postgraduate programme you will join in a long
tradition of research undertaken at the Faculty of Medicine that has made major contributions
to the understanding of disease and conditions such as cancer, infectious diseases, and
diabetes and improving patient care and outcomes and to public health. We pride ourselves in
providing the highest quality laboratory and study facilities for our students and postgraduate
researchers. The Faculty offers a stimulating study and research environment with recent
investment in the state-of-the-art equipment and research facilities.
Through the years the academic staff of the Faculty of Medicine has developed a vast network
of international collaborators who can provide a further opportunities to enrich your learning
and research experience.
I wish you every success and enjoyment in your time here, and warmly welcome you to the
Faculty.
PROFESSOR DR. APRIL CAMILLA ROSLANI

Dean
Faculty of Medicine
POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK 2022/2023 SESSION 1

2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE DEPUTY DEAN’S MESSAGE
HANDBOOK
Welcome to the Faculty of Medicine. As you join us in this academic

session, you will find that the typical transition period that occurs
upon introduction to your postgraduate life will be a unique one. In
these unprecedented times, is imperative that we are sensitive to
your needs by focusing on increased quality communication; and
ensure an enriching experience by providing support, flexibility and
safety in a comfortable practice, learning and training environment.
As you journey through your studies in the largest faculty at the University of Malaya, there will
be many opportunities to learn new skills, meet new people and experience a range of learning
environments that we offer within the many programmes here.
Our goal is to prepare you as our next generation of specialists, scientists, academicians and
industry practitioner with rewarding careers. This will set the foundation for us all to be involved
in the building of a healthy society through education, discovery, collaboration and research.
As healthcare and other industry needs have changed, we place emphasis on curriculum
design that is relevant to the current times. Since before the pandemic, we have explored the
various platforms for the delivery of our programs and will continue to facilitate ways to ensure
that your training is progressive and in tune with our changing times. In keeping with the
faculty’s strategic plan, we aim to ensure our postgraduate programmes are relevant and of
high quality; so I plan to create many opportunities for us to interact closely. We hope your
time with us will drive you into the pursuit of excellence that is fortified by positive social values
so you may go forth and serve your community and population productively.
I am looking forward to meeting you. Welcome to the Faculty of Medicine.
you go on to accumulate knowledge, skills r in the laboratory, your subject of study in medicine
is ultimately life itself. I hopyou good health
PROFESSOR DR. SHAHRUL BAHYAH KAMARUZZAMAN
MBBCh, MRCP (Lond), DGM (Dip. Of Geriatric Med) (Lond), PhD (London)
Deputy Dean (Postgraduate)
Faculty of Medicine

2022/2023 POSTGRADUATE ADMINISTRATION
POSTGRADUATE
HANDBOOK
PROFESSOR DR. APRIL CAMILLA PROFESSOR DR. SHAHRUL

ROSLANI BAHYAH KAMARUZZAMAN
Dean Deputy Dean
april@ummc.edu.my shahrulk@ummc.edu.my
603-79492050 603-79492108
FARAHIYAH MOHAD KIDAR

MARDIANSHA KALIMUDDIN
Secretary
Senior Assistant Registrar
(Deputy Dean’s Secretary)
mardiansha@um.edu.my farahiyah@ummc.edu.my
603-79677503 603-79492108
AMIRAH AFIQAH JIN AZMAN SITI NOOR MUHAIYAH ZAMARI

Assistant Registrar Assistant Administrative Officer
amirahafiqah@um.edu.my maya@um.edu.my
603-7967 2934 603-79673146
MUHD SHAHRUL HARRIS AZURA BINTI SENGAH

ABDULLAH Administrative Assistant
Assistant Administrative Officer (Operation/Clerk)
muhdharris@um.edu.my azura75@um.edu.my
603-79676695 603-79677514
MARSHITAH BINTI SALLEH MUNIRAH KAMARAL ZAMAN

Administrative Assistant Administrative Assistant
(Operation/Clerk) (Operation/Clerk)
marshitah@um.edu.my munirah26@ummc.edu.my
603-79492072 603-79676695
NORLINDA DARAMAN SITI FARHANA BINTI MUHAMMAD

Administrative Assistant
YUNUS
(Operation/Clerk)
Administrative Assistant
ateh@um.edu.my (Operation/Clerk)
603-79673147
farhanayunus@um.edu.my
603-79673147
NURFAZIELA IBRAHIM SITI ZULAIHA MUSTAFA KAMAL

Administrative Assistant Administrative Assistant
(Operation/Clerk) (Operation/Clerk)
faziela@ummc.edu.my zulaiha@um.edu.my
603-79677514 603-79673147

2022/2023 ANAESTHESIOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
HANDBOOK DEPARTMENT | ACADEMIC STAFF
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Loh Pui San MBBS (Mal), MMed(Anaes) (UKM), FANZCA(Aus)
Tel: 03-7949 2052
Fax: 03-7955 6705
Email: lohps@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Ina Ismiarti bt. Shariffuddin MBchB (DUNDEE), M. Anaes (Mal)
Professor Dr Marzida Mansor MD (UKM), M. Anaes (Mal)
Professor Dr Nor’Azim bin Mohd Yunos MBBS (Mal), M.Anaes(Mal),EDIC,PhD,GCHE,FAMM
Professor Dr Rafidah binti Atan MBBS (Mal),M.Anaes(Mal),FANZCA,EDIC,PhD,GCCS,GCHE,FAMM
Honorary Professors:
Professor Dr Ramani Vijayan Sannasi MBBS (Osmania), DA (Lon), FFARCS (Ireland), FRCA(UK),
FANZCA (Aus), FAMM
Professor Dato’ Dr Wang Chew Yin MBChB (Birmingham, UK), FRCA (UK)
Associate Professors:
Associate Professor Dr Mohd Shahnaz bin Hasan MBBS (Mal), M Anaes (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Chaw Sook Hui MD (USM), M Anaes (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Carolyn Yim Chue Wai MBBS (IMU), M. Anaes (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Loh Pui San MBBS (Mal), MMed(Anaes) (UKM), FANZCA(Aus)
Associate Professor Dr Noorjahan Haneem bt. Md. Hashim MBBS (Mal), M. Anaes (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Jeyaganesh Veerakumaran MBBS (UWI), MMed(Anaes) (UKM)
Dr Mohd Fadhil Hadi bin Jamaluddin MBBS (Mal), M Anaes (Mal)
Dr Mohd Fitry bin Zainal Abidin MD (Volvograd), M. Anaes (Mal)
Dr Wan Aizat binti Wan Zakaria MBBCh (UK), M. Anaes (Mal)
Dr Lim Woon Lai MBBS(IMU), FANZCA(Aus)
Dr Kevin Ng Wei Shan MD (UPM), M. Anaes (Mal)
Dr Ng Tyng Yan MBBS (MMMC), MAnaes (Mal), FCAI (Ireland)
Dr Ng Ching Choe MD (USM), M. Anaes (Mal)
Dr Sharil Rahayu binti Ruslan MBBS (Mal), M. Anaes (Mal)
Dr Cheong Chao Chia MD (UPM), M. Anaes (Mal)
Dr Lim Siu Min MBBS (IMU), M. Anaes (Mal)
Dr Tan Wei Keang MD (USM), M. Anaes (Mal)
Lecturers:
Dr Siti Nadzrah bin Yunus MBBS (Mal)
Trainee Lecturers:
Dr Ili Syazana Jamal Azmi MBBS (Mal)
Dr Mayura Hanis binti Ahmad Damanhuri MBChB(Honours)(Manchester)
Dr Mohd Afiq Syahmi bin Ramli MBBS (CUCMS)
Dr Nabilah Abdul Ghani MBBS (Mal)

2022/2023 ANATOMY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dr Murali D. Kuppusamy Naidu BDS (Mal), MMedSc (Anat) (Mal), PhD (Cambridge)
Tel: 03-7967 4735
Fax: 03-79558721/79674724
Email: murali@ummc.edu.my | murali_naidu@um.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Murali D. Kuppusamy Naidu BDS (Mal), MMedSc (Anat) (Mal), PhD (Cambridge)
Associate Professor Dr Junedah binti Sanusi BSc, MSc (Kansas), Postgrad.Dip. Ed (UTM), PhD
(Neurosci) (Lond)
Associate Professor Dr Rosie Pamela Shasikala David BSc (UPM), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Medical Lecturers:
Dr Noor Eliza Hashim MBBS (Aus), MMedSc (Mal), MMedSc (Mal)
Dr Siti Rosmani Md Zin @ Zakaria MD (UPM), MMedSc (Mal)
Dr Rasheeda Mohd Zamin MBBS (UIA), PhD (UWA)
Dr Intan Suhana Zulkafli MBBS (UPM), PhD (UWA)
Dr Muhammad Alfakri Mat Noh MBBS (Mal), MMedSc (UKM)
Senior Lecturer:
Dr Wong Kah Hui BSc. (Mal), MSc. (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Visiting Medical Lecturer:

Dr Snehlata Prashant Samberkar MBBS, DOMS (Mumbai) PGDPH (Fiji)

2022/2023 BIOMEDICAL IMAGING
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Khairul Azmi Abd. Kadir MBBS (Mal), MRad (UM),AM
Tel: 03-7949 2069
Fax: 03-7958 1973
Email: khairulazmi@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Anushya Vijayananthan MBBS (New Delhi), MRad (Mal), AM
Professor Dr Gnana Kumar Gnanasuntharam MBBS (Mys), MMed (Rad)(UKM), FRCR (Lond), AM
Professor Dr Kartini Rahmat MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FRCR (Lond), AM
Professor Dr Norlisah Mohd Ramli MBBS (Mal), FRCR (Lond), FAMM
Professor Dr Ng Kwan Hoong PhD, FIPM, MIPEM, DABMP, AM
Professor Dato’ Dr Yang Faridah Abd. Aziz MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FAMM
Associate Professor:
Associate Professor Datin Seri Dr Ouzreiah Nawawi MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), FRCR (Lond), AM
Associate Professor Dr Khairul Azmi Abd Kadir MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), AM
Associate Professor Dr Faizatul Izza Rozalli BMBS (Nott), BMedSci (Nott), MRCP (UK), FRCR (UK),
AM
Associate Professor Dr Jeannie Wong Hsiu Ding MMedPhys (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Mohammad Nazri Md. Shah MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Raja Rizal Azman Raja Aman MBBS (Lond), MRCP (UK), FRCR (Lond), MRad
(Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Roziah Muridan MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), AM
Medical/Senior Lecturers:
Dr Azlan bin Che Ahmad BBE (Mal), MMedPhys (Mal), PhD (Aberden)
Dr Caroline Judy Westerhout MBBS (Mal), MRad (UM), FRCR (Lond), AM
Dr Chan Wai Yee MD(Mal), FRCR(UK), MmeD SIN(DR), Mrad(Mal)
Dr Eric Chung MBBS (Russia) ) MRad(Mal)
Dr Fadhli Mohamed Sani MBBS (Mal), MRad (UM)
Dr Farhana Fadzli MBBS (Mal), MBChB (Leicester), MRCP (UK)
Dr Nadia Fareeda Muhammad Gowdh MBBS (UM), MRad (Mal)
Dr Ng Wei Lin MBBS (UM), MRad (Mal)
Dr Norshazriman Sulaiman MBBCh BAO (Ire), MRad (Mal)
Dr Nur Adura Yaakup, MBBS (Mal), MRad (Mal), AM
Dr. Tan Li Kuo BEng (Monash), MEng (Monash)
Lecturers:
Mr. Muhd Shahrun Nizam Ahmad Daman Huri BSc (Hons)(UKM), MMedPhys (Mal)
Trainee Lecturer (SLAB):

Mohd Salahuddin Bin Kamaruddin MBBS(UM)

2022/2023 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dr Chua Kek Heng BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Tel: 03-7967 6616
Fax: 03-7967 6600
Email: khchua@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Umah Rani Kuppusamy BSc (Mal), PhD (S’pore)
Professor Dr Chua Kek Heng BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Azlina Ahmad Annuar B.Sc (UCL), PhD (Imperial)
Associate Professor Dr Ong Kien Chai B.Sc (UKM), PhD (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Suzita Mohd Noor B.BiomedSc (Mal), M.MedSc (Mal), PhD (Deakin)
Dr Rozaida @ Poh Yuen Ying B.Sc (Mal), M.MedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Anwar Norazit B.BiomedSc (Mal), M.MedSc (Mal), PhD (Griffith)
Dr Nur’ain Salehen B.BiomedSc (Bradford), M.MedSc (Leicester), PhD (Leicester)
Dr Kee Boon Pin B.BiomedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal
Dr Puah Suat Moi B.Sc (UM), M.MedSc (Mal) PhD (Mal)
Dr Chai Hwa Chia B.BiomedSc (Mal), M.MedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Bavani a/p Arumugam B.Sc (Mal), M.Sc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Tan Soon Hao B.Sc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Kamariah Ibrahim B.BiomedSc (Mal), M.MedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Looi Mee Lee B.BiomedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)

2022/2023 MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Chan Yoke Fun BSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Tel: 03-7967 6661
Fax: 03-7967 6660
Email: chanyf@um.edu.my | chanyf@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Jamal I-Ching Sam BMBS (UK), MSc (Lond), FRCPath (UK), MRCP (UK)
Professor Dr Jamunarani Vadivelu BSc (Sur), PhD (Lond), DIC (Lond), MSc (Lond), FRCPath (UK)
Professor Dr Sazaly Abu Bakar BSc (WIU), MSc (WIU), PhD (Texas)
Professor Dr Tay Sun Tee BSc (Mal), MMSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Professor Dr Rina Karunakaran MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal), FRCPath (UK)
Professor Dr Chan Yoke Fun BSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Chang Li Yen BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Tee Kok Keng BSc (Mal), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Medical/Senior Lecturers:
Dr Chandramathi Samudi Raju BSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Cindy Teh Shuan Ju BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Kartini Abdul Jabar MBChB (UK), MPath (Mal)
Dr Kumutha Malar Vellasamy BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Maria Kahar Bador MBChB (Ire), MSc (Lond)
Dr Nadia Atiya MBChB (UK), MPath (Mal)
Dr Nuryana Idris MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal)
Dr Rukumani Devi Velayuthan MBBS (Mal), MPtah (Mal)
Dr Wong Won Fen BSc (Mal), MSc. (Tohoku Univ), PhD (Immunology) (Tohoku Univ)
Dr Tang Soo Nee MBBS (UNIMAS), MPath (Mal)
Dr Nurhafiza Zainal BSc(Mal), MRes (UK), DUAL-PhD (Mal&Taiwan)
Dr Anis Rageh Al Maleki B.Sc(Yemen), M.Sc(Yemen), Ph.D(Mal)

Azwani Abdullah MBBS(Mal)

2022/2023 MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dr Ida Normiha Helmi MBBCh (Glas), MRCP (UK)
Tel: 03-7949 2429 / 03 794 92555
Email: ida@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dato’ Dr Adeeba Kamarulzaman MBBS (Monash), FRACP
Professor Dr Bee Ping Chong MD (Mal), MMed (Mal
Professor Dr Chan Wah Kheong MBBS (Mal), MRCP UK), PhD (Mal)
Professor Dr Chee Kok Han MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Professor Dr Chin Ai-Vryn MBBCh BAO (RCSI), LRCP & MRCP (UK), Dip.Hospital Management (NUI)
Professor Dr Gan Shiaw Sze @ Gan Gin Gin MBBS (UNSW), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Edin)
Professor Dr Goh Khean Jin MBBS (Singapore), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Glasgow), FAMM
(Glasgow), FAMM, FNHAM, FCAPSC, FAsCC, FAPSIC, FSCAI, FACC, FESC
Professor Dr Ida Normiha Helmi MBBCh (Glas), MRCP (UK)
Professor Dr Imran bin Zainal Abidin MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Professor Dr Lim Kheng Seang MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Professor Dr Lim Shen-Yang MBBS (Melb), MD (Melb)(Neuroscience), FRACP
Professor Dr Nortina Shahrizaila B.Med Sc (Notth), MBBS (Notth), MRCP (UK), DM (Notth), CCT
Neurology (UK)
Professor Dr Tan Kay Sin MBBS (Melb), Dip in Medicine (Hammersmith), MRCP (UK), FRCP
Professor Dr Tan Maw Pin BMedSci (Notth), BMBS (Notth), MRCP (UK), MD (Newcastle,
UK), CCT (UK)
Professor Dr Liam Chong Kin MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FCCP (USA), FRCP (Lond), FAMM
Professor Dr Sanjiv a/l Mahadeva MBBS (Newcastle Upon Tyne), MRCP (UK), CCST (UK), MD
(Leeds)
Professor Dr Shahrul Bahyah bt Kamaruzzaman MBBCh, MRCP (Lond), DGM (Dip. Of Geriatric Med)
(Lond), PhD (London)
Professor Dr Sasheela Sri La Sri Ponnampalavanar MBBS (MAHE, Manipal), MMed (Mal)
Professor Dr Shireene Ratna a/p Daniel Benjamin MBBS(Mal), MMed (UKM), MD (Melb)
Professor Dato’ Dr Wan Azman Wan Ahmad MBBS (Mal), FRCP (Glasgow), MRCP (UK), FAMM,
FNHAM, FCAPSC,FasCC,FAPSIC, FACC, FESC
Professor Emeritus
Professor Dato’ Dr Goh Khean Lee MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), MD (Mal)
Professor Dato’ Dr Tan Chong Tin MBBS (Mel), MRCP (UK), MD (Mal), FRCP (Edin)
Visiting Professor
Professor Dr Chan Siew Pheng MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Professor Dr Philip Poi Jun Hua MB ChB BAO (Ireland), LRCP&S (Ireland), MRCP (Ireland)
Professor Dato’ Dr Tan Chong Tin MBBS (Mel), MRCP (UK), MD (Mal), FRCP (Edin)
Professor Dr Rosmawati Mohamed MBBS (Monash), MRCP (UK), MMed (Mal), MD (Birm)
Associate Professor Dr Ahmad Syadi bin Mahmood Zuhdi MBBS (Queen’s), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr. Alexander Loch MBBS (Schiller University), MD (Schiller University), MRCP
(UK)
Associate Professor Dr Fariz bin Yahya MBBS (Queen’s), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Ho Shiaw Hooi MD (UKM), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Lim Soo Kun MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)

Associate Professor Dr Lim Lee Ling MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Loh Ee Chin MBBch BAO (Ire), Postgraduate Dip. In Palliative Med (Wales),
MRCP (Ire).
Associate Professor Dr Muhammad Dzafir bin Ismail MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Maisarah binti Jalalonmuhali MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Nor I’zzati binti Saedon MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Ng Kok Peng MBBCh, BAO (Ire), MMed (M a/l Socklingam MBBS (Manipal
India), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Pang Yong Kek MD (USM), MRCP (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Poh Mau Ern MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Raja Iskandar Shah Raja Azwa MBChB (Dundee), MRCP (UK), Dip GUM
DFSRH, Dip HIV, CCT (UK)
Associate Professor Raja Jasmin Begum binti Raja Mohamed MBBS (Manipal), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr R. Jeyakantha a/l Ratnasingam MD (UKM), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Reena a/p Rajasuriar BPharm (Hons) (Mal), MPharm (Mal), PhD (Aus)
Associate Professor Dr Sargunan Sockalingam MBBS (Ind), MMedInt (Mal), Fellowship Rheumatology
(Aus)
Associate Professor Dr Sharifah Faridah Syed Omar MBChB (Manchester), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Suhaila bt Abdullah MBBS (Tasmania), MMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Tan Ai Huey MD (UKM), MRCP (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Tan Cheng Yin MD (UKM), MRCP (UK), MMed (Mal), CCCT (Neuro)
Associate Professor Dr Tan Kit Mun BA MB BCh BaO (Dublin), MRCP (UK), CSCST (UK), RCPI (Dip.
In Stroke & Cerebrovascular Med)
Associate Professor Dr Tan Mei Ling Sharon MBBS (Melb), Mmed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Tan Seng Beng MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), Clinical Fellowship in Palliative Med.
(Sing)
Associate Professor Dr Wan Ahmad Hafiz bin Wan Md. Adnan, MBBCh BAO (NUI), MRCPI
Associate Professor Dr Wong Chew Ming MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Medical Lecturers:
Dr Bushra binti Megat Johari MB BCh BAO (Ire), MSc Healthcare Infect Mgmt (Ire), MRCP (UK)
Dr Chuah Kee Huat MBBS (IMU), MRCP (UK)
Dr Chooi Kheng Chiew MBChB (Glas), MRCP (UK)
Dr Edmund Chin Fui Min MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Dr Fong Si Lei MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Dr Gan Chye Chung MBBS (AIMST), MRCP (UK)
Dr Habibah binti Abd Halim BA (Hons), MBBChir (Cambridge), MA (Cambridge), MRCP (UK)
Dr Han Winn Hui MBChB (Edin), MRCP (Ire)
Dr Helmi bin Sulaiman MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Dr Khor Hui Min MBBS (Newcastle Upon Tyne), MRCP (UK)
Dr Kwan Zhenli MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Dr Lam Chee Loong MBBS (Notth), MRCP (UK), CCT (Palliative Medicine)
Dr Lee Yee Wan MD (UPM), MRCP (UK), MintMed (Mal)
Dr Leong Chee Chiat MBBS (IMU), MLNT (Mal), Mmed (Mal)
Dr Lim Soo Jin MD(UPM), MRCP (UK)
Dr Loh Thian Chee MBChB (Otago), MRCP (UK)
Dr Low Soon Chai MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Dr Luqman bin Ibrahim MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Dr Mohamad Imran bin Idris BA (Uni of Cambridge), MB BCHIR (Uni of Cambridge), MRCP (UK)
Dr. Mohd Firdaus bin Hadi MBBS (Mal), MMed (UKM)
Dr Ng Kee Seong BSc UPM), MSc (UK), MD (UPM), PhD (UK)

Dr Nor Ashikin bt Md Sari MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Dr. Nur Adila binti Anuar MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Dr Ong Hang Cheng MBBS (IMU), MRCP (UK)
Dr Pok Say Lee MBChB (Auck), MMed (Mal)
Dr Sharmila Sunita a/p Parasivam MD (UNIMAS), MRCP (UK)
Dr Shasha Khairullah MBChB (Bristol), MMed (Mal)
Dr Sheriza Izwa Zainuddin MBBS (Mal), MMed (Mal)
Dr Tan Guo Jeng MB BCH BAO (NUI), MRCP (UK)
Dr Tee Ying Chew MBBS (IMU), MIntMed (Mal)
Dr Wong Chee Kuan MD (UKM), MRCP (UK)
Dr Wong Pui Li MBChB (Aberdeen, UK), MRCP (UK)
Dr Yong Shin Shen Dip Dermatology (Spore), MB BCh BAO (Ire), MRCP (Ire)

2022/2023 MOLECULAR MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dr Azlina Abdul Aziz BSc (Mal), MSc (Glas), PhD (Glas)
Tel: 03-7967 4906
Fax: 03-7967 4957
Email: sarni@um.edu.my | sarni@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Sarni Mat Junit BSc (Aberdeen), PhD (Nott)
Professor Dr Azlina Abdul Aziz BSc (Mal), MSc (Glas), PhD (Glas)
Honorary Professors:
Professor Datuk Dr Rohana Yusof BSc (Lanc), MSc (Mal), PhD (Leeds)
Professor Dr Onn Haji Hashim BSc (Mal), PhD (Glas)
Professor Dr Tan Nget Hong BSc (NTU), MSc (Chicago), PhD (Chicago)
Professor Dr Fung Shin Yee BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Puteri Shafinaz Akmar Abdul Rahman BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Shatrah Othman B. Med.Sc (Nott), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Nurshamimi Nor Rashid BSc (Mal), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Chan Mun Chiang BSc (Bristol UK), PhD (Oxford UK)
Dr Jaime Jacqueline Jayapalan Dip Med Lab (USM), BSc (Hons) (Biomedical) (USM), MMSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Johari Mohd Ali BSc (Mal), PhD (Cambridge)
Dr Kong Kin Weng BSc (UPM), MSc (UPM), PhD (Mal)
Dr Muhammad Fazril Mohamad Razif BSc (Murdoch), PhD (UWA)
Dr Tan Kae Yi BSc (UKM), PhD (Mal)
Dr Thamil Selvee Ramasamy BSc (UPM), PhD (Imperial)

2022/2023 NURSING SCIENCE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Chong Mei Chan SRN, SCM, BNSc (Mal), MSc (Com. Health)(Mal), PhD
(Aust)
Tel: 03-7949 3675
Fax: 03-7949 4636
Email: mcchong@ummc.edu.my | mcchong@um.edu.my
Associate Professor Dr Chong Mei Chan SRN, SCM, BNSc (Mal), MSc (Com. Health)(Mal), PhD
(Aust)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Chui Ping Lei SRN, BNSc (Teaching) (Hons), MMedSc (Nursing)(Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr. Lee Wan Ling SRN, CCN, BNSc (Teaching)(Hons), MNSc(Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Tang Li Yoong SRN, CCN, BNSc (Teaching) (Mal), MN(Aust), PhD (Mal)
Dr Vimala Ramoo SRN, CCN, BNSc (Teaching)(Hons) (Mal), MEd (Planning & Admin.) (Mal), PhD
(Mal)
Dr Che Chong Chin SRN, SCM, BNurs (Aust), MNurs (Education)(Aust), PhD (Mal)
Lecturers:
Ms Kavitha Rasaiah SRN, CCN, BNSc (Hons) (Mal), Med (Curriculum Development) (Mal)
Ms Lai Lee Lee SRN, AdvDip (Perioperative), BNSc (Teaching) (Hons), MMedSc (Anesth) (Mal) PhD
(Mal)
Ms Nor Aziyan binti Yahaya SRN, Oncology, Cert (Teaching), BNSc (Hons) (Mal), MNSc (Mal)
Ms Noor Hanita Zaini SRN, Cert (Teaching), BNSc (Mal), MNSc (Mal)
Ms Nor Zehan Ahmad SRN, Cert (Teaching), BNSc (Mal), MNSc (Mal)

2022/2023 OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dr Mukhri Hamdan, MBBS (Mal), MOG (Mal), Ph.D (Southampton)
Tel: 03-7949 2059
Fax: 03-7949 4193
Email: mukhri@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Datuk Dr Siti Zawiah Omar, MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal)
Professor Dr Tan Peng Chiong, MBBS, MRCOG, CCST O&G (UK)
Professor Dr Woo Yin Ling, MBBCh BAO, MRCOG, MA, PhD
Professor Dr Mukhri Hamdan, MBBS (Mal), MOG (Mal), Ph.D (Southampton)
Associate Professor Dr Aizura Syafinaz Ahmad Adlan, MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Lim Boon Kiong, MBBS (Mal), MRCOG (Lond)
Associate Professor Dr N. Vallikkannu Valliyappan, MBBS (Madras), MMed O&G (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Nuguelis Razali, MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Sofiah Sulaiman, LRCP & SI, MBBCh, BAO(NUI), MMed O&G (Mal)
Medical/ Senior Lecturers:

Dr Jerilee Mariam Khong Bt Azhary, MBBS (Mal), MRCOG (UK), MMed O&G (Mal), PhD (Tokyo)
Dr Jesrine Hong Gek Shan, MBBS (Manipal), MOG (Mal)
Dr Maherah Bt Kamarudin MBBS (Manipal), MOG (Mal)
Dr Neha Sethi a/p Naresh Sethi MBBS (MAHE), MOG (Mal)
Dr Rahmah bt Saaid, MBBS (Mal), MMed O&G (Mal)
Dr Syeda Nureena bt Syed Jafer Hussain Zaidi, MBChB (Glasgow), MOG (Mal)

2022/2023 OPHTHALMOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Norlina bt Mohd Ramli MBBS (N.Castle), MRCOphth (Lond), MOphthal (Mal)
Tel: 03 79492060/79672434
Fax: 03-79494635
Email: norlina@ummc.edu.my
Professor (contract):
Professor Dr Chaw May May @ Choo May May MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), FRCS (Edin), MMed
(Ophthal) (Sing)
Professor Dr Mimiwati binti Zahari MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), FRCS (Edin), MMed (Ophthal)(Sing)
Associate Professor Dr Amir bin Samsudin BSc(St. Andrews), MBChB (Manchester), MBBS
(Manchester), Mophthal (Mal),PhD (UCL)
Associate Professor Dr Norlina bt Mohd Ramli MBBS (N.Castle), MRCOphth (Lond), MOphthal (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Nurliza binti Khaliddin MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), FRCS (Edin), MMed
(Ophthal)(Sing)
Associate Professor Dr Tajunisah Begam Mohamed Iqbal MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), FRCS (Glasg)
Associate Professor Dr Tengku Ain Fathlun bt Tengku Kamalden MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal), MRCS
(Edin)
Associate Professor Dr Nor Fadhilah Mohamed MBBS (Mal), Mophthtal (Mal)

Dr Azida Juana bt Wan Ab Kadir MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal)
Dr Fazliana Ismail MBBS (Mal), Mophthtal (Mal)
Dr Lott Pooi Wah MBBS (Mal), MOphthal (Mal)
Dr Sujaya MBBS (India), MOphthal (Mal)

2022/2023 ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Nor Faissal Bin Yasin MBBCh (Wales), MS Orth (Mal), Fellowship in Ortho
Onco (UM)
Tel: 03-7949 2061
Fax: 03-7949 4642
Email: drfaissal76@um.edu.my
Professor:
Professor Dr Azhar Mahmood Merican MBBS (S'ton,U.K.), MS(Orth,UM Mal), Dip (London), Ph.D
(Imperial Coll London), AM (Mal)
Professor Dr Azlina Amir Abbas MD (MUN) Canada, MS Orth (Mal), Fellowship in Arthroplasty (Mal),
Fellowship in Hip Surgery (Korea), Dip.Adv.Med.Sci (IMU)(Mal), CMIA (NIOSH), AM (Mal)
Professor Dato’ Dr Kwan Mun Keong MBBS (Mal), MS Orth (Mal), AM (Mal)
Professor Dr Saw Aik MBBS (Mal), FRCS (Edin), MMed (NUS)
Professor Dr Tunku Kamarul Zaman bin Tunku Zainol Abidin MD (UKM), Dip. Tis. Bank (NUS), MS
Orth (Mal), AM (Mal), PhD (UK)
Professor Dr Vivek a/l Ajit Singh MBBS (Mal),MS Orth (Mal),FRCS (Edin),Fellowship
Onco (Birmingham)
Professor Dr Chris Chan Yin Wei M.D (Unimas), MS Orth (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Azura Mansor MBBS (Mal), Dip. Tis. Bank (NUS), CMIA (NIOSH), MS Orth
(Mal), Fellowship Ortho Oncology (Rizzoli), AM (Mal)
Associate. Professor Dr Chiu Chee Kidd MBBS (Mal), MS Orth (Mal), AM (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Nor Faissal Bin Yasin MBBCh (Wales), MS Orth (Mal), Fellowship in Ortho Onco
(UM)
Associate Professor Dr Jayaletchumi A/P Gunasagaran MBBS (Mal), MS Orth (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Teo Seow Hui MBBS(IMU), MRCS (Ire), MS Orth (Mal), Fellowship in Sports
injuries & Arthroscopy(Mal), Fellowship in shoulder and knee arthroscopy (Korea), CMIA(NIOSH)
Medical / Senior Lecturers:

Dr Simmrat Singh MBBCh (Ire), BAO, BMedSc, MRCS (Edin), MS Orth (Mal)
Dr C. Sankara Kumar MBBS (MAHE, India), MS Orth (Mal), CMIA (NIOSH)
Dr Mohammed Zubair Al-Fayyadh MBchB (Univ. Almustansiriya), MS Orth (Mal), Fellowship in Sport
Surgery (Mal.)
Dr Sachin Shivdas MBBS (Mahe), MS Orth (Mal)
Dr Tan Sik Loo B.Sc(Biological Sciences), M.Sc(Molecular Biology), PhD (Med Biotechnology and Stem
Cell)
Dr Mohammed Ziyad AlBaker MBChB (Al-Mustansuriya Univ), MS Orth (Mal)
Dr Chong Pan Pan B.Sc (Hons) Microbiology, M,Sc.(Biochemistry), PhD (Tissue Engineering), Post-
doc (Tissue Engineering)
Dr Khoo Saw Sian MBChB (Univ of Dundee), MS Orth (Mal)
Dr Shams Amir Shamsul Bahar MBBS (IIUM), MS Orth (Mal)
Dr Khairul Anwar bin Ayob MBBS (Nsw), MS Orth (Mal)
Dr Amber Haseeb (MBBS (Mal), MS Orth (Mal)

2022/2023 OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr. Jeyanthi Kulasegarah LRCPSI, MB., BCH., BAO., MRCS., DOHNS., FRCS
(Ireland)
Tel: 03-7949 2062
Fax: 03-7955 6963
Email: k.jeyanthi@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Tan Sri Professor Dato’ Dr Mohd Amin Jalaludin MBBS (Mal), FRCS (Edin), FAMM, SMS, DPMP
Professor Dr Mohd Zulkiflee bin Abu Bakar MBBS (Mal), MS ORL (Mal)
Professor Dato’ Dr Prepageran Narayanan MBBS (Mal), USMLE (US), FRCS (Edin), ORL-HNS,
FRCS (Glasg), MS (ORL) FAAOHNS (USA), Fellowship in Neurotology/Otology (Toronto, Canada) AM
(Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Tengku Ahmad Shahrizal Tengku Omar MBChB (Sheffield), MS ORL (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr. Jeyanthi Kulasegarah LRCPSI, MB. BCH., BAO., MRCS., DOHNS., FRCS
(Ireland)
Medical / Senior Lecturers:

Dr Chong Aun Wee MBBS (Mangalore), MS ORL (Mal)
Dr. Liew Yew Toong MBBS (UM), MS ORL (UM)
Dr. Revadi Govindaraju MD (UPM), MSurg (Mal)
Dr. Tengku Ezulia Tengku Nun Ahmad MBBS (Manipal), MS ORL-HNS (UKM)

Redzwan Shah John Mohd MBBS(Mal)

2022/2023 PAEDIATRICS
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dato’ Dr Christopher Boey Chiong Meng MBBS (Lond), FAMM, DCH, MRCP (UK), MD,
PhD, FRCPCH, FRCP (Glasg)
Tel: 03-7949 2425
Fax: 03-7949 4704
Email: boeycm@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Anna Marie a/p Nathan MBBCh (Sing), MRCPCH (UK)
Professor Dato’ Dr Christopher Boey Chiong Meng MBBS (Lond), FAMM, DCH, MRCP (UK), MD, PhD,
FRCPCH, FRCP (Glasg)
Professor Dr Fong Choong Yi B.Meds, BmBS (MOH), PGDiP, FRCPCH
Professor Dr Hany Mohd Ariffin MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), MPaed (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Professor Dr Lee Way Seah MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK), FRCP (Edin), FRCPCH, AM, MD (Mal)
Professor Datin Dr Lucy Lum Chai See MBBS (Mal), MRCP (UK)
Professor Dr Muhammad Yazid bin Jalaludin MBBS (Mal), MPaed (Mal)Professor Dr Mary Joseph
Marret MBBS (Sing), MRCP (UK), MMed (Sing)
Professor Dr Thong Meow Keong MBBS (Mal), M.Paed (Mal), FHGSA (Clinical Genetics), MD (Mal),
FAMM
Associate Professor Dr Azanna bt Ahmad Kamar MBBS (Mal), MRCPCH (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Azriyanti bt Anuar Zaini MBBS (Mal), MPaed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Choo Yao Mun MBBS (Hons) (Monash), MRCPCH (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Gan Chin Seng MBBS (MAHE, India), MPaed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Ng Ruey Terng MD (U Putra), MPaed (UM)

Associate Professor Dr Norazah bt. Zahari MBBS (Queensland), MPaed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Revathi a/p Rajagopal MD (USM), MPaed (Mal)
Medical / Senior Lecturers :

Dr Chong Lee Ai MBBS (AUS), MPaed (Mal), MRCPCH (UK)
Dr Chuah Soo Ling MD (UPM), MRCPH (UK)
Dr. Eg Kah Peng, MBBS (Mal)
Dr Farah Khalid MBBS (IMU), MPaed (Mal)
Dr Foo Jen Chun MBBS (Mal)
Dr Karmila bt Abu Bakar MBBS, MPaed (Mal)
Dr Li Limin MBBS (IMU), MPaed (Mal)
Dr Lim Wei Kang MBBCh (UK), MPaed (Mal)
Dr Nurshadia bt Samingan MBChB, MPaed (Mal)
Dr Subhashini a/p Jayanath MBBS (UPM), MPaed (Mal)
Dr Tae Sok Kun MBBS (Mal), MRCPCH (UK)
Dr Yap Tsio Yi MDCM (Canada), FAAP (USA)
Trainee Lecturers (SLAB):

Dr Khoo Wee Vien MBBS (UK)
Dr Nur Amanda binti Zainal Abidin BSc MedSc (Notth), MBBCh Bao (Ire)
Dr Wan Hanaa Mardiah binti Wan Zainuddin MBBS (UK)

2022/2023 PARASITOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Acting Head of Department:

Professor Dr Lau Yee Ling BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Tel : 03- 7967 4746
Fax : 03- 7967 4754
Email : yllau@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Fong Mun Yik BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Professor Dr Yvonne Lim Ai Lian BSc (UKM), PhD (UKM)
Profesor Datin Dr Indra a/p Vythilingam BScZoology (Ind), MSc Zoolgy (NZ), PhD Zoology (Mal)
Professor Dr Lau Yee Ling BSc (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Zurainee Mohamed Nor BSc (Mal), PhD (Strath)
Associate Professor Dr Tan Tian Chye, BSc BioMed (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Wan Yusoff Wan Sulaiman BSc (Mal), MSc (Liv), PhD (Keele)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Amirah Amir MBBS (Mal)
Dr Noraishah Mydin Hj. Abdul Aziz, BSc (UKM), MSc (UKM), PhD (Lond)
Dr Romano Ngui, MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr Cheong Fei Wen Biomed Sc (Mal) Phd (Mal)
Lecturer:
Dr Wahib Mohammed Mohsen Atroosh, MSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)

2022/2023 PATHOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Mun Kein Seong @ Man Kein Seong MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal)
Tel: 03-7949 2064 / 2375
Fax: 03-7955 6845
Email: khteoh@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Cheah Phaik Leng MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal), FRCPath, MIAC, MD, FAMM, FASc (Mal)
Distinguished Professor Datuk Dr Looi Lai Meng MBBS (Sing), MPath (Mal), FRCPath, MIAC, FRCPA,
MD (Mal), FASc (M’sia) FAMM
Associate Professor Dr Mun Kein Seong @ Man Kein Seong MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Pavai Sthaneshwar MBBS (Madras), MD
Associate Professor Dr T Malathi a/p Thevarajah MBBS (Madras), MPath (Mal)
Lecturers:
Dr Chew Man Fong MBBS (Melbourne), MPath (Mal)
Dr Chow Tak Kuan MBBCh, BAO (Dublin), MPath (Mal)
Dr Diana Ong Bee Lan MBBCh, BAO (Dublin), MPath (Mal)
Dr Farhi Ain binti Jamaluddin MBChB (Liverpool), MPath (Mal)
Dr Manimalar Selvi Naicker MBBS (Madras), MPath (Mal), M.MedStats (Aust)
Dr Prashant N Samberkar MBBS (Mumbai), MD (Mumbai)
Dr Toh Yen Fa MD (USM), MPath (Mal)
Visiting / Honorary Professor:

Professor Dr Aileen Wee MBBS (Sin), FRCPA, FRCPath
Professor Dr Charles Anthony Rhodes PhD (Path)
Professor Dr Pathmanathan Rajadurai MBBS, MPath (Mal), MD, FRCPath, FRCPA
Professor Dr Tan Soo Yong MBBS DipRCPath, FRCPath, DMJ (Path), D.Phil (Oxon)
Professor Dr Wong Kum Thong MBBS (Mal), MPath (Mal), FRCPath
Clinical Specialists (UMMC)

Dr Chiew Seow Fan MBBS, MPath (Mal)
Dr Hana Shafinaz MBBCh, MPath (Mal)
Dr Mardziah Mohamad MBBS, MPath (Mal)
Dr Poh Kim Yan MBBS, MPath (Mal)

2022/2023 PHARMACOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Acting Head of Department :

Associate Professor Dr Kiew Lik Voon B.Biomed Sc (Hons)(Mal), MSc (Pharm)(USM), PhD (Mal)
Tel: 03-7967 4702
Fax: 03-7967 4791
Email: lvkiew@ummc.edu.my
Visiting Professors:
Honorary Professor Datin Dr. Zahurin Mohamed BSc (Hons)(Dundee), PhD (Dundee)
Honorary Professor Dr. Sim Si Mui BSc (Hons)(Liverpool), PhD (Liverpool)
Honorary Professor Dr Nor Azizan Abdullah BSc (Hons)(Aston), PhD (Lond)
Honorary Professor Dr Mohd Rais bin Mustafa BSc (Wales), PhD (Wales)
Professor:
Professor Dr Zamri Chik BSc (Hons)(Mal), MPhil (Mal), PhD (Lond)
Associate Professor Dr Dharmani Devi a/p Murugan B.BioMed Sc (Hons)(Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Ivy Chung B.Eng (Tokyo Tech), MBA (Strathclyde), PhD (SUNY Buffalo)
Associate Professor Dr Kiew Lik Voon B.Biomed Sc (Hons)(Mal), MSc (Pharm)(USM), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Mohammed Abdullah Mahdi Alshawsh BSc (Yemen), MSc (Yemen), PhD (Mal)
- Contract
Associate Professor Dr Wong Pooi Fong B.Biomed Sc (Hons)(Mal), DipTropMed (Nagasaki), MMedSc
(Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Mohammed Abdullah Mahdi Alshawsh B.Medical Laboratories (Yemen), MSc
(Yemen), PhD (Mal) (contract)
Associate Professor Dr Tan Choo Hock MBBS (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Ajantha a/p Sinniah BSc (Hons)(UPM), MSc (UPM), PhD (Lond)
Dr Elsa Haniffah Mejia Mohamed MD (USM), MMed Sc (Mal)
Dr Nur Lisa binti Zaharan MBBCh (Hons)(Ire), BMedSc (Hons)(Ire), PhD (Ire)
Dr Shamsul Mohd Zain B.Biomed Sc (Hons)(Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr. Sharifah Zamiah Syed Abdul Kadir BMBS ClinPham (Hons)(IIUM), MRes CVHD (Manchester),
PhD (Manchester) - Contract
Dr Zaridatul Aini binti Ibrahim BSc (Melbourne), PhD (Sydney)

2022/2023 PHYSIOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr. Hoe See Ziau BSc (Mal), MDSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Tel: 03-7967 4907
Fax: 03-79674775
Email: hoesz@um.edu.my
Honorary Professor:
Professor Dr. Ruby Husain BSc (Sheff), PhD (Sheff)
Professor:
Professor Dr. Cheng Hwee Ming BSc (Liv), PhD (Liv)
Associate Professor Dr. Naguib Salleh MBBS (Mal), DFM (CMC), PhD (Lond)
Associate Professor Dr. Hoe See Ziau BSc (Mal), MDSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr. Felicita Fedelis Jusof BMedSc (Mal), PhD (Syd)
Dr. Giribabu Nelli BSc (Ind) MSc (Ind), PhD (Ind)
Dr. Hoe See Ziau BSc (Mal), MDSc (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Dr. Hong Yet Hoi MBBS (Mal), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Vic Melb)
Dr. Kumar Seluakumaran MBBS (Mal), PhD (W. Aust)
Dr. Kyaimon Myint MBBS (Ygn), MMedSc (Ygn), Dip. M.Edu (Ygn)
Dr. Lit Lei Cheng BSc (Mal), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Imperial, UK)
Dr. Raja Elina Afzan Raja Ahmad MBChB (Otago), MMedSc (Mal), PhD (Liv)
Dr. Maziah Mat Rosly MBBS (Melaka Manipal), PhD (Malaya-Sydney)

2022/2023 PRIMARY CARE MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Adina Abdullah BMed Sci (Hons), BMBS (Notts), MMed (Fam Med), PhD
(Mal)
Tel: 03-7949 2306
Fax: 03-7957 7941
Email: niksherina@um.edu.my | sherina@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr. Khoo Ee Ming MBBS (London) MD (Mal) MRCGP(UK) FAMM FAFP FBSCH
Professor Dr Christina Tan Phoay Lay MBBS (London), MRCGP (UK) MPhil (Stellenbosch), PhD
(Stellenbosch)
Professor Dr Sajaratulnisah Othman MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med), PhD (Monash)
Professor Dr Noor Zurani Mohd Haris Robson MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med), PhD (UK)
Professor Dr Liew Su May MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam Med), DPhil (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Adina Abdullah BMed Sci (Hons), BMBS (Notts), MMed (Fam Med), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Lai Siew Mei Pauline B.Pharm (Melb), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Nik Sherina Haidi Hanafi MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med), PhD (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Norita Hussein MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med), PhD (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Haireen binti Abdul Hadi MBBCh (NUI), BAO (NUI), MMed (Fam.Med)
Associate Professor Dr Nur Amani @ Natasha Ahmad Tajuddin MBBS (Mal), Mmed (Fam.Med)

Dr Fadzilah Hanum binti Mohd Mydin MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med)
Dr Julia Suhaimi MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med)
Dr Lee Yew Kong MD (UKM)
Dr Mohazmi Mohamed MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam Med)
Dr Nurdiana binti Abdullah MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med)
Dr Siti Nurkamilla Ramdzan MBBS (Mal), Mmed (Fam.Med)
Dr Tun Firzara binti Abdul Malik MBBS (Aus), MMed (Fam.Med)
Dr Ng Wei Leik MBBS (Mal), MMed (Fam.Med)

2022/2023 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dr Ahmad Hatim Sulaiman MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Tel: 03-7949 2068
Fax: 03-79556477
Email: hatim@um.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Ahmad Hatim Sulaiman MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Professor Dr Nor Zuraida Zainal MBBCh BAO (Ire), MPM (Mal), MPhil (Cambs)
Professor Dr Jesjeet Singh Gill MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Aili Hanim Hashim MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Amer Siddiq bin Amer Nordin MBChB (Otago), MPM (Mal), PhD (Otago)
Associate Professor Dr Koh Ong Hui MBBS (Manipal, India), MPM (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Ng Chong Guan MBBS (Mal), MPM (Mal), MSc (Utrecht University, the
Netherlands), PhD (Utrecht University, the Netherlands)
Associate Professor Dr Muhammad Muhsin bin Ahmad Zahari MBBCh BAO (Ire), MPM (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Rusdi bin Abd Rashid BBS (Mal) MPM (Mal)
Associate Professor Datin Dr Sharmilla Kanagasundram MBBS (Manipal, India), MPM (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Yee Hway Ann @ Anne Yee MBBch BAO (Ire), MPM (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Aida Sharinaz binti Ahmad Adlan MBBS (Mal), MPM (UM), PGDip (McGill)
Dr Amarpreet Kaur MBBCh (Wales, UK), MRCPsych (UK), Dip Med Sci in Clinical Psychiatry (UK),
Dip in Clinical Hypnosis (D.Hyp)
Dr. Manveen Kaur a/p Harbajan Singh MBBS (Karnatak University, India), MPM (Mal)
Dr Zuraida Ahmad Sabki MD (Mal), MPM (Mal)
Dr Fatin Liyana Azhar MD (UPM), MPM (Mal)

Dr Julian Wong Joon Ip MBBS (Monash, Aus)

2022/2023 REHABILITATION MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Associate Professor Dr Mazlina Mazlan MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal), Fellow in Rehabilitation of
Acquired Brain Injury (Monash)
Fax: 03-7968 4766
Email: mazlinamazlan@ummc.edu.my
Professor:
Professor Dr Nazirah Hasnan MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal), CIME (USA), PhD (USyd), AM (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Julia Patrick Engkasan MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal), PhD (UM)
Associate Professor Dr Mazlina Mazlan MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal), Fellow in Rehabilitation of
Acquired Brain Injury (Monash)
Associate Professor Dr Loh Siew Yim BSc in Applied Rehab (UK), MSc in Medical Edu (UK),
MCounselling (Mal), PhD (Aust)
Associate Professor Dr Anwar Suhaimi MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Chung Tze Yang MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal)
Dr Aishah Ahmad Fauzi MBBS (Mal), MRehabMed (Mal)
Dr Norhamizan Hamzah MBCUB (UK) MRehabMed (Mal)
Dr Chan Soo Chin MBBS (IMU) MRehabMed (Mal)
Trainee Lecturer
Dr Sakinah binti Sabirin MBBS (Ire)

2022/2023 SOCIAL & PREVENTIVE MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dr Victor Hoe Chee Wai Abdullah MBBS (Mangalore), MPH (Mal), MPH (OH) (Mal),
MEng (Safety, Health & Env) (Mal), MOSH (Turin), PhD (Monash), FAMM, FAOEMM
Tel: 03-7967 4756
Fax: 03-7967 4975
Email: victor@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Datuk Professor Dr Awang Bulgiba Awang Mahmud MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal), MAppStats (Mal), PhD
(East Anglia) FFPH, FPHMM, FAMM, FASc
Professor Dr Maznah Dahlui MD (Mal), MPH (Mal), PhD (Mal), FPH (Royal College of Physicians, UK)
FAMM, FPHMM
Professor Dr Sanjay Rampal MBBS (Bangalore), MPH (Harvard) PhD (Johns Hopkins), FAMM, CPH
(US NBPHE)
Professor Dr Victor Hoe Chee Wai Abdullah MBBS (Mangalore), MPH (Mal), MPH (OH) (Mal), MEng
(Safety, Health & Env) (Mal), MOSH (Turin), PhD (Monash), FAMM, FAOEMM
Professor Dr Wong Li Ping BSc, (Hons)(UPM), MMedSc (UKM), PhD (Mal)
Professor Dr Noran Naqiah Hairi MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal), MPH (Epid) (Mal), PhD (Sydney) FPH
(Royal College of Physicians, UK)
Professor Dr Ng Chiu Wan MBBS (Spore), MPH (Mal), MPH (Health Services Mgt.) (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Professor Dr Choo Wan Yuen BSc (Hons)(UPM), MMedScPH (Mal), MAppStats (Mal), PhD (Aus)
Professor Dr Moy Foong Ming BSc (Hons) Dietetics (UKM), MSc (Nutrition) (UKM), MMedScPH (Mal),
PhD (Mal)
Profesor Kehormat
Professor Dr Tin Tin Su MBBS (Ygn), MSc. CHHM (Heidelberg), Dr Med (Heidelberg) (Profesor
Kehormat)
Associate Professor Dr Farizah bt Mohd Hairi MBBS (Mal), MSc (Wales), MPH (Mal), MPH (Health
Services Mgt) (Mal), DSc (Public Health) (NL)
Associate Professor Dr Hazreen bin Abdul Majid BSc (Hons), Dietetics (UKM), MSc
(Nutrition&Dietetics), Deakin (Melb), PhD (King’s College, Lond), Graduate Certificate of Academic
Practice (London)
Associate Professor Dr Mas Ayu Said MBBS (Mal), MPH (Mal), MPH (Epid) (Mal), PhD (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Nirmala Bhoo Pathy MBBS (Mal), MPH (Hons)(Mal), MSc Clinical Epid (Hons)
(Utrecht Univ.), PhD (Utrecht Univ.)
Associate Professor Dr Nik Daliana binti Nik Farid MBBS (Adelaide), MPH (Mal), DrPH (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Rafdzah binti Ahmad Zaki MBChB (Liverpool), MPH (Mal), DrPH (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Nasrin Agha Mohammadi BSc. (Environmental Health Engineering) (Tehran),
MSc (Civil Engineering) (USM), PhD (Chemical Engineering -Air Pollution) (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr ‘Abqariyah binti Yahya BSc (Hons) (Stats.) (UKM), MSc (Stats.) (UKM), PhD (MedSc) (Karolinska)
Dr Lim Sin How BSc. Biochemistry (NUS), MSc. Health Care Administration (University of New Haven),
PhD (University of Pittsburgh)
Dr Nur Afiqah Mohd Salleh BSc. (UM, Kuala Lumpur), MPH (LSHTM, London), PhD (UBC, Vancouver)
Dr Mahmoud Danaee BSc. Agr.Eng. (FMU, Iran), MSc Biometry. (TMU, Iran); PhD Biotechnology.
(UPM)
Pensyarah Perubatan DU56

Dr Maslinor Ismail MD (UKM), MPH (Mal), MPH (Family Health) (Mal)
Dr Tharani Loganathan MD (USM), MPH (Mal), DrPH (Mal)
Pensyarah Perubatan DU53

Dr Lim Yin Cheng MBBS (UM), OHD (NIOSH), CMIA (NIOSH),MPH (UM), DrPH (UM)

2022/2023 SURGERY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Department:
Professor Dr Ong Teng Aik MBBS (Mal), FRCSI, MS (Mal), FEBU, FRCS (Urology)
Tel: 03-7949 2441 / 2070
Fax: 03-7958 6360
Email: taong@um.edu.my | ongta@ummc.edu.my;
GENERAL SURGERY DIVISION:
Colorectral Unit:
Professor Dr April Camilla Roslani BSc (Wales), MBBCh (Wales), MS (Mal), FRCS (Glasgow) FRCS
(Edin), FAMM
Associate Professor Dr Khong Tak Loon MBBS (Edin), MSc Surg Sc (Lond), MD (Lond), FRCS (UK)
Dr Poh Keat Seong BSc (MedSci) (Hons) MD (UPM) MRCSed(UK) MS(UKM)
Dr Nora binti Abdul Aziz MS BCHBAD (NUIUCD), MS (Mal)
Dr Ang Chin Wee MBChB(UK), MD(UK), FRCS(UK)
Dr Lim Hiong Chin MBBS (IMU), MSurg (Mal)
Dr Mohammad Rezal bin Abdul Aziz MBBS (Ireland), MRCI (Ire)
Breast Unit:
Professor Dr Nur Aishah binti Mohd Taib MBBS (Mal), MRCS (Edin), MS (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr See Mee Hong B.Med (UPM), MD (UPM), MS (Mal)
Dr Teoh Li Ying MBBS (Mal), MSurg (Mal)
Dr Suniza binti Jamaris MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal)
Dr Teh Mei Sze MD(USM), MSurg(Mal), MRCS (Edin)
Dr Tania Islam MBBS (Chittagong), PhD (Jap)
Hepatobillary Unit:
Associate Professor Dr Yoong Boon Koon BSc (Med), MBBS (UNSW), MRCSEd, MS (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Koh Peng Soon MS (Mal)
Dr Koong Jun Kit MBBS (IMU), MRCS (Ire) MS (Mal)
Endocrine Unit:
Associate Professor Dr Ng Khoon Leong MBBS, FRCS (Edin), FRCS (Glasg)
Vascular Unit:
Dr Ahmad Rafizi Hariz bin Ramli MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal)
Upper GI Unit:
Dr Wong Wei Jin MD(Dalhousie) MSurg(Mal)
Dr Wong Lai Fen MB BCH BAO (Ire)
Cardiothoracic Surgery Division:

Professor Dr. Raja Amin bin Raja Mokhtar MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), FRCS (Edin)
Professor Dr Shahrul Amry bin Hashim MBChB (UK), MRCS (Edin), FRACS (Edin)
Associate Professor Dr Sivakumar a/l Krishanasamy MBBS (Mal), MRCS (Edin), MS (Mal)
Dr Cheng Keng Peng (Kenny) MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal) – study leave
Paediatric Surgery Division:

Professor C R Thambidorai MBBS, MS (Gen Surg), FRCS (Edin), FRACS (Paed Surg), MNAMS (Gen
Surg)
Professor Dr Yik Yee Ian MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), MRCSEd, PhD (Melb)
Associate Professor Dr Shireen Anne Nah Han Yien - MBBS (Mal), MRCS(Edinburgh),MSurg(UM)
Dr Anand a/l Sanmugam MD (UPM), MSurg (Mal)
Dr Srihari Singaravel MBBS (Chennai India), MS (Pediatric Surgery) (Mal)
Dr Ganesh a/l P.Vythilingam (MAHE), MS (Pediatric Surgery) (Mal), MRCS (Ireland), PhD(UM)
Urology Division:
Professor Dr Ong Teng Aik MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), FRCS (UK), FEBU (European), FRCSI (Ireland)
Associate Professor Dr Shanggar a/l Kuppusamy MBBS (MAHE), MS (Mal)
Dr Siti Nur Masyithah binti Ma’arof MBBS (Mal), Ms (Mal), Master of Clinical (Equal to PhD)
Dr Ahmad Nazran bin Fadzil MBChB (Leic), MS (Mal)
Dr Chai Chu Ann -MD(KSMU), MS(Mal)
Dr Aung Kyaw Phyo – MBBSS(Mdy), MRCS(Irel), FRCS(Eng)
Plastic Surgery Division:

Professor Dr Alizan bin Abdul Khalil MBB (Mal) MS (Mal), PhD (Plastic Surgery)(Aust)
Dr Kong Chee Kwan MD (UNIMAS), MS (Mal)
Dr Muhammad Ridwan Mirza Asfian MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal)
Neurosurgery Division:
Professor Dr Vickneswaran a/l Mathaneswaran MBBS (Hons)(Mal), FRCS (Edin), Japanese Council
for Medical Training (Japan), FRCS(Edin)(Neurosurgery)
Professor Dr Dharmendra a/l Ganesan MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal) FRCS (Edin), FRCS (Ire)
Professor Dato’ Dr Hari Chandran a/l Thambinayagam MBBS (Chennai, India), FRCS (Edin)
Associate Professor Dr Kamal Azrin bin Abdullah @ Kalai Arasu MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), Dphil (Oxon)
Associate Professor Dr Vairavan Narayanan MD (UKM), MS (UKM), FRCS Edin (Neuro Surg)
Associate Professor Dr Nor Faizal bin Ahmad Bahuri MBBS (Mal), MS (Mal), Dphil (Oxon)
Dr Ravindran A/L Karuppiah MBBS (Thanjavur), MRCS(Edin),MS (Mal
Senior Lecturers
Dr Lim Jasmine BMedSc(Hons)(UPM), PhD (Oxford)
Dr Retnagowri a/p Rajandram BScBiochem(Hons) (Aus), PhD(Aus)

Dr Khoo Kah Seng MBBS (Mal), MRCS(Edinburgh)

2022/2023 CLINICAL ONCOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
HANDBOOK UNIT | ACADEMIC STAFF
Head of Unit:
Professor Dr Ho Gwo Fuang MBChB, BSc, MRCP (UK), FRCR (UK)
Tel: 03-7949 2183
Fax: 03-7956 3072
Email: fuang@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Datin Dr Anita Zarina binti Bustam MBBCh (UK), FRCR (UK)
Professor Dr Ho Gwo Fuang MBChB, BSc, MRCP (UK), FRCR (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Adlinda binti Alip MD(UK), FRCR (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Marniza binti Saad MBBCh (UK), MRCP Part I (UK), FRCR (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Rozita binti Abdul Malik MBBS (Mal), Mco (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Wan Zamaniah binti Wan Ishak MBBS (Mal), Mco (Mal)
Lecturers:
Dr Ung Ngie Min BEng (Mal), MSc (Mal), PhD (Aust)
Dr Nurfadhlina Abdul Satar MBBS (Nottingham, UK), FRCR (Roy Coll Lond) MSc (Oncology) (UK)

2022/2023 SPORTS MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Unit:
Associate Professor Dr Mohd. Nahar Azmi bin Mohamed MD (Universitas Padjadjaran Indonesia),
MSpMed (Mal)
Tel: 03-7967 4968
Fax: 03-79677511
Emai: nahar@ummc.edu.my
Associate Professor Dr Abdul Halim bin Mokhtar MD (UKM), MSpMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Mohd. Nahar Azmi bin Mohamed MD (Universitas Padjadjaran Indonesia),
MSpMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Mohamad Shariff bin A Hamid MBBS (Adel), MSpMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Zulkarnain bin Jaafar MD (USM), MSpMed (Mal)
Associate Professor Dr Goh Siew Li MD (USM), MSpMed (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Samihah binti Abdul Karim MD (UPM), MspMed (Mal)
Dr Choong Wai Kwong MSpMed (Mal), MD (UPM)
Trainee Lecturer:
Dr Ahmad Hazwan bin Ahmad Shushami MBBS (Mal)
Dr Muhammad Kashani bin Mohd Kamil MD (Universitas Sumatera Utara Indonesia)

2022/2023 TRAUMA & EMERGENCY
POSTGRADUATE
Head of Unit:
Dr. Abdul Muhaimin Noor Azhar MBBCh (Wales, UK), MEmMed (UM)
Tel: 03-7949 4198
Fax: 03- 7949 4179
Email: abdul.muhaimin@ummc.edu.my
Associate Professor Dr Mohd Idzwan bin Zakaria MBBCh BAO (Ire), Med (Emergency Medicine) (USM)
Associate Professor Dr Rishya a/l Manikam MBBS (Manipal), MEmMed (UM)
Medical Lecturers:
Dr Abdul Muhaimin Noor Azhar, MBBCh (Wales, UK), MEmMed (UM)
Dr Aidawati Bustam @ Mainudin MA, MB BCHir (Cambridge), MEmMed (UM)
Dr Ahmad Zulkarnain Ahmed Zahedi, MBBS (UM), MEmMed (UM)
Dr Khadijah Poh Yuen Yoong, MBBS (UM), MEmMed (UM)
Dr Mohd Zahir Amin Mohd Nazri MBBS (UM), MEmMed (UM)
Dr Mohd Hafyzuddin bin Md Yusuf MB Bch BAO (Irelandl), MEmMed (UM)
Dr Mohammad Aizuddin Azizah Ariffin MBBS (Otago, New Zealand), MEmMed (UM)
Trainee Lecturers:
Dr Siti Nur Aliyah binti Zambri MBBCh BAO (Ireland)
Dr Anhar binti Kamarudin MBBS (UM)
Dr. Rafi’ Uddin Radzi bin Ruslay MBBS (UM)

MEDICAL EDUCATION & RESEARCH
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
DEVELOPMENT (MERDU)
Head of Unit:
Professor Dr Jamunarani A/P S Vadivelu PhD (Lond), MSc (UK), BSc Hons. (UK)
Tel: 03-7967 5738
Fax: 03-7967 5769
Email: jamuna@ummc.edu.my
Professors:
Professor Dr Jamunarani A/P S Vadivelu PhD (Lond), MSc (UK), BSc Hons. (UK)
Associate Professor Dr Vinod Pallath PhD (India), MSc (India), BSc (India)
Associate Professor Dr Foong Chan Choong PhD (Mal), BSc.Ed (Hons) (Mal)
Senior Lecturers:
Dr Sim Joong Hiong PhD (UM), MEd (UM), LLB Hons. (UK), BScEd (Hons) (USM)
Dr Hong Wei-Han PhD (UM), MEd (UM), BScEd (Hons) (UTM)
Dr. Jess Corckburn

EDUCATIONAL GOALS OF THE
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
UNIVERSITY MALAYA
Graduates of the University of Malaya will be able to:
1. Demonstrate knowledge and skills in their field of study, appropriate research and
professional practices, and the processes of critical thinking, creative thinking, and problem
solving.
2. Use effective methods including contemporary technology to manage information, to

achieve diverse professional goals aligned with professional standards and make decisions
based on appropriate data and information.
3. Engage in continuous self-improvement and professional growth, support the professional

development of others, and display positive leadership and professional behaviours and
disposition for effective practice.
4. Communicate effectively with other professionals, and the community, and project a
coherent vision of social responsibilities.
5. Appreciate and continue to be guided by the University’s core values of integrity, respect,
academic freedom, open-mindedness, accountability, professionalism, meritocracy,
teamwork, creativity and social responsibility.

2022/2023 VISION & MISSION
POSTGRADUATE
VISION
A global university impacting the world.
MISSION
Pushing the boundaries of knowledge and nurturing aspiring leaders.

VISION & MISSION
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE FACULTY OF MEDICINE
VISION
To become a Centre of Excellence in Medicine
MISSION
To become a premier medical centre that is
world renown and to provide excellent health
care, education, and research programmes
delivered with efficiency, sensitivity and
enthusiasm.

2022/2023 HISTORY OF FACULTY OF MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
HANDBOOK
The University of Malaya was established on 8 October 1949 as a national institution to

serve the higher educational needs of the Federation of Malaya and of Singapore. In 1960, the
Government of the Federation of Malaya indicated that the Kuala Lumpur Division of the University
of Malaya should become the national University in the Federation with effect from the beginning
session 1962/63. Likewise, the Singapore Division should become the national University of
Singapore. Steps to achieve the establishment of these two separate universities were finalized
during the year 1961 and the University of Malaya was established on 1st January 1962. The student
population at that time was about 330. Since then, the University has grown and developed rapidly.
Today, the student population has grown to almost 30,000.
Establishment of the Faculty of Medicine at the University of Malaya
Up to the 1950’s, the Faculty of Medicine, University of Singapore, which was known previously as King
Edward VII College of Medicine had been the only medical school in Malaya and Singapore. The output
of doctors at that time was small: 60 per year. Many Malaysians had to go overseas to seek
undergraduate medical education. It was not until 1960 that a determined effort was made to double
the intake of students to 120 per year in Singapore. In 1960, a board of studies of the University of
Malaya was appointed to study the feasibility of establishing a medical school with its own teaching
hospital. The board recommended the early establishment of both.
To this end, the Government agreed and the Ministries of Education and of Health provided the
necessary capital funds. In 1962, a Dean for the Faculty of Medicine was appointed.

FIRST BATCH- 1969
The first batch of medical students was admitted to the Faculty in 1964. A year earlier, these students,
40 of them, were placed in the Faculty of Science as pre-medical students. Construction of the faculty
building began in July 1963, was completed in 10 months, so that the pioneer students were able to
begin their course in May 1964. The building programme continued and the second phase was ready
in time for Year II teaching the following May. Throughout this period, planning, building, ordering and
receiving of equipment, recruitment of staff, organization of the Faculty, and discussions on the
curriculum continued unremittingly. Phase I of the University Malaya Medical Centre consisting of the
main block together with podium or “technical box” (operating theatres, radio-diagnostic, accident and
emergency, polyclinic, pharmacy, central sterile supply, cafeteria, administration and medical records)
was completed in December 1966, and the first wards were opened as on March 1967. Phase II of the
Hospital consisting of Paediatric, Maternity and Rehabilitation Units was completed in December 1967,
and became functional in March 1968. The total construction period for the Medical Centre consisting
of the faculty departments, hospital (740 beds), Hostel for Clinical Students, Nurses Quarters with
Nursing School and Central Animal House was three and a half years. Over the past three decades,
the medical centre has expanded tremendously, and today it has 900 beds (the number will be increased
to 1200 beds after renovation).
Philosophy of the Faculty of Medicine
The philosophy of the Faculty is to mould students to be competent, highly-skilled and knowledgeable
health professionals, who can work with others as a team, who are caring and concerned about their
patients and society, and who can emerge as leaders in their community.

2022/2023 COMPLIANCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY’S STATUTES,
POSTGRADUATE RULES AND REGULATIONS
HANDBOOK
All candidates shall be subjected to:

 The Universities and University Colleges Act, (Amendment) 2009
 The Constitution of the University of Malaya
 The University of Malaya (Discipline of Students) Rules, 1999
 The University of Malaya (Master’s Degree) Rules & Regulations, 2019
 The University of Malaya (Doctoral Degree) Rules & Regulations, 2019
 FOM Postgraduate Handbook
*Any University’ Rules and Regulations that take immediate effect from time to time

Postgraduate’s Clinical Programme
POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK
2022/2023 SESSION
FACULTY OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITI MALAYA

2022/2023 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
POSTGRADUATE
HANDBOOK
Clinical Training 01.06.2022 - 30.11.2022
Exam part I/II/III/Final September/October/November 2022
Clinical Training 01.12.2022 - 31.5.2023
Exam I/ II/ III/ Final* Mac/April/May 2023
52 WEEKS INCLUDING INTRODUCTION WEEK, REVISION AND EXAM
* Examination Schedule according to the program of study

MASTER OF
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
ANAESTHESIOLOGY
HANDBOOK POSTGRADUATE’S PROGRAMME
Name of Programme : Master of Anaesthesiology

Faculty : Faculty of Medicine
1. Classification of Programme
The Master of Anaesthesiology programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the

research component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the whole programme of study.
2. Entry Requirements
(1) Entry qualifications
(a) The degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery of the University
or an equivalent medical qualification approved by the Senate;
and
(b) At least one year of post-full registration clinical experience approved by the
Senate.
(2) Other requirements
(a) Qualifies for registration as a medical practitioner under the Medical Act 1971
(Act 50) of Malaysia; and
(b) Satisfies the Department responsible for the candidate’s programme of study
in an Entrance Evaluation recognised by the Faculty.
(3) English requirements
(a) The Non-Citizen applicant who obtains a degree from a university or institution
of higher learning who do not use English as the medium of instruction for the
degree, are required to:
(i) obtain a minimum score of 6.0 for the International English Language
Testing System (IELTS) (Academic).
3. Duration of Study
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be four years.

(2) The maximum duration of study shall be seven years.
4. Structure of Programme
The programme of study comprises three stages as follows:
(1) Stage I in the first year of study encompassing clinical training in basic skills in
anaesthesia and resuscitation for patient management
(2) Stage II comprising training in the second and third year of study in:

(a) clinical anaesthesiology and in non-anaesthesiology postings undertaken in
rotation such as general medicine, radiology, emergency medicine, or any
other posting as may be approved by the Department responsible for the
candidate’s programme of study; and
(b) Research methodology, including the conduct of a research project in any field
of anaesthesia, intensive care or pain management.
(3) Stage III comprising clinical training in the fourth year in specialised fields of
anaesthesiology or intensive care or of anaesthesiology and intensive care.
(4) A candidate is required to maintain a log book throughout his/her period of study to
document tasks undertaken.
5. Registration
(1) Registration for the programme of study shall commence the week prior to the start of
the academic session.
(2) A candidate may be permitted to register directly for Stage II of the programme of study
if he/she has -
(a) a minimum of two years experience in clinical anaesthesiology in a hospital

recognised by the Faculty and passed any one of the examinations listed
below-
(i) the Primary Examination of the Royal College of Anaesthetists;
(ii) the Primary Examination of the Australian and New Zealand College
of Anaesthetists;
(iii) the Primary Examination for the degree of Master of Medicine in

Anaesthesia of the National University of Singapore;
(iv) the Part II Examination of the Royal College of Anaesthetists;
(v) the Final Examination of the College of Anaesthetists Ireland; or
(vi) any other examination as may be approved from time to time by the
Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty; or
6. Attendance
During his/her programme of study -
(1) a candidate may be permitted to undertake part of his/her programme of study in other
hospitals or centres recognised by the Faculty;
(2) a candidate who has been absent for a period exceeding forty-two (42) days in any
academic year shall be required to undertake an extended period of training to be
determined by the Faculty; provided always that the extended period of training shall
not exceed the maximum period of candidature.
7. Supervision
(1) The supervisor for a candidate shall be appointed not later than two months after the
registration of the candidate.

(2) A consultant shall be appointed for a candidate who undertakes part of his/her
programme of study outside the University. The consultant shall be appointed not later
than two months after the candidate has commenced training in the outside location.
8. Title of Research
The research project for a candidate shall be determined by the Department responsible for
the candidate’s programme of study not later than one month prior to the commencement of
the research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her log book and posting reports not later than
one month before the Final Examination.
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her research report not later than six months
before the Final Examination.
10. Examinations for the Degree
(1) The Examinations leading to the degree shall be as follows:
(a) the Part I Examination
(b) the Final Examination
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Final Examination unless he/she has –
(a) passed or been exempted from the Part I Examination. A candidate may be
exempted from the Part I Examination if he/she passed any one of the
examinations listed below:
(v) the Primary Examination of the Royal College of Anaesthetists;
(vi) the Primary Examination of the Australian and New Zealand College
of Anaesthetists;
(vii) the Primary Examination for the degree of Master of Medicine in

Anaesthesia of the National University of Singapore;
(viii) the Part II Examination of the Royal College of Anaesthetists;
(v) the Final Examination of the College of Anaesthetists Ireland; or
(vi) any other examination as may be approved from time to time by the
Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty.
(b) submitted his/her log book and posting reports not later than one month before
the Final Examination; and
(c) completed and submitted his/her research report six months prior to the Final
Examination.
(3) (a) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of the first year of the
programme of study. The Final Examination shall be held at the end of the
fourth year of the programme of study.

(b) The examination for the Written Section will be held within six weeks before
examination for the Oral Section.
(c) Passing marks for every section is at least 50%. The aggregate passing mark
for each examination is at least 50%.
(d) Only candidates who passed the examination for the Written Section qualifies
to sit for the Oral Section. However, candidates who scored 50% of total marks
in the Written Section may be allowed to sit the Oral Section.
(4) Examination Subjects and Allocation of Marks
(a) Part I Examination
The subjects of the Part I examination and the marks to be allocated to each
subject shall be as follows:
Subject Description Allocation of Marks

(Maximum)
A. Written Section
Subject: Pharmacology
MBGE6101 Paper I Multiple Choice Questions 15

MBGE6102 Paper 2 Essay and Short Answer Questions 15
Total 30
Subject: Physiology and Clinical Measurements
MBGE6104 Paper I Multiple Choice Questions 15

MBGE6105 Paper 2 Essay and Short Answer Questions 15
Total 30
Total written section 60
B. Oral Section
MBGE6121 Viva Voce 1 20
(Pharmacology)
MBGE6122 Viva Voce 2 20
(Physiology and Clinical
Measurement) Total oral section 40
Total part 1 Examination 100
(b) Final Examination
The sections of the Final examination and the marks to be allocated to each
sections shall be as follows:
Component Description Allocation of Marks

(Maximum)
A. Written
MBGE6236 Paper 1 Multiple Choice Questions 20
MBGE6237 Paper 2 Essay Questions 20
B. Clinical
MBGE6243 - Long Case 20
MBGE6250 - Viva-Voce 40
Total 100

(5) Requirements for Passing an Examination
A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Examinations prescribed below if

he/she has:
(i) On his/her first attempt, sat for both subjects; and
(ii) Obtained at least 50% of total marks of the examination; and
(iii) Obtained at least 50% marks for each oral examination.

Obtained 50% or more of the marks for each componen of the Examination.
The written Examination will be held within six (6) weeks prior to the clinical
Examination. Only candidate that passes the written Examination (component
A), will be allowed to sit the Clinical Examination (Componen B). A candidate
who fails the clinical Examination will have to Re-Sit the written Examination
before attemping the Clinical Examination again.
(6) Repeating an Examination
(a) Part I Re-Examination
(i) A candidate who has failed the Part I Examination may be permitted
a Re-examination on three separate occasions at six monthly
intervals.
(ii) The Part I Re-Examination shall consist of the same subjects and
shall be assessed and graded in the same manner as prescribed for
the Part I Examination.
(iii) The candidate has to re-sit the failed subject.
(iv) Candidate who failed the examination for the oral section is allowed
to repeat the oral examination section for two consecutive re-
examinations.
(v) Candidate who failed the second re- examination is required to re-sit
all relevant components in Part I examination.
(vi) A candidate who fails the Re- examination on the third occasion shall
be deemed to have failed the Part I Examination and shall not be
permitted to repeat the programme of study except in special
circumstances on the recommendation of the Faculty of Medicine and
with the approval of Senate.
(b) Final Re-Examination
(i) A candidate who has failed the Final Examination may be permitted a
Re-examination on separate occasions at six monthly intervals until
the maximum period of study is reached.

(ii) The Final Re-Examination shall consist of the same components and
the Final Examination.
Candidates that have passed the written examination but failed the
clinical examination are only required to sit/repeat the clinical
examination. The results of the written examination are valid only for
one year.
(iii) A candidate who fails the Re-examination on the final occasion ie at

maximum period of study shall be deemed to have failed the Final
Examination and shall not be permitted to repeat the programme of
study except in special circumstances on the recommendation of the
Faculty of Medicine and with the approval of Senate.
(c ) A candidate who has passed the Re-examination for the Examinations above
shall be deemed to have passed the prescribed Examinations.
11. Award of Degree
No candidate shall be recommended for the award of the Degree of Master of Anaesthesiology
unless he/she has successfully completed all parts of the course, completed the minimum
duration of study and has passed the prescribed Examinations.
(1) Award of Pass with Distinction for the Examination
A candidate may be awarded a Pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination and the
Final Examination if he/she –
(a) has obtained 75% or more of the aggregate marks in each of the prescribed
Examination;
(b) has not failed in any component of the prescribed Examination; and
(c) has not repeated the prescribed Examination or any part of the programme of
study except on medical or compassionate grounds acceptable to the Faculty.
(2) Award of the Degree with Distinction
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Anaesthesiology with

Distinction if he/she –
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Final Examination;

(c) has not repeated the prescribed Examination or any part of the programme
of study except on medical or compassionate grounds acceptable to the
Faculty.

MASTER OF ANAESTHESIOLOGY
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
S
T
A  Clinical training in specialized fields
G Year 4 of Anaesthesiology and/or intensive
E Care Final Examination
III
S
T Year 3
A  Clinical Anaesthesiology and Non-
G Anaesthesiology Posting in rotation
E Year 2
II
Part I Examination
S
T
A Year 1  Basic Anaesthesiology
G
E
I Registration
(Entrance Evaluation)

MASTER OF
2022/2023
CLINICAL ONCOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Clinical Oncology

The Master of Clinical Oncology is a clinical coursework programme in which the research
component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the whole programme of study.
or an equivalent medical qualification approved by the Senate; and
(b) At least two (2) years of post-full registration clinical experience which must
include a minimum of six (6) months in medicine AND a minimum of six (6)
months in surgery, with experience in active medical and surgical on-call.*
*The minimum experience in medicine and surgery must have been

undertaken within the last five (5) years from the point of entry into the
programme.
(b) Achieves the minimum requirement in the entrance evaluation for the
programme.
(a) The Non-Citizen applicant who obtains a degree from a university or institution of
higher learning who do not use English as the medium of instruction for the
(i) obtain a minimum score of 6.0 for the International English Language


The programme of study comprises two (2) stages as follows:
(1) Stage I in the first year of study comprising:
(a) teaching and learning in basic sciences subjects – anatomy, molecular biology, cancer
pathology, medical statistics, pharmacology, radiobiology and radiotherapy physics;
(b) clinical teaching, learning and training covering all aspects of non-surgical cancer
management for different tumour sites with emphasis on radiotherapy and systemic
therapy;
(b) workplace-based assessments and documentation in training portfolio of the procedures

and clinical skills undertaken.
(2) Stage II in the second, third and fourth years of study comprising:
(a) research project;
(b) clinical teaching and training covering all aspects of non-surgical cancer management for
different tumour sites with emphasis on radiotherapy and systemic therapy;
(c) workplace-based assessments and documentation in training portfolio of the procedures

and clinical skills undertaken.
5. Registration
Registration for the programme of study shall commence for two (2) weeks after the start of
6. Attendance
During his programme of study -
(1) A candidate may be permitted to undertake part of his/her training in other hospitals
or centres recognised by the Faculty.
(2) A candidate who has been absent for a period exceeding forty-two (42) days in any
7. Supervision
(1) A supervisor for the candidate shall be appointed not later than two (2) months after
the initial registration into the programme.
(3) A supervisor for research project shall be appointed not later six (6) months after the
initial registration into the programme.

The research project for a candidate shall be determined not later than one (1) month prior to
the commencement of the research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit the training portfolio not later than two (2) months
(2) A candidate is required to submit the research report not later than two (2) months before
(a) the Part I Examination;

(b) the Part II Examination; and
(c) the Final Examination
(2) No candidate shall be admitted to the Part II Examination unless he/she has passed
the Part I Examination at least six months before the Part II Examination.
(3) No candidate shall proceed to the Final Examination unless he/she has
(a) passed the Part II Examination;
(b) submitted the training portfolio not later than two (2) months before the Final
Examination; and
(c) completed and submitted the research report not later than two months before
(4) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of Stage I of the programme of study.
The Part II Examination shall be held at the end of twenty-four (24) months of Stage II
of the programme of study. The Final Examination shall be held at the end of the
thirty-six (36) months of Stage II of the programme of study.
(5) Examination Components and Allocation of Marks
The components of the Part I Examination and the marks to be allocated to

each component shall be as follows:
Component/Description/Allocation of Marks
(Maximum)
No Subject Short Answer Multiple Marks
Description Questions Choice Total
Questions
1. Radiotherapy physics
100 100 200
2. Medical statistics 100 100 200
3. Molecular biology 200
100 100
4. Cancer pathology 200
100 100

5. Pharmacology 200
100 100
6. Radiobiology 200
100 100
Grand Total 1200
(b) Part II Examination
The components of the Part II Examination and the marks to be allocated to

Component Description Allocation of Mark

(Maximum)
A. Written
Paper 1 Multiple Choice Questions 100
Paper 2 Case Orientated Questions 100
Total 200
B. Clinical Short Cases 100
C. Objective Structured Clinical Examination 100

Grand Total 400
(c) Final Examination
The components of the Final Examination and the marks to be allocated to

Description Allocation of Marks
(Maximum)
A. Research report 100

B. Training Portfolio 100
Total 200
A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Examinations prescribe below if

he/she has obtained:
50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for the components in each
subject of the examination and not less than 50% of the marks for each
component in the subject.
A candidate who does not fulfill the above requirement for a Subject shall be
deemed to have failed the Subject concerned but shall be credited with the
Subject or Subjects he/she has passed and be required to repeat only the
Subject that he/she has failed.
50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for the components of the
examination and not less than 50% of the marks for each component.

50% or more of the marks for each component of the Final Examination.
(7) Pass the Examination with Distinction
A candidate may be obtained a Pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination and
the Part II Examination if he/she –
Examinations at the first attempt;
(b) has not repeated any part of the programme of study except on medical or
compassionate grounds acceptable to the Faculty.
a re-examination on three separate occasions, at six-monthly
intervals.
(ii) The Part I Re-Examination shall consist of all previously failed
subjects and shall be assessed and graded in the same manner as
prescribed for the Part I Examination.
(ii) A candidate who fails the re-examination on the third occasion shall
(b) Part II Re-Examination
(i) A candidate who has failed the Part II Examination may be permitted
a re-examination on three separate occasions only, at six-monthly
intervals.
(ii) The Part II Re-Examination shall consist of the same components and
the Part II Examination.
(iii) A candidate who fails the re-examination on the third occasion shall
be deemed to have failed the Part II Examination and shall not be
(c) Final Re-Examination
(i) A candidate shall be re-examined in only the component that he/she

has failed.
(ii) A candidate who has failed in the research report and/or training
portfolio component may be referred for further work in the component
that he/she has failed, over a period of time to be determined by the
Committee of Examiners except that such periods of time as
determined shall not exceed six (6) months on any one occasion. At
the end of the prescribed period the candidate shall be required to

submit the research report and/or relevant document for re-
examination. A candidate who fails to submit the research report
and/or the relevant document by the end of the prescribed period for
re-examination shall be deemed to have failed the Examination.
(iii) A candidate shall be permitted to re-submit the research report and/or

the relevant document for re-examination on not more than one
occasion.
(iv) A candidate who fails the component(s) after the re-submission shall
be deemed to have failed the Final Examination and shall not be
with approval of Senate.
(d) A candidate who has passed the re-examination for the Examinations shall be
deemed to have passed the prescribed Examinations.
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Clinical Oncology
A candidate shall meet the following requirements for the purpose of graduation for
the programme of Master of Clinical Oncology:
(a) passes the prescribed Examination for the Master’s Degree programme by
Clinical concerned;
(b) fulfils other requirements set by the Faculty, if any, for the Master’s Degree
programme by Clinical concerned;
(c) fulfils the language requirements, if any, as prescribed; and
(d) fulfils other requirements approved by Senate from time to time.
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Clinical Oncology (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Clinical Oncology (With

Distinction) if he/she:
(a) has passed with Distinction in both the Part I and Part II Examinations; and
(b) has not failed and has not repeated any component of the Examination or
any part of the programme of study within the prescribed period except on
medical or compassionate grounds accepted by the Faculty.

MASTER OF CLINICAL ONCOLOGY
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Stages Years Description Assessments
Pre-Entry - Prior to entry into training. Entrance Evaluation
Teaching and learning in basic sciences subjects –

anatomy, cancer biology, cancer pathology, medical
S statistics, pharmacology, radiobiology and radiotherapy
T physics.
A
G Clinical teaching, learning and training with various Continuous
E Year 1 assessment tools to cover all aspects of non-surgical Assessments
cancer treatment with emphasis on radiotherapy and
1 systemic therapy.
Workplace-bases assessments and documentation in

logbooks of the procedures and clinical skills undertaken Part I Examination
will be carried out throughout the whole duration of the
training programme.
Conduct research project.
S Clinical teaching, learning and training with various

T assessment tools to cover all aspects of non-surgical
A cancer treatment with emphasis on radiotherapy and
G Year 2 systemic therapy. Continuous
E Assessments
Workplace-based assessments and documentation in
2 logbooks of the procedures and clinical skills undertaken
will be carried out throughout the whole duration of the
training programme.
Year 3 Part II Examination
Continue with clinical training and assessments.

Continuous
Submission of training portfolio and research project Assessments
Year 4 report.
Final Examination

MASTER OF
2022/2023
EMERGENCY MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Emergency Medicine

The Master of Emergency Medicine programme is a clinical coursework programme in which

the research component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the whole programme of
study.
Senate.
(b) Passes an entrance evaluation and an interview process.
(a) The Non-Citizen applicant who obtains a degree from a university or

institution of higher learning who do not use English as the medium of
instruction for the degree, are required to:
(i) obtain a minimum score of band 6.0 for the International English
Language Testing System (IELTS) (Academic).
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be four (4) years.

(2) The maximum duration of study shall be seven (7) years.
(1) The programme of study comprises three (3) stages which area teg I in the first year,
stage II in the second year and third year and stage III in the fourth year. These
stages are as follows:
(a) Stage I comprises:
(i) The study of basic sciences relevant to the practice of Emergency

Medicine.

(ii) Clinical posting in Emergency Medicine for at least six (6) months.
Other related clinical postings as determined by the Department with
emphasis on the emergency aspects in the specialties of anaesthesia,
paediatrics, internal medicine and general surgery.
(iii) Continuous assessments as determined by the Department.
(b) Stage II comprises:
(i) Clinical posting in Emergency Medicine for at least twelve (12) months.
Other related clinical postings as determined by the Department with
emphasis on intensive care medicine and the emergency aspects in
the specialties of obstetric and gynaecology, radiology,
otorhinolaryngology, ophthalmology, orthopaedic surgery and
neurosurgery.
(ii) Continuous assessments as determined by the Department.
(iii) A Research Project must be started during the early phase of Stage II.
(iv) Must passed the Advanced Cardiac Life Support Course (ACLS),
Advanced Trauma Life Support Course (ATLS), Paediatric Advanced
Life Support Course (PALS) and/or equivalent courses recognized by
Faculty.
(c) Stage III comprises of posting in Emergency Medicine and continuous

assessments as determined by the Department.
(2) A candidate is required to keep training portfolio book throughout his period of study
to document tasks undertaken.
5. Registration
6. Attendance
(1) A candidate may be permitted to undertake part of his/her training in other hospitals
or centres recognised by the Faculty.
determined by the Faculty; provided always that the total period of training does not
exceed the maximum period of candidature.
7. Supervision
(1) The supervisor for the candidate shall be appointed not later than two (2) months
after the initial registration of the candidate.
programme of study outside the University. The consultant shall be appointed not

later than two months after the candidate has commenced training in the outside
location.
the research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her training portfolio every six (6) months for
assessment by the Department responsible for the candidate’s programme of study.
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her research report not later than six (6) months
(1) The examinations leading to the Degree shall be as follows:
(a) the Part I Examination; and
(b) the Final Examination.
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Final Examination unless he/she has:
(a) passed the Part I Examination.
(b) completed and submitted his/her research report six months prior to the Final
Examination.
(c) passed the ‘Advanced Cardiac Life Support Course (ACLS)’, ‘Advanced
Trauma Life Support Course (ATLS)’, ‘Paediatric Advanced Life Support
Course (PALS)’ and/or other courses recognized by the Faculty.
(d) Submitted his/her training portfolio not later than one (1) month before the Final
Examination.
(e) achieved satisfactory report in each continuos assessment.
(3) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of Stage I. The Final Examination shall
be held at the end of Stage III of the programme of study.


(Maximum)
A. Written
Paper 1 Multiple Choice 300
Questions
Paper 2 Short Answer Type 300
Questions

Total 600
B. Clinical
Objective Structured Clinical 400
Examination
Total 400
Grand total 1000

Component Description Allocation of

Marks (Maximum)
A. Written
Paper 1 Multiple Choice 200
Questions
Paper 2 Short Answer Type 200
Questions
Total 400
B. Clinical
Objective Structured Clinical 600
Examination
Total 600
Grand total 1000
A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the examination prescribed below if

50% or more for each of the components in the examination.
(i) 50% or more for each of the components in the examination.

(ii) The candidate must pass the research project.
(6) Pass the Examination with Disctinction
the Final Examination if he/she has obtained 75% or more of the aggregate marks in
each of the prescibed examinations. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of a
Pass with Distinction based on the performance at a re-examination.

(a) Re-Examination of Part I Examination
(i) A candidate is required to pass the Written Component of the

examination before being allowed to sit for the Clinical Component of
the examination.
(ii) A candidate who has failed the Written Component of the examination
is allowed a Re-Examination for two attempts with each attempt at six
(6) monthly intervals.
(iii) A candidate who has failed the Written Component in the Re-
Examination on the second attempt shall be deemed to have failed the
Part I Examination and shall not be permitted to repeat the programme
of study except in special circumstances on the recommendation of the
Faculty and with the approval of the Senate.
(iv) A candidate who has passed the Written Component of the examination
but failed the Clinical Component is allowed a Re-Examination for the
Clinical Component for two attempts, with each attempt at six (6)
monthly intervals without re-sitting the Written Component.
(v) A candidate who has failed the Clinical Component in the Re-
Facuty and with the approval of the Senate.
(b) Re-examination of Final Examination
(i) A candidate is required to pass the Written Component of the

examination before being allowed to sit for the Clinical Component of
the examination.
(ii) A candidate who has failed the Written Component of the examination
is allowed Re-Examination for two attempts with each attempt at six (6)
monthly intervals.
(iii) A candidate who has failed the Written Component in the Re-
Final Examination and shall not be permitted to repeat the programme
Faculty and with the approval of the Senate.
(iv) A candidate who has passed the Written Component of the examination
but failed the Clinical Component is allowed a Re-Examination for the
Clinical Component for two attempts with each attempt at six (6) monthly
intervals without re-sitting the Written Component.
(v) A candidate who has failed the Clinical Component in the Re-
Examination on the second attempt is allowed another a Re-
Examination after six (6) months, but must re-sit the Written Component.

The candidate is required to pass the Written Component before being
allowed to sit for the Clinical Component.
(vi) A candidate who has failed the Clinical Component in the Re-
Final Examination and shall not be permitted to repeat the programme
Facuty and with the approval of the Senate.
(c) A candidate who has passed the re-examination for the examinations
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Emergency
A candidate shall meet the following requirements for the purpose of graduation for the
programme of Master of Emergency:
Clinical concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Emergency (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the Degree of Master of Emergency (With Distinction)

if he/she:
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Part I Examination and the Final Examination;
and
(b) has not failed or repeated any component of the Examinations or any portion of
the training programme within the stipulated time except for medical or
humanitarian reasons with the approval of the Faculty.

MASTER OF EMERGENCY MEDICINE
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
 Clinical posting in Emergency Medicine. Final Examination

S
T  Continuous assessments.
A Year 4 (at UM
G or other  Training portfolio to be submitted every 6
E centres) months.
III  A research report to be submitted at least 6

months before Final Examination.
 Clinical postings in Emergency Medicine for

at least 12 months.
 Clinical postings with emphasis on intensive

care medicine and emergency aspects of
o intensive care medicine
o obstetric and gynaecology
o radiology
o otorhinolaryngology
S o ophthalmology
T o orthopaedic surgery
A o neurosurgery
G
E  Continuous assessments.
II  Training portfolio to be submitted every 6

months.
 Must passed the Paediatric Advanced Life

Support Course (PALS), Advanced Cardiac
Life Support Course (ACLS), Advanced
Trauma Life Support Course (ATLS) and/or
equivalent courses recognized by Faculty.
 A research project must be started during

the early phase in Stage II.
 The study of basic sciences relevant to the Part I Examination
practice of Emergency medicine
 Clinical postings in Emergency Medicine for

at least 6 months.
S  Clinical postings with emphasis on

T emergency aspects of
A o anaesthesia
Year 1 (at UM) Registration (Entrance
G o paediatrics
E o internal medicine Evaluation)
I o general surgery
 Continuous assessments.
 Training portfolio to be submitted every 6

months.

MASTER OF
2022/2023
FAMILY MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Family Medicine

The Master of Family Medicine programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the
and
Senate.
(b) Fullfill the requirements of the Entrance Evaluation
(1) The programme of study comprises three (3) stages as follows:
(a) Stage I:
Clinical rotation in the first year of study in a hospital formally recognized by

the Faculty in the following disciplines:
General Medicine;
Paediatrics; and

Obstetrics & Gynaecology
(b) Stage II:
(i) Six months of speciality posting, one month each in the following
discipline:
Psychological medicine
Surgery
Orthopaedic Surgery
Opthalmology
Otorhinolaryngology
Elective (e.g. dermatology)
(ii) Eighteen (18) months of clinical training in Family Medicine in the second
and third year of study in centres formally recognized by the Faculty.
(c) Stage III:
(i) One year of advanced training in Family Medicine in the fourth year of
study at a primary care setting, either in a health clinic or university-
based primary care clinic.
(ii) family case studies;
(iii) keeping of a Practice Diary of selected cases from his clinical training;
and
(iv) research
(2) A candidate is required to maintain a training portfolio throughout his/her period of study
(3) (a) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to Stage II of the programme of

study unless he/she has passed or been exempted from the Part I Examination
possesses a postgraduate qualification in Family Medicine or any qualifications
of equivalent standard recognised by the Senate.
(b) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to Stage III of the programme of

study unless he/she has passed the Part II Examination.
5. Registration
Registration for the programme of study shall commence for two (2) weeks after the start of the
academic session.
6. Attendance
(1) a candidate may be permitted to undertake part of his/her training in other hospitals or
centres recognised by the Faculty;

7. Supervision
(1) A supervisor for a candidate shall be appointed not later than two (2) months after the
initial registration of the candidate.
The research project for a candidate shall be determined by the Department responsible for the
candidate’s programme of study not later than one month prior to the commencement of the
research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her training portfolio for the respective period of
study not later than four (4) weeks prior to the Part I Examination. A candidate is also
required to submit a family case study not later than 4 weeks prior to the Part I Theory
Examination.
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her training portfolio for the respective period of
study before the Part II Examination.
(3) A candidate is required to submit his/her training portfolio, family case studies, a
practice diary and research report for the respective period of study not later than one
(1) month before the Part III Examination.
10 Examinations for the Degree

(c) the Part III Examination
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part I Examination unless he/she has
satisfactorily completed and submitted his/her training portfolio and family case study
for the respective period of study not later than four (4) weeks before the Part I
Examination.
(3) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part II Examination unless he/she has -
(a) passed or has been exempted from the Part I Examination. A candidate may
be exempted from the Part I Examination if he/she possesses a postgraduate
qualification in Family Medicine or any qualifications of equivalent standard
recognised by the Senate; and
(b) satisfactorily completed and submitted his/her posting reports of the respective
period of study before the Part II Examination.
(4) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part III Examination unless he/she has -
(a) passed the Part II Examination; and

(b) satisfactorily completed and submitted his/her prerequisite documents not later
than one (1) month before the Part III Examination.
(i) A candidate whose prerequisite documents are deemed unsatisfactory

may be referred for further work over a period of time to be determined
by the Department except that such period of time as determined shall
not exceed one year on any one occasion. At the end of the prescribed
period the candidate shall be required to submit the prerequisite
documents for re-examination.
(ii) A candidate who fails to submit satisfactory prerequisite documents

by the end of the prescribed period shall be deemed to have failed the
prerequisite component.
(iii) A candidate is permitted to re-submit the prerequisite documents on

not more than two occasions. Practice diary must be submitted not
later than one (1) month before the Part III Examination.
(iv) After the maximum number of prerequisite submissions is over, the

candidate is considered to have failed the Part III Examination and
shall not be permitted to repeat the programme of study except in
special circumstances on the recommendation of the Faculty of
Medicine and with the approval of Senate
(5) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of the first year of the programme of
study. The Part II Examination shall be held at the end of the third year of the
programme of study. The Part III Examination shall be held at the end of the fourth year
of the programme of study.
(6) The Component A for Part I Examination will be held not later than four (4) weeks
before the examination for Component B. Those who fail the Component A will not be
allowed to take the Component B.
The Component A for Part II Examination will be held not later than four (4) weeks
before the examination for Component B. Those who fail the Component A will not be
allowed to take the Component B.
The components of the Part I Examination and the marks and percentage
values to be allocated to each component shall be as follows:

(Maximum)
A. Theory
Multiple Choice Questions Paper 60%
(MCQ)
Total 60%
B. Clinical
Objective Structured Clinical 40%
Examination (OSCE)
Total 100%

The components of the Part II Examination and the marks and percentage

(Maximum)
A. Theory
Multiple Choice Questions Paper 16%
(MCQ)
Patient Management Problems (PMP) 24%
Total 40%
B. Clinical
Objective Structured Clinical
Examination (OSCE) 60%
Total 60%
(c) Part III Examination
The components of the Part III Examination and the marks and percentage
Subject Description Allocation of Marks

(Maximum)
Viva Voce/Practice Diary 100%


50% or more of the marks for each component of the Examination.

(c) Part III Examination

A candidate may be obtained a Pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination, the Part
II Examination and the Part III Examination if he/she -
Examinations;

(i) A candidate who has failed the Component A of the Part I Examination
may be permitted a re-examination on two separate occasions at six
monthly intervals.
(ii) A candidate who has passed the Component A of the Part I

Examination but failed Component B may be permitted a re-
examination of Component B at six monthly intervals.
(iii) The total number of attempts for all components of Part I Examination
shall not exceed three (3) times. A candidate who fails the
examination on the third attempt shall be deemed to have failed the
of study except in special circumstances on the recommendation of
the Faculty of Medicine and with the approval of Senate.
(i) A candidate who has failed Component A of the Part II Examination

may be permitted a re-examination on two separate occasions at six
monthly intervals.
(ii) A candidate who has passed Component A of the Part II Examination

but failed Component B may be permitted a re-examination of
Component B on two separate occasions at six monthly intervals.
(iii) A candidate who fails the re-examination for Component A of the Part
II Examination on the third attempt shall be deemed to have failed the
Part II Examination and shall not be permitted to repeat the
programme of study except in special circumstances on the
recommendation of the Faculty of Medicine and with the approval of
Senate.
(iv) A candidate who passes the re-examination for Component A of the

Part II Examination on the third attempt is allowed to sit the Component
B for three times. A candidate who fails Component B of the Part II
Examination on the third attempt shall be deemed to have failed the
Part II Examination and shall not be permitted to repeat programme of
study except in special circumstances on the recommendation of the
Faculty of Medicine and with the approval of Senate.
(c) Part III Re-Examination
(i) A candidate who has failed the Part III Examination may be permitted
a re-examination on two separate occasions at six monthly intervals.
(ii) The Part III Re-Examination shall consist of the components that the
candidate had failed in and shall be assessed and graded in the same
manner as prescribed for the Part III Examination.

(iii) A candidate who fails the re-examination on the second occasion shall
be deemed to have failed the Part III Examination and shall not be
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Family Medicine
the programme of Master of Family Medicine:
Clinical concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Family Medicine (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Family Medicine (With

Distinction) if he/she -
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Part II Examination and the Part III
Examination; and
(b) Has not failed and has not repeated any component of the prescribed
Examination or any parts of the study programme within the set time period
except on medical or compassionate grounds acceptable to the Faculty.

MASTER OF FAMILY MEDICINE
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Part III
S Examination
T
A Year 4  Advanced Training in Family Medicine
G
E
III
Part II
S
Year 3  Clinical Training in Family Medicine – 18 months
Examination
T
A Year 2  Six months of speciality posting, one month each in the
G following discipline:
E
Psychological medicine
II Surgery
Orthopaedic Surgery
Opthalmology
Otorhinolaryngology
Elective (e.g. dermatology
Part I
S Examination
T  Clinical Training by rotation in:-
A General Medicine
G Year 1 Paediatrics
E Obstetrics and Gynaecology
I
Registration
(Entrance
Evaluation)

MASTER OF
2022/2023
INTERNAL MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Internal Medicine

The Master of Internal Medicine programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the
and
(b) At least one (1) year of clinical experience after graduation of the Bachelor's
Degree and obtain full registration as a registered medical practitioner.
(b) Pass the required entrance evaluation
(3) English requirement

(a) The non-citizen applicant who obtains a degree from a university or institution

(a) Stage I in the first year comprising:

(i) the study of basic sciences relevant to the practice of internal
medicine; and
(ii) clinical clerkship under supervision with emphasis on emergency

medicine.
(b) Stage II in the second and third year comprising:
(i) rotational postings of three months duration each in the following eight
disciplines of clinical medicine:
Cardiology
Nephrology
Neurology
Respiratory Medicine
Gastroenterology and Hepatology
Haematology and Oncology
Endocrinology
Rheumatology and Infectious Diseases and Dermatology
and
(ii) a research project
(c) Stage III in the fourth year comprising posting in an approved subspeciality or
in general medicine in the Faculty or a recognised centre outside the Faculty
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to Stage III of the programme of study
unless he/she has passed Internal Medicine Qualifying Examination (IMQA).
(3) Progress of the candidate from one stage to another is dependent on a satisfactory
assessment of annual evaluation report (training portfolio).
5. Registration
academic session.
6. Attendance
(1) A candidate may be permitted to undertake part of his/her training in other hospitals or
7. Supervision
(1) The supervisor for the candidate shall be appointed no later than two (2) months after
the initial registration of the candidate.

research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit training portfolio one (1) month before the Internal
Medicine Qualifying Examination (IMQA).
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her research report one (1) month before the end
of his/her study programme.
(a) Internal Medicine Qualifying Examination (IMQA)
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Internal Medicine Qualifying Examination
(IMQA) unless he/she has submited training portfolio one (1) month before the Internal
Medicine Qualifying Examination (IMQA).
(3) The theory examination will be held 6 weeks before the clinical examination. The Theory
examination is usually held in March/April and September/October. The Clinical
examination will be held after the theory paper which is in May/June and
November/December.
(a) Internal Medicine Qualifying Examination (IMQA)
Subject Description Allocation of Marks (Maximum)

A. Theory
Paper 1A One Best Answer 20%
Paper 1B Questions EMQ 20%
TOTAL 40%
B. Clinical
Clinical 1 Long Case 25%
Clinical 2 Short Case 35%
TOTAL 60%
Grand Total 100%

A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Examinations mentioned below if

(a) Internal Medicine Qualifying Examination (IMQA):
(i) 50% or more of the marks for each component (theory and clinical
component); and
(ii) Must pass at least 3 clinical short case; and
(iii) Must obtain 50% or more of the marks for at least one clinical long case.
The theory examination will be held 6 weeks before the clinical examination.
Only candidates that passes the theory examination, Component A, will be
allowed to sit the clinical examination, i.e. Component B. A candidate who fails
the clinical examination will not have to re-sit the theory examination before
attempting the clinical examination again.
A candidate may be obtained a Pass with Distinction in the Internal Medicine Qualifying
Examination (IMQA) if he/she –
Internal Medicine Qualifying Examination (IMQA);
(a) Internal Medicine Qualifying Examination (IMQA):
(i) A candidate is allowed to re-sit for the re-examination at the six (6)
months interval. Candidate is allowed to sit for the re -examination
without limit to the number of attempts until the maximum candidature
period or the extension candidature period is approved.
(ii) A candidate who pass the Component A (Written) Examination but fail
Component B (Cinical and Viva) are allowed to sit for the Re -
Examination for Component B (Clinical and Viva) without having to take
the Component A (Written) examination.
(iii) A candidate who has reach the maximum candidature period or the
approved extension period of candature and still fail any of the
component of the Internal Medical Qualification Examination (IMQA) e
shall be deemed to have failed and terminated from the programme.
Candidates are not allowed to repeat the programme of study except in
special circumstances on the recommendation of the Faculty of Medicine
and with the approval of the Senate.

11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Internal Medicine
the programme of Master of Internal Medicine:
Clinical concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Internal Medicine (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Internal Medicine (With

Distinction) if he/she –
(a) has passed with Distinction in Internal Medicine Qualifying Examination

(IMQA);and
(b) has not failed and has not repeated any component of the Examination or any
part of the programme of study within the prescribed period except on medical
or compassionate grounds accepted by the Faculty.

MASTER OF INTERNAL MEDICINE
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Submit his/her
research report one
Year 4 Speciality training month before the
in one of the small end of his/her study
speciality fields programme.
STAGE III
with at least 6
months in General
Medicine
Submit a
satisfactory training
portfolio.
Year 3 Rotational posting Internal Medical

in small Qualification
specialities Examination
(IMQA)
STAGE II
Year 2
Submit a
satisfactory training
portfolio
Applied Basic Submit a

Medical Sciences satisfactory training
STAGE I
Year 1 and General portfolio

Medicine and
Emergency
Medicine

MASTER OF
2022/2023
OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Obstetrics and Gynaecology

The Master of Obstetrics and Gynaecology Programme is a clinical coursework programme in

which the research component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the whole programme
of study.
(1) Entry Qualifications
or equivalent medical qualifications approved by the Senate; and
Senate.
(b) Passed the entrance evaluation and successful interview
higher learning who do not use English as the medium of instruction for the degree,
are required to:
(i) obtain a minimum score of band 6.0 for the International English Language

(1) The programme of study comprises of three (3) stages as follows
(a) Stage (Year 1) comprises:
(i) twelve (12) months of training in basic Clinical Obstetrics and

Gynaecology.

(ii) plan and commence research project(s).
(b) Stage II (Year 2 & 3) comprises intermediate to advanced clinical training in

Obstetrics and Gynecology for a period of twenty -four (24) months in which
the candidate shall:
(i) improve trainees' skills to acquire proficiency in clinical care and

surgical procedures (record cases into training portfolio)
(ii) complete a research report
(iii) continues assessment from the Department and supervisors
(c) Stage III (Year 4) comprises advanced clinical training in Obstetrics and
Gynecology for a period of twelve (12) months where the candidate must:
(i) demonstrate competence and ability in patient treatment and submit

research report and certified satisfactory by supervisor before
completion of study period.
(ii) submit a satisfactory training portfolio and certified by his supervisor

two (2) months before completion of study period
(iii) submit a research report six (6) months prior to the Final
examination.
(2) Candidates must pass the Part I Examination prior to advancement to the Final
Examination.
5. Registration
academic session.
6. Attendance
centres recognised by the Faculty.
determined by the Faculty; provided that the extended period of training shall not
exceed the maximum period of candidature.
7. Supervision
(1) The supervisor for a candidate shall be appointed not later than two (2) months after

The research project(s) must be approved by the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology,
Faculty of Medicine, University of Malaya and the ethics committee (where project is
undertaken) prior to its commencement.
9. Submission
(1) Candidates are required to submit a Research Report that is certified satisfactory by
the supervisor. (3) months before graduation.
(2) Candidates are required to submit a training portfolio that is certified satisfactory by
their supervisor for the period of study two (2) months before graduation.

(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Final Examination unless he /she has -
(a) pass the Part I Examination;

(b) achieve satisfactory progress in continuous assessment from department and
supervisor;
(c) submit satisfactory training portfolio certified satisfactory by the supervisor two
(2) months before end of study period.
(3) Part I Examination shall be held at about thirty-six (36) months into the programme.
The final examination shall be held six (6) months after passing the part 1 examination.

Komponen Deskripsi Pembahagian Markah

(Maksimum)
A. Obstetrics
(50 SBA+ 30 EMQ) 60%

Multiple Choice Questions
CPC 40%
Clinicopathological correlation
Total 100%
B. Gynaecology
(50 SBA+ 30 EMQ) 60%

Multiple Choice Question
CPC 40%

Total 100%
(a) Final Examination

each component shall be as follows (using the close marking system):
Komponen Deskripsi Pembahagian Markah

(Maksimum)
A. Final Progressive Evaluation 10%
B. Objective Structured Clinical Examination

(OSCE) 50%
C. Modified Long Case 40%
Total 100%

he/she has obtained -
(i) 50% or more of the aggregate marks of the components A and B.
(i) 50% or more of the aggregate marks for Component A
(ii) 50% or more of the aggregate marks for component B; and the
candidate passing at least 6 stations out of 12 OSCE stations; and
(iii) 50% or more of the aggregate marks for component C
Candidates need to pass Component A, before allowed to sit for Component

B and C of the Final Examination
the Final Examination if he/she –
Examination;

(i) The Part I Re -Examination shall contain the same components and
shall be assessed and graded in the same manner as is prescribed for
Candidates are allowed to repeat the Re -Examination after a period of

six months.
Candidates are allowed to advance to the next semester if they fail the
examination.
(ii) Candidates who have failed the Part I Examination may be allowed to
repeat the Re-Examination until the 13th semester (in the 7th year of
study). Candidates who have failed the Part I Examination in the 13th
semester (in the 7th year of study) shall be deemed to have failed and
shall not be allowed to repeat the program.
If a candidate passes the Part I Examination in the 13th semester, the

candidate is only allowed to sit for the Final Part examination once.
Candidates who have failed the Final Examination shall be deemed to
have failed to program and shall not be allowed to repeat the
examination.
(iii) A candidate who fails the Part I Re-Examination on the second

occasion shall be deemed to have failed the Part I Examination and
shall not be permitted to repeat the programme of study except in
special circumstances on the recommendation of the Faculty of
Medicine and with the approval of Senate.
(i) The Final Re -Examination shall contain the same components and
shall be assessed and graded in the same manner as is prescribed
for the Final Examination.
Candidates are allowed to repeat the Re -Examination after a period

of six months.
(ii) Candidates who have failed the Final Examination may be allowed
to repeat the Examination four (4)* times and not later than the 12th
semester.
*Candidates must repeat the Part I Examination if they fail the 4th
Final Examination. Candidates must pass the Part I examination
within the prescribed period as per rule 10 (7)(a). Candidates are
allowed to sit for the Final Examination in the same semester after
passing the Part I Examination.
(iii) Candidates must pass the Final Examination no later than the 14th
Semester (in the 7th year of study). Candidates who have failed the
Final Examination shall be deemed to have failed the program and
shall not be allowed to repeat the examination.
(c) A candidate who has passed the re-examination for the Examinations shall be
deemed to have passed the respective prescribed Examinations.

11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Obstetrics and Gynaecology
the programme of Master of Obstetrics and Gynaecology:
Clinical concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (With

Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Obstetrics and Gynaecology

(With Distinction) if he/she –
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Final Examination;and

(b) has not failed and has not repeated any component of the Examination or any
part of the programme of study within the prescribed period except on medical
or compassionate

MASTER OF
2022/2023
OPHTHALMOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Ophthalmology

The Master of Ophthalmology programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the

(b) At least one (1) year of clinical experience after completing the Bachelor’s
degree
(b) Pass the entrance evaluation and interview.


(1) The programme comprises three (3) stages as follows:

(a) Stage I, in the first year of study, comprising training in the basic medical
sciences, basic ocular sciences, basic ophthalmology, related medical and
surgical disciplines as well as preparation of training portfolio;
(b) Stage II, in the second and third year of study, comprising clinical
ophthalmology training, medical postings and preparation of training portfolio
which shall be as determined by the Department from time to time; and

(c) Stage III, in the fourth year of study comprising advanced clinical training in
Ophthalmology, a research project and preparation of training portfolio.
(2) A candidate shall keep a training portfolio throughout his/her period of study to
(3) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to Stage II of the programme of study

unless he/she has passed the Part I Examination.
(4) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to Stage III of the programme of study
unless he/she has passed the Part II Examination.
5. Registration
(1) Registration for the programme of study shall commence for two (2) weeks after the
start of the academic session.
(2) All candidates must complete the minimum 4 years of training for the programme of the
study
6. Attendance
During his/her programme of study –
7. Supervision
research.
9. Submission
A candidate is required to submit his/her -
(1) research report not later than six (6) months before the Final Examination; and
(2) training portfolio one (1) month before the Final Examination.


(c) the Final Examination.
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part I Examination unless he/she –
(a) has passed the Stage 1 training portfolio
(3) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part II Examination unless –
(a) has passed the Part I Examination.

(b) has passed the Stage 2 training portfolio
(4) No candidate shall be permitted to appear for the Final Examination unless he/she has-
(a) passed the Part II Examination;
(b) has passed the Stage 3 training portfolio
(c) submitted the research report not later than six (6) months before the Final
Examination; and
(d) submitted the training portfolio that has been certified as satisfactory by the
Department one (1) month before the Final Examination.
The Part II Examination shall be held at the end of the second year of Stage II of the
programme of study. The Final Examination shall be held at the end of the fourth year
of the programme of study.

Component Description % contribution to

total marks
A. Written
Total 50
B. Practical
OSCPE Objective Structured Clinical and
Practical Examination 30
(Ophthalmology)

OSCPE Objective Structured Clinical and
Practical Examination (Optics 20
and Refraction)
Total 50
Grand Total 100

Component Description % contribution to

total marks
A. Written
Paper 2 Essay Questions 15
Total 30
B. Clinical
Ophthalmology
Extended
General Medicine in relation 40
OSCE
to Ophthalmology
C. Viva Voce
Ophthalmology
Viva General Medicine in 30
relation to Ophthalmology
Grand Total
100


(Maximum)
A. Research Report and Viva 100

Total 100
(7). Requirements for Passing an Examination
A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Examinations prescribe below if

(i) 50% or more of the marks for each component of the Examination.
b) Part II Examination
(i) 50% or more of the marks for each component of the Examination;

(ii) The theory examination (Component A) will be held 1 month before
the clinical and viva examination (Component B & C). Only candidates
who pass the Component A will be allowed to sit for Component B &
C.
(iii) A candidate who fails the Component B and / or C will not have to re-
sit the Component A. Both components B and C have to be repeated.
50% or more of the marks for each component for the Examination.
II Examination and the Final Examination if he/she –
Examinations;
(b) has not failed in any component of the prescribed examination; and
(c) has not repeated the prescribed examination or any part of the programme of
(i) A candidate who has failed the Part I Examination may be permitted a
re-examination on two separate occasions at six monthly intervals.
(ii) The Part I Re-Examination shall consist of the same components and
(i) A candidate who has failed the Component A (theory) of the Part II
Examination may be permitted a re-examination on two separate
occasions at six monthly intervals.
(ii) A candidate who passes the Component A but failed Component B

(Clinical) and/or C (Viva) may be permitted for re-examination on two
separate occasions within two years of passing Component A, at six
months intervals without having to re-sit Component A of the Part II
Examination.
(iii) A candidate who fails Component B only or Component C only, will

have to re-sit both components of the re-examination.

(iv) A candidate who passes Component A but attempts for Component B
& C after two years of passing Component A, will have to re-sit
Component A of the re-examination.
(v) A candidate who fails the second re-examination for Component A

shall be deemed to have failed the Part II Examination and shall not be
circumstances on the recommendation of the Senate.
(vi) A candidate who passes the re-examination for Component A is

allowed to sit for Component B & C for three times. A candidate who
fails Component B & / or C for the third trial shall be deemed to have
failed the Part II examination and shall not be permitted to repeat the
recommendation of the Senate.
(vii) A candidate must pass the Part II examination before/on the sixth year
of the the study to enable one year of study before the Final
Assessment.
(i) A candidate whose research report is deemed unsatisfactory by the

Committee of Examiners may be referred for further work in his research
report over a period of time to be determined by the Committee of
Examiners except that such period of time as determined shall not exceed
six (6) months on any occasion. At the end of the prescribed period the
candidate shall be required to submit research report for re-examination.
A candidate who fails to submit his research report by the end of the
prescribed period for re-examination shall be deemed to have failed the
research report.
(ii) A candidate shall be permitted to submit research report for re-

examination on not more than two occasions.
(iii) A candidate who fails the research report on the second re-examination
shall be deemed to have failed the Final Examination and shall not be
circumstances on the recommendation of the Faculty of Medicine and with
the approval of Senate.
(d) A candidate who has passed the re-examination for the examinations shall be
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Ophthalmology
the programme of Master of Ophthalmology:
Clinical concerned;

(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Ophthalmology (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Ophthalmology (With

(a) has passed with Distinction in the Part II Examination and the Final
Examination; and
(b) has not failed in any component of the prescribed Examination or any part of
the programme of study except on medical or compassionate grounds
acceptable to the Faculty.
MASTER OF OPHTHALMOLOGY
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Final Examination
S
T
A  Advanced clinical Ophthalmology
G Year 4
E
III
Part II Examination
S
T Year 3  Clinical Ophthalmology
A
G
E
Year 2  Clinical Ophthalmology
II
Part I Examination
S
T  Basic Sciences
A Year 1  Basic Ocular Sciences
G  Basic Ophthalmology
E
I Registration

MASTER OF
2022/2023
ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Orthopaedic Surgery

The Master of Orthopaedic Surgery programme is a clinical coursework programme in which

study.
(b) At least six (6) months clinical experience in orthopaedic surgery post-full
registration as approved by the Senate.
(b) Pass the entrance assessment and interview
(c) Pass the Basic Science Examination Orthopaedic Surgery (BSE) / Orthopaedic
Specialty Committee (OSC) Part 1
(d) Candidates who are non-Malaysian citizens will be required to undertake a

three (3) months period of clinical attachment in the Department of Surgery
Orthopedic Universiti Malaya Medical Centre (UMMC) prior to acceptance into
the programme.
(3) English Requirement



(1) The programme of study comprises two (2) stages as follows:
(a) Stage I comprising twelve (12) months in Orthopaedic Surgery providing

teaching/training in basic and applied medical sciences, principles of surgery,
basic orthopaedic surgery and orthopaedic traumatology.
(b) Stage II comprising thirty-six (36) months in Orthopaedic Surgery including

rotation through the following sub-specialities:
Spinal Surgery
Orthopaedic Oncology
Paediatric Orthopaedics
Upper limb and reconstructive and micro surgery
Arthroscopy sports and joint reconstructive surgery
Arthroplasty
Orthopaedic Traumatology
Limb Lengthening and reconstructive surgery
Foot and ankle surgery
(2) A candidate is required to keep a training portfolio throughout his period of study to

5. Registration
academic session.
6. Attendance
7. Supervision
the initial registration of the candidate

The research project for a candidate shall be identified not later than one (1) month prior to
the commencement of the research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his training portfolio which is satisfactory and
approved by the supervisor not later than four (4) months prior to the Final Examination.
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her research report not later than six months
(a) the Final Examination
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Final Examination unless he/she has
submitted-
(a) his/her training portfolio consisting of surgery observed, assisted and

performed for the duration of the course and ten reports on cases managed
under supervision in various subspecialities, to be certified by his supervisor
and deemed satisfactory by a panel of assessors to be appointed by Head of
Department responsible for the candidate’s programme of study, not later than
two months before the Final Examination; and
(b) His/her research report not later than six months before the Final Examination.
The research report must be certified as satisfactory by a panel of assessors
to be appointed by Head of Department responsible for the candidate’s
programme of study before the candidate is permitted to sit the Final
Examination.
(c) no candidate should be permitted to sit for the Final Examination unless
candidate has :
(i) Attended and complete the “Orthopaedic Clinical Master Research

Program” from session 2015/2016 onward
(ii) Completed training portfolio
(iii) Submitted acceptable case report for each subspecialty
(iv) Passed all end of posting subspecialty tests (11 end of posting tests)
(v) Passed operative skill assessment


Component Description Allocation
of Marks
(Maximum)
A. Written
Essay Paper 1 50
Essay Paper 2 50
Best Answer Question (BAQ) 100
Total 200
B. Clinical
Long Cases 100
Short Cases 100
Total 200
C. Viva Voce and OSCE

OSCE
Pathology, Biomechanics and 100
implants, Orthotics and
prosthetics, Imaging
Viva Voce 1 100
Principles of Orthopaedic
Surgery
Viva Voce 2 100
Operative Orthopaedics
Total 300
Grand Total 700

he/she has obtained:-
50% or more of the marks for each component of the Examination
A minimum mark of 40% for both long cases and short cases in the clinical
component
A candidate may be obtained a Pass with Distinction in the examination if he/she –
(a) has obtained 75% or more of the aggregate marks in the prescribed
Examination;
(b) has not failed or repeated in any component of the prescribed Exmination
(a) Final Re-Examination

(c) A candidate who has passed the re-examinations for the shall be deemed to
have passed the prescribed Examinations.
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Orthopaedic Surgery
the programme of Master of Orthopaedic Surgery:
Clinical concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Orthopaedic Surgery (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Orthopaedic Surgery (With

(a) has passed with Distinction in the Final Examination;and
(b) has not failed in any component of the prescribed Examination or any part of
the programme of study except on medical or compassionate grounds
acceptable to the Faculty.

MASTER OF ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
 Training in Orthopaedic Surgery Final

including rotation through the Examination
following subspecialties and a
research report:
S
Spinal Surgery
T Year 4
Orthopaedic Oncology
A
Paediatric Orthopaedics
G
Upper limb and reconstructive
E and microsurgery
Year 3 Arthroscopy sports and joint

reconstructive surgery
II
Arthroplasty
Orthopaedic Traumatology
Limb Lengthening and

Year 2 reconstructive surgery
Foot and Ankle Surgery
Part I
Examination
S  Orthopaedic Surgery
(Basic and Applied Medical (At the end
T Sciences, Principles of Surgery, of the first
A Basic Orthopaedic Surgery and six months
traumatology) of Stage I)
G Year 1
Registration
I
(Entrance
Evaluation)

MASTER OF OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY –
2022/2023
Head & Neck Surgery
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Otorhinolaryngology – Head & Neck Surgery

The Master of Otorhinolaryngology – Head & Neck Surgery programme is a clinical coursework
programme in which the research component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the
whole programme of study.
Senate.
(Priority to candidate’s who has completed six (6) months in General Surgery
as a Medical Officer after the internship training in any government hospitals).
(3) English Requirement


(1) The programme of study comprises two stages as follows –
(a) Stage I comprising –
(i) Twelve (12) months of study in Basic Otorhinolaryngology including:

(A) Basic and Applied Medical Sciences and Principles of
Surgery; and
(B) the keeping of a log book of the candidate’s surgical

procedures.
(b) Stage II comprising –
(i) Thirty six (36) months of study in Advanced Otorhinolaryngology

including rotational placement in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery,
Neurosurgery and Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery and General
Surgery;
(ii) involved in research project that bring the following results:
(A) Research Report

(B) At least one (1) journal article that has been accepted for
publication in accordance with the criteria set by the Faculty prior
to graduation
(C) one (1) audit project
(D) three (3) case report; and
(E) a satisfactory surgical procedure log book
(iii) Candidates may be exempted from General Surgery training provided

that the candidates submit an application and is supported by
documents showing that the candidates has served at least six (6)
months in General Surgery as a Medical Officer prior to admission to
the program of study.
(iv) Application or exemption for training in General Surgery shall not be

considered for the following categories:
(A) Service as a Graduate Medical Officer

(B) Surgical training for basic subspecialties such as Orthopaedics,
Cardiothorasic, Neurosurgery and Plastics.

unless he/she has passed or been exempted from the Part I Examination.
5. Registration
Registration for the programme of study shall commence the week prior to the start of the
academic session.
6. Attendance
(2) Candidates who are absent for a period exceeding twenty-one (21) days in a period of
six (6) months are required to undertake and extended period of training to
be determined by the Faculty; subject to the period of such advance training shall
not exceed the maximum period of programme.

7. Supervision
research.
9. Submission
Candidates are required to -
(1) complete and submit the requirements as specified in paragraph 4 (b) (ii) A, C, D not
later than six months and the log book not later than three months before the Final
Examination.
(2) submit the requirements as specified in paragraph 4 (b) (ii) B prior to graduation

(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Final Examination unless he/she has -
(a) Complete and submit the requirements as specified in paragraph 4 (b)(ii) A,

C,D not later than six months and the log book not later than three months
(b) passed the Part I examination. In the event of the candidate taking the third
attempt for the Part I examination, a minimum of 3 years is required, to sit for
the final examination after this attempt; or
(c) been exempted from the Part I Examination.
A candidate may be exempted from the Part I Examination if he/she has

passed –
(A) Final Examination for the Membership of any one of the following
Royal Colleges:
The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh

The Royal College of Surgeons of England
The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow
The Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland
or

(B) Sections B and C or Part II Examinations for Fellowship of any one
of the following Royal Colleges:
The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh

The Royal College of Surgeons of England
The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow
The Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland
or
(C) Part I Examination of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons.
(3) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of the first six months of Stage I of the
programme of study. The Final Examination shall be held at the end of Stage II of the
programme of study.


Marks (Maximum)
A. Written
MIGL6101 Paper 1 Essay 300

MIGL6102 Paper 2 Multiple Choice 200
Questions
MIGL6103 Paper 3 Multiple Choice 200
Questions
Total 700
B. Viva Voce
MIGL6122 Anatomy 100
MIGL6123 Physiology 100
MIGL6124 Pathology and 100
Principles of Surgery
(including Medical
Microbiology
Total 300
Grand Total 1000
A candidate who obtains less than 50% in the theory component of the Part I
Examination will not be permitted to sit for the viva voce.


Marks (Maximum)
A. Written
MIGL6236 Paper 1 Essay and Short Answer 100
Type Questions
MIGL6237 Paper 2 Multiple Choice Questions 100

Total 200
B. Clinical
MIGL6244 Long Case 100
C. Short Cases
MIGL6246 Otology 100
MIGL6247 Rhinology 100
MIGL6248 Laryngology 100
MIGL6249 Head & Neck Surgery 100
400
D. Viva Voce
MIGL6251 Paediatric ORL, Otology, 100
Audiology & Neurotology
MIGL6252 Rhinology, Laryngology, 100
Head & Neck Surgery
Total 200
Grand Total 900

(i) 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks of all the components
for the examination; and
(ii) 50% or more of the marks for each component of the Examination; and
(v) A minimum mark of 45% in each viva; and
(vi) At least two vivas with a mark of 50% or more
(i) 50% or more of the marks for each component of the Examination; and
(ii) Not less than 50% marks in three short cases; and
(i) Not less than 40% marks in any short cases; and
(ii) 40.00% and above marks in Multiple Choice Questions (MIGL6237);

and
(iii) Not less than 40% marks in each viva component.

the Part I Examination. However, a candidate who has passed the
written components previously will not be required to resit these
components at the subsequent Part I Re-Examination.
circumstances and on the recommendation of the Faculty of Medicine
and with the approval of Senate.
re-examination within seven (7) academic years at six monthy
intervals.
the Final Examination. However, a candidate who passed Component
A in the previous Final Examination, is allowed not to resit Component
A, only twice in the next semester (six monthly) exam.
(iii) A candidate who fails the re-examination beyond seven (7) academic
years shall be deemed to have failed the Final Examination and shall
not be permitted to repeat the programme of study except in special
11. Award of Degree
No candidate shall be recommended for the award of the Degree of Master of

Otorhinolaryngology – Head & Neck Surgery unless he/she has successfully completed all
parts of the course, completed the minimum duration of study and has passed the prescribed
Examinations.
A candidate may be awarded a Pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination or the
Examination;
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Otorhinolaryngology - Head &

Neck Surgery with Distinction if he/she -

MASTER OF OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY – HEAD & NECK SURGERY
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Final Examination
S Year 4  Training comprising thirty six (36) months
T of study in Advance Otorhinolaryngology
A Year 3 including rotational posting in Oral and
G Maxillofacial Surgery, Neuro-surgery and
E Year 2 Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery and a
research project in the field of
II Otorhinolaryngology.
Part I
S Year 1  Basic Otorhinolaryngology twelve (12) Examination
T months including: (At the end of the first
A six months of Stage I)
G (i) Basic and Applied Medical Sciences
E and
Principles of Surgery (6 months)
I
(ii) General Surgery (6 months) Registration

MASTER OF
2022/2023
PAEDIATRICS
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Paediatrics

The Master of Paediatrics programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the research
or an equivalent medical qualification approved by the Senate;and
(b) Minimum four (4) months working experience in a paediatric posting as either
a house or medical officer
(b) A pass in entrance evaluation and required interview; or pass Membership of

the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health (MRCPCh) part Ib (theory
and science) or 2a (applied knowledge).
(i) obtain a minimum score of band 7.0 for the International English Language

(2) The maximum duration of study shall be seven years except in special circumstances.

(a) Stage I (Year 1) comprising basic clinical training in Basic Medical Sciences and
General and Emergency Paediatrics;
(b) Stage II (Year 2 and 3) comprising of:
(i) Advanced training in the field of Paediatrics; and

(ii) A research project
and
(c) Stage III (Year 4) comprising of further advanced training in the field of
Paediatrics and completion of the research project.
(2) A candidate is required to keep a training portfolio throughout his/her period of study
(3) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to the Part II (Clinical Examination) unless
he/she has passed from the Part I (Theory Examination).
(4) A candidates may sit for the Final Examination (Research Report Presentation) even if
the candidate has not passed the Part II (Clinical) Examination subject to the candidate
obtaining written permission from the Head of Department on the supervisor's
recommendation. However, the candidate must fulfil the structure of programme of
study and meet the minimum duration of study for graduation purposes.
5. Registration
6. Attendance
7. Supervision
research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her training portfolio that is satisfactory and
approved by their supervisor for the respective period of study not later than one (1)

month before the Part I (Theory) and Part II (Clinical) Examinations and the Final
Examination (Research Report Presentation).
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her research report not later than two (2) weeks
before the Final Examination (Research Report Presentation).
(a) Part I (Theory) Examination;

(b) Part II (Clinical) Examination; and
(c) Final (Research Report Presentation) Examination.
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to take the Part I (Theory) Examination unless
he/she has –
(a) satisfactorily fulfilled the requirement for Year 1 Examination;
(b) obtained written certification from the Head of Department responsible for his
programme of study to confirm that he has satisfactorily completed the
prescribed training under supervision; and
(c) submitted his/her training portfolio not later than one month before the Part I
(Theory) Examination.
(d) completed one year of enrolment into the program (first attempt), but not later
than two years after enrolment into the program.
(3) Part II (Clinical) Examination
(a) Candidate shall be permitted to take the Part II (Clinical) Examination after: –
(i) obtaining written certification from the Head of Department responsible for his
programme of study to confirm that he has satisfactorily completed the
prescribed training under supervision; and
(ii) submitting his/her training portfolio not later than one month before the Part II
(Clinical) Examination.
(b) Part II (Clinical) examination can be taken six weeks after passing the Part I
Examination (Theory).
(4) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to the Final (Research Report Presentation)
Examination unless he/she has -
(a) Passed Part I (Theory) Examination.
(b) obtained written certification from the Head of Department responsible for
his/her programme of study to confirm that he has satisfactorily completed the
prescribed training under supervision;
(c) submitted his/her research report not later than two (2) weeks before the Final
(Research Report Presentation) Examination;
(d) submitted his/her training portfolio not later than one (1) month before the Final
(Research Report Presentation) Examination.

(a) Part I (Theory) Examination
The components of the Part I (Theory) Examination and the marks to be

allocated for each component shall be as follows:

(Maximum)
A. Written
Paper 2 Modified Essay Questions/
(Long MEQ & Short MEQ) 250
Slides 50
Total 600
(b) Part II (Clinical) Examination
Part II (Clinical) Examination consists of the following components:
1 Classical Long Case

1 Observed Long Case
5 Short Cases
1 Communication station
1 Emergency station
(c) Final (Research Report Presentation) Examination
The component of the Final Examination and the marks to be allocated for the
component shall be as follows:
Research report 100

50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for all the components of the Part
I (Theory) Examination.
(i) total marks ≥ 100 and

(ii) Passes in either classical long case or observe long case
Allocation of Marks
Clear pass 12
Pass 10
Bare fail 8
Fail 4
(c) Final (Research Report Presentation) Examination

50% or more of the marks in the research report.
A candidate may be obtain a Pass with Distinction in the Part I (Theory)

Examination, the Part II(Clinical) Examination and the Final (Research Report
Presentation) Examination if he/she:-
(i) has obtained 75% or more of the aggregate marks in each of the prescribed
Examination;
(i) Pass all stations and minimum total marks of 110 , and
(ii) Never fail a clinical exam, and
(iii) There is no deferment in the programme of study except for medical
reasons and is based on the discretion of the faculty;
(c) Final Examination (Research Report Presentation)
(i) has obtained 75% or more marks
(a) Part I (Theory) Re-Examination
(i) The Part I(Theory) Re-Examination shall consist of the same

components and shall be assessed and graded in the same manner as
prescribed for the Part I (Theory) Examination.
(ii) There is no restriction to the total number of attempts, but the candidate
must pass Part I Examination within four (4) years upon enrolment into
the programme
(iii) A candidate who fail the Part I (Theory) examination within four (4) years
upon enrolment into the program shall be deemed to have failed the Part
I examination and shall not be permitted to continue the program.
(b) Part II (Clinical) Re-Examination
(i) A candidate who has failed the Part II(Clinical) Examination may be
permitted to sit for the examination at six (6) monthly interval.
(ii) The candidate has to resit the Part II(Clinical) Examination (1 Long Case
(classic), 1 observed long case, 5 Short Cases, 1 Communication Station
and 1 Emergency Station).
(iii) There is no limit to the number of attempts for Part II (Clinical)

Examination, but the total duration of the course must not exceed seven
(7) years inclusive of the final year for the research project.
(c) Final Re-Examination (Research Report Presentation)

(i) A candidate whose research report is deemed unsatisfactory by the
Committee of Examiners may be referred for further work in his/her
research report over a period of time to be determined by the
Committee of Examiners except that such period of time as
determined shall not exceed six months on any one occasion. At the
end of the prescribed period the candidate shall be required to submit
his/her research report for re-examination. A candidate who fails to
submit his/her research report by the end of the prescribed period for
reexamination shall be deemed to have failed the research report.
(ii) A candidate shall be permitted to submit his/her research report for re-
examination on not more than two occasions.
(iii) A candidate who fails the research report after the second re-
examination shall be deemed to have failed the Final Examination
(Research Report Presentation) and shall not be permitted to repeat
the programme of study except in special circumstances on the
Senate.
(d) A candidate who has passed the Re-Examination for the Examinations shall
be deemed to have passed the prescribed Examinations.
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Paediatrics
programme of Master of Paediatrics:
(a) passes the prescribed Examination for the Master’s Degree programme by Clinical
concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Paediatrics (with Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Paediatrics (With Distinction) if he/she
-
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Part II Examination (Clinical) and the Final
Examination (Research Report Presentation); and
(b) has not failed and has not repeated any component of the Examination or any part of
the programme of study within the prescribed period except on medical or
compassionate grounds accepted by the Faculty.

MASTER OF PAEDIATRICS
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Stage Year 4 Advanced

III training in the
field of
paediatrics and
completion of
research project.
*Part I
Examination
Stage Year 2 Advanced (Theory)
II and 3 training in the *Part II
field of Examination
paediatrics and (Clinical)
completion of *Final Examination
research project. (Research Report
Presentation)
Year 1 Basic clinical

Stage training in Basic
I Medical Sciences
and General and
Emergency
Paediatrics
Registration
(Entrance
Examination)
*Candidate shall be permitted to take the examination if satisfactorily fulfilled the requirements

MASTER OF
2022/2023
PAEDIATRIC SURGERY
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Paediatric Surgery

The Master of Paediatric Surgery programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the
and
(b) Has at least two years of relevant experience following full registration with the
Malaysian Medical Council at the time of entry
(i) This experience may include working in surgical specialties and paediatric
medical specialties.
(ii) A minimum of 6 months prior experience in a paediatric surgical unit is
highly recommended.
(b) Satisfies a recognised Entrance Evaluation in the institution responsible for the
programme.
(c) Evidence of the ability to safely perform the required Entry Essential Learning
Activities (ELA).
(d) A minimum of 6 months prior experience in a paediatric surgical unit is highly

recommended.
(e) A non-Malaysian applicant is required to undergo a minimum of six months’

clinical attachment in a Malaysian paediatric surgical department prior to
consideration for entry into advanced surgical training


4. Structure of the Programme
(1) Stage I (Basic Clinical Training) in the first year of study comprising Applied Basic
Sciences and General Principles of Paediatric Surgery.
(2) Stage II (Advanced Clinical) in the second, third and fourth years of study comprising:
(a) Six (6) months consisting of rotation postings in Neonatology,Paediatric Intensive

Care, Endoscopy and an approved elective posting. This part of the programme
should be completed in the second year of the programme
(b) Training in Principles and practice of Paediatric Surgery, and clinical problems in
Paediatric Surgery with rotation postings in the University and/or other accredited
Paediatric Surgery training centres. A duration of six months in the final year should
be spent in the University.
(c) Research project report
At the beginning of Stage II, a candidate should undertake a research project and
submit a dissertation not later than six months before the Part II Examination
5. Registration
6. Attendance
During his/her programme of study a candidate who has been absent for more than twenty-one
(21) days in any semester may be required to undertake an extended period of training to be
determined by the Faculty; provided that the extended period of training does not exceed the
maximum period of candidature.
7. Supervision
the registration of the candidate.
than two (2) months after the candidate has commenced training in the outside location.

the research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her trainee portfolio every six (6) months for
assessment by the Department responsible for the candidate’s programme of study.
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her research report not later than six (6) months

(2) The eligibility criteria for sitting the Part I examination is as follows:
(i) successful completion of a minimum of one (1) year in Stage I of paediatric surgery
training
(ii) achieving a satisfactory grade in each end of training placement assessment in
Stage I
(iii) if an unsatisfactory grade results in repetition of a training placement, the trainee
MUST have achieved a satisfactory grade for the repeated placement AND for the
placement immediately preceding the date of examination.
(iv) Failure to obtain a “Satisfactory” grade for this placement will disqualify the trainee
from the Part I examination. Failure to sit for the Part I examination for this reason
may be considered a failed attempt at the examination.
(3) The eligibility criteria for sitting Final Examination is as follows:

(i) has passed the Part I Examination
(ii) successful completion of a minimum of three (3) years in Stage I of paediatric
surgery training
(iii) achieving a satisfactory grade in each end of training placement assessments for
Stage II
(iv) if the trainee receives an unsatisfactory grade for a training placement, the
placement must be repeated
(v) if the trainee receives an ‘unsatisfactory’ grade, trainee must acheiving satisfactory
grede in the repeated placement
(vi) the trainee MUST achieve a satisfactory grade for the placement immediately
preceding the date of examination. Failure to obtain a “Satisfactory” grade for this
placement will disqualify the trainee from the Final Examination. Failure to sit for
the Final Examination for this reason may be considered a failed attempt at the
examination.
(vii) submission of a thesis that has been assessed to be of sufficient standard no later
than six months before the Final Examination.
A closed marking system is adopted in the clinical and viva components where
candidates are graded according to score.

Score Description
4 Fail
5 Borderline Fail
6 Pass
7 Strong pass
8 Exceptional pass
The components of the Part I Examination and the marks to be allocated for
Allocation of
Component Description Marks
(Highest)%
A. Written
Single Best Answers
Extended Matching
Paper 1 100
Questions
Short Answer Type

Paper 2 Questions 100
Total 200

Marks/Score
(Highest)
B. Viva Voce Applied Anatomy 8
Applied Physiology 8
Applied Pathology 8
Principles of
8
Surgery
Total 32

the various components of the Final Examination shall be as follows:
Allocation of
Component Description Marks
(Highest) %
Short Answer Type

A. Written
Questions
Principles of
Paper 1 Paediatric Surgery, 100
Neonatal Surgery,

Oncology &
Paediatric Trauma
Paediatric Thoracic,
Gastrointestinal,
Paper 2 Hepatobiliary & 100
Vascular Surgery
Paediatric Urology,
Surgical Advances
Paper 3 100
& Research in
Paediatric Surgery
Total 300
Allocation of
Component Description Marks/Score
(Highest)
B. Clinical Long Case 8

Short Case 1 8
Short Case 2 8
Short Case 3 8
Total 32
Operative Surgery 8
Applied Radiology 8
C. Viva Voce
Surgical Pathology &
8
Principles of Surgery
Total 24
(a) A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Part I Examinations if he/she fulfils all the
criteria below:
(i) Obtains 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for component A
(ii) Obtains a minimum aggregate combined band score of 23 in Component B
(iii) Does not obtain a band score of 4 in any of the viva stations (Component B)
(iv) Does not obtain a band score of 5 in more than one viva station (Component B)
(b) A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Final Examinations if he/she fulfils all the
criteria below:
(i) Obtains 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for component A
(ii) Obtains a minimum aggregate combined band score of 23 in Component B
(iii) Obtains a minimum band score of 6 in the long case
(iv) Does not obtain a band score of 4 in any of the short cases (Component B)
(v) Does not obtain a band score of 5 in more than one of the short cases (Component B)
(vi) Obtains minimum aggregate combined band score of 17 in Component C
(vii) Does not obtain a band score of 4 in any of the viva stations (Component C)
(viii) Does not obtain a band score of 5 in more than one of
the viva stations (Component C)

A candidate may be awarded a Pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination if he/she-
(a) has obtained 70% or more of the aggregate combined marks in Component A
(b) has obtained a minimum aggregate combined band score of 30 in Component B with a
minimum band score of 7 in all of the viva stations
(c) did not fail and did not repeat any component of the Examination.
A candidate may be awarded a Pass with Distinction in the Final Examination if he/she-
(a) has obtained 70% or more of the aggregate combined marks in Component A
(b) has obtained a minimum aggregate combined band score of 30 in Component B with a
minimum band score of 7 in all of the individual cases
(c) has obtained a minimum aggregate combined band score of 22 in Component C with a
minimum band score of 7 in all of the individual stations
(d) has not failed in any component of the prescribed Examination.
(a) Part I Re-examination
re-examination on two separate occasions at six months intervals.
(ii) The Part I Re-examination shall consist of the same components and
circumstances on the recommendation of the Faculty and with the
approval of Senate.
(b) Final Re-examination
(ii) The Final Re-examination shall consist of the same components and
circumstances on the recommendation of the Faculty and with the
approval of Senate.

11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Paediatric Surgery

programme of Master of Paediatric Surgery
(i) passes the prescribed Examination for the Master’s Degree programme by Clinical
concerned;
(ii) fulfils other requirements set by the Faculty, and if any, for the Master’s Degree
(iii) fulfils the language requirements, if any, as prescribed; and
(iv) fulfils other requirements approved by Senate from time to time.
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Paediatric Surgery With Distinction

A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Paediatric Surgery With Distinction if
he/she –
(i) has passed with Distinction in all examination components; and

(ii) did not fail and did not repeat any component of the Examination within the prescribed
period.

MASTER OF PAEDIATRIC SURGERY
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Part II (Final) Examination
MSM 27830
(At end of
● Six (6) months consisting of rotation
postings in Neonatology,Paediatric Stage II)
Intensive Care, Endoscopy and an
Year 2-4 approved elective posting. This part
of the programme should be
completed in the second year of the Submission of thesis not later
(36 months)
programme than six months before the
S Part II (Final) Examination
T
Advanced ● Training in Principles and practice
A Surgical of Paediatric Surgery, and clinical
Commencement of research
Training problems in Paediatric Surgery with
G rotation postings in the University project.
and/or other accredited Paediatric
E Surgery training centres. A duration
of six months in the final year
should be spent in the University.
II ● Removed
S Year 1 Applied Basic Sciences and General Submission of research

Principles of Paediatric Surgery. dissertation 6 months before
T (12 months) the Part II Examination
A Basic
Surgical
G
Training
E Part I Examination
MSM 27230
I (At end of
Stage I)

MASTER OF PATHOLOGY
2022/2023 (ANATOMICAL PATHOLOGY) / (HAEMATOLOGY) / (CHEMICAL PATHOLOGY)
POSTGRADUATE / (MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY) / (FORENSIC PATHOLOGY)
HANDBOOK
POSTGRADUATE’S PROGRAMME
Name of Programme : Master of Pathology

(Anatomical Pathology)/ (Haematology) / (Chemical Pathology) /
(Medical Microbiology) / (Forensic Pathology)
The Master of Pathology (Anatomical Pathology) / (Haematology) / (Chemical Pathology) /

(Medical Microbiology) / (Forensic Pathology) programme is a clinical coursework programme
in which the research component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the whole
programme of study. After completion of the relevant programme of study specified in this
schedule, a candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Master of Pathology in a speciality
of the candidate’s choice, as the case may be.
Senate.


(1) The programme of study comprises two stages as follows:

(a) Stage I encompassing:
(i) clinical training in the first year of study by rotational posting in each of
the following four disciplines of Pathology:
(A) Anatomical Pathology including Autopsy

(B) Haematology including Transfusion Medicine;
(C) Chemical Pathology including Immunology; and
(D) Medical Microbiology (Bacteriology, Mycology, Immunology,
Virology) with Parasitology.
and
(ii) tasks as stipulated in the log book including posting reports.
(b) Stage II encompassing three years of study comprising:

(i) advanced training in one of the following disciplines of Pathology:
(A) Anatomical Pathology,

(B) Haematology;
(C) Chemical Pathology,
(D) Medical Microbiology;
(E) Forensic Pathology;
and
(ii) a research project

unless he/she has passed or has been exempted from the Part I Examination.
5. Registration
(1) Registration for the programme of study shall commence the week prior to the start of
(2) A candidate may be permitted to register directly for Stage II of the programme of study
if he/she has
(a) the Master of Medical Science in Clinical Pathology Degree of the University
or an equivalent qualification approved by the Senate.
(b) passed the Part I Examination for the Membership of the Royal College of
Pathologists, United Kingdom; or
(c) passed the Part I Examination for the Fellowship of the Royal College of
Pathologists of Australasia.
6. Attendance
During his/her programme of study:

7. Supervision
The research project for a candidate shall be determined by the Department in the Faculty
responsible for the candidate’s programme of study not later than one month prior to the
commencement of the research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her log book and posting reports not later than
one month before the Part I Examination.
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her research report not later than three months

satisfactorily completed all the postings prescribed for the first year of the programme
of study, completed all the required tasks as set out in the log book and has submitted
the log book and posting reports to the Department of Pathology not later than one
month before the Part I Examination.
exempted from the Part I Examination if he possesses one of the following
qualifications:
(i) The degree of Master of Medical Science in Clinical Pathology of the

University or an equivalent qualification approved by Senate;
(ii) The Part I Examination for the Membership of the Royal College of
Pathologists, United Kingdom; or
(iii) The Part I Examination for the Fellowship of the Royal College of
Pathologists of Australasia.
(b) submitted his/her Research Report not later than three months before the Final
Examination.

(4) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of the Stage I of the programme of
study. The Final Examination shall be held at the end of the final year of the Stage II
programme of study.

*MMH Master of Pathology (Haematology)

*MMK Master of Pathology (Medical Microbiology)
*MMJ Master of Pathology (Anatomical Pathology)
*MMG Master of Pathology (Forensic Pathology)
*MMI Master of Pathology (Chemical Pathology)

(Maximum)
A. Written
*MKGA6104 Paper 1 Multiple Choice & Essay Questions 150
*MKGA6105 Paper 2 Multiple Choice & Essay Questions 150
Total 300
B. *MKGA6111 Practical
*MKGA6112 Paper 1 Objective Structured Examination 150
*MKGA6113 Paper 2 Objective Structured Examination 150
Total 300
Grand Total 600


(Maximum)
A. Written
*MKGA6238 Paper 1 Essay or Short Answer Questions 225
*MKGA6237 Paper 2 Essay or Short Answer Questions 225
Total 450
B. *MKGA6243 Practical Objective Structured Questions,
Speciality Practicals and Others 450
C. *MKGA6250 Viva Voce 100
Grand Total 1000


(i) 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks of the written and
practical components of the Examination;
(ii) at least 50% of the marks for the written component and not less than
40% of the marks in the written component for each discipline of
Pathology; and
(iii) at least 50% of the marks for the practical component and not less
than 40% of the marks in the practical component for each discipline
of Pathology.
50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for all the components of the
Examination and not less than 50% of the marks for the written and practical
components of the Examination.
only one re-examination after a period of one year.
(iii) A candidate who fails the re-examination shall be deemed to have

failed the Part I Examination and shall not be permitted to repeat the
Senate.
re-examination after a period of one year.
(iii) A candidate who fails the Final Re-Examination on the second

occasion shall not be permitted to repeat the programme of study
except in special circumstances on the recommendation of the Faculty
of Medicine and with the approval of Senate.
(iv) Notwithstanding regulations 10(7)(b) above, a candidate who has

failed because of either the written or practical component of the Final
Examination may be permitted a re-examination on four separate
occasions at six monthly intervals. Under the circumstances, the re-
examination shall comprise the written or practical component that the
candidate has failed in the main Examination or the first re-
examination and the viva voce. The examination shall be in the

discipline of Pathology initially chosen by the candidate for the main
Examination.
(c) A candidate who has passed the re-examination for the Examinations above
11. Award of Degree
No candidate shall be recommended for the award of the Degree of Master of Pathology
(Anatomical Pathology/ Haematology/ Chemical Pathology/ Medical Microbiology/ Forensic
Pathology) unless he/she has successfully completed all parts of the course, completed the
minimum duration of study and has passed the prescribed Examinations.
A candidate may be awarded a pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination and the
Examination;
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Pathology (Anatomical

Pathology/ Haematology/ Chemical Pathology/ Medical Microbiology/ Forensic
Pathology) with Distinction if he/she –

Master of Pathology (Anatomical Pathology) / (Haematology) /
(Chemical Pathology) / (Medical Microbiology) / (Forensic Pathology)
Programme Schedule
Final Examination
S Year 4  Specialisation in any one Pathology discipline,
T including Anatomic Pathology, Haematology,
A Chemical Pathology, Medical Microbiology,
G Year 3 Forensic Pathology, Immunology, and
E  Research Project in the chosen discipline
II Year 2
Part I Examination
Intensive Course (3 weeks)
S
T Posting for 10  Anatomic Pathology
A weeks in each of  Haematology
G Year 1 these disciplines  Chemical Pathology
E  Medical Microbiology/
Parasitology
I Registration

MASTER OF
2022/2023
PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Psychological Medicine

The Master of Psychological Medicine programme is a clinical coursework programme in which

study.

and
Senate.
(b) Pass entrance evaluation and interview

(i) obtain a minimum score of 600 for paper-based total (PBT), a score
of 250 for computer-based total (CBT), or score of 100 for internet-
based total (iBT) for Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL);
or
(ii) obtain a minimum score of band 7.0 for the International English

(a) Stage I, in the first year of study comprising:

(i) clinical training in basic attitudes;
(ii) training in clinical skills and management in psychiatry;
(iii) training in basic sciences relevant to psychiatry and training in
psychiatric management and
(iv) Work based assessments.
(b) Stage II, in the second and third year of study comprising:
(iv) training in clinical psychiatry and rotational postings in psychiatric

subspecialties;
(v) Preparation of Psychotherapy protocols; and
(vi) work based assessments.
(c) Stage III, in the fourth year of study comprising advanced training in psychiatry,
completion of research project and work based assessments.
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to Stage II of the programme study unless
he/she has passed the Part I Examination.
(3) No candidate shall be permitted to proceed to Stage III of the programme study unless
he/she has passed the Part II Examination.
5. Registration
academic session.
6. Attendance
During his/her programme of study –
(1) a candidate who has been absent for a period exceeding forty-two days in any
7. Supervision
candidate’s programme of study. The research proposal shall be submitted to the ethics
committee not later than four months before the Part II Examination.

9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit a satisfactory portfolio document that has been verified
by the supervisor for Stage I of the programme of study not later than three (3) months
before the Part I Examination.
(2) A candidate is required to submit the psychotherapy protocols and a satisfactory portfolio
document that has been verified by the supervisor for Stage II of the programme study not
later than three (3) months before the Part II Examination.
(3) A candidate is required to submit a research report and a satisfactory portfolio document
that has been verified by the supervisor not later than three (3) months before the Final
Examination.

(a) the Part I Examination

(b) the Part II Examination
completed and submitted a satisfactory portfolio document that has been verified by
the supervisor for Stage I of the programme not later than three (2) months before the
Part I Examination..
(3) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part II Examination unless he/she has:
(a) passed the Part I Examination; and
(b) satisfactorily completed and submitted a satisfactory psychotherapy protocols

and training portfolio document that has been verified by the supervisor for
Stage II not later than three (3) months before the Part II Examination.
(4) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Final Examination unless he/she has:
(b) Satisfactorily completed and submitted research report and a satisfactory

portfolio document that has been verified by the supervisor not later than three
(3) months before the Final Examination.
(5) The Part I examination shall be held at the end of the first year of the programme study.
The Part II examination shall be held at the end of the third year of the programme
study and the Final examination shall be held at the end of the fourth year of the
programme study.
(6) The written component For Part I & II examination will be held before the clinical
examination. Those who fail the written component will not be allowed to take the
clinical examination. They shall be considered as have failed the examination.
(7) Examination Components and Allocation of Marks:

(Maximum)
A. Written

Paper 3 Short Essay Questions 100
B. Clinical
Short Case Psychiatry 100
Grand Total 300


(Maximum)
A. Written
Paper 1 Essay Questions and Critical
Review Paper 100
Paper 2 Short Notes Questions 100
Total 200
B. Clinical
Long Case Psychiatry 100
OSCE Psychiatry Subspecialities 100
Total 200
Grand Total 400

(i) Research report 70

Dissertation Viva 30
Total 100
OR If the candidate’s research work has been accepted for publication in

an indexed scientific journal (at least SCOPUS) he/she shall be
exempted from submission of research report and dissertation viva
100.
(ii) Consultation Viva 100

Grand Total 200

(i) 50% or more of the written component

(i) 50% or more of the average marks from the clinical component; and
(ii) not less than 45% of the marks in any of the clinical case of the clinical
component.
(i) 50% or more of the written component;

(ii) 50% or more of the clinical long case Psychiatry; and
(iii) 50% or more of the average marks from the OSCE.

50% or more of the marks in all component of the examination.
II Examination and the Final Examination if he –
Examination;
the Part I Examination. However if a candidate had achieved at least
50% (100/200) of the total marks of the “Written” component during
the prior examination, he/she shall be exempted from sitting for the
written component during the Re-examination.
(iii) A candidate who has passed written component but fail clinical
component may be permitted a re-examination of clinical component
only.
(iv) A candidate who fails the re-examination on the second occasion shall
circumtances on the recommendation of the Faculty of Medicine and
(iii) A candidate who has passed written components but fail clinical
component may be permitted a re-examination of clinical component
only.

(ii) The Final Re-Examination shall consist of only the failed component(s)
and shall be assessed and graded in the same manner as prescribed
for the Final Examination.
(e) A candidate who has passed the re-examination for the Examinations above
(10) Supervisory Report
In the event that a candidate get an unsatisfactory report, the Department concerned
may set up a special committee to deliberate and recommend the candidate to be
terminated from the course, to repeat the year, to defer for 6 months or to be permitted
for sitting in the examination.
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Psychological Medicine
programme of Master of Psychological Medicine:
concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Psychological Medicine (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the Degree of Master of Psychological Medicine (With

Distinction) if he/she –
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Part I Examination, Part II Examination and Final
Examination; and
(b) has not failed in any component of the prescribed Examination; or any component of
the programme within the stipulated time unless for medical or humane reasons
acceptable to the Faculty

MASTER OF PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
S
T Year 4  Advanced training in psychiatry, Final examination
A completion of research project
G and work based assessments.
E
III
S Year 3  Training in clinical psychiatry and Part II Examination

T rotational postings in psychiatric
A sub-specialities
G
E
 Preparation of case protocols for
II psychotherapy and work based
assessments.
Year 2
S
T  Clinical training in basic attitudes Part I Examination
A  Training in clinical skills and
G Year 1 management in psychiatry
E  Training in basic sciences relevant
to psychiatry and training in
I psychiatric management
 Work Based Assessments
Registration

MASTER OF
2022/2023
RADIOLOGY
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Radiology

The Master of Radiology programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the

Senate.

or

The programme of study comprises three (3) stages as follows:

(a) basic training in Radiological Medical Physics, Radiological Anatomy and
Radiography, Radiological Technique, Contrast Media and Drugs, Basic
Trauma Radiology and any other disciplines of Radiology that may be
determined by the Department from time to time;
(b) training in cognate subjects of radiology that may be determined by the
department from time to time; and
(c) Maintainance of a training portfolio by the candidate to document radiological

procedures performed by him/her.
(2) Stage II in the second and third year of study comprising:
(a) training in all aspects of diagnostic radiology, imaging techniques and

interventional radiology;
(b) training in cognate subjects as may be determined by the Department from
time to time;

procedures performed by him/her; and
(d) the commencement of a research project.
(3) Stage III in the fourth year of study comprising:
(a) advanced training in all aspects of diagnostic radiology, imaging techniques

and interventional radiology;
(b) advanced training in cognate subjects as may be determined by the

Department from time to time;

procedures performed by him/her; and
(d) a research project.
5. Registration
academic session.
6. Attendance
(1) A candidate may be permitted to undertake part or all of his/her training in other

7. Supervision
(2) A consultant shall be appointed for a candidate who undertakes part or all of his/her
research.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit the training portfolio that is satisfactory and
approved by their supervisor for the respective period of study one (1) month before
(2) A candidate is required to submit the training portfolio that is satisfactory and
approved by their supervisor for the respective period of study one (1) months before
(3) A candidate is required to submit the training portfolio and research report that is
satisfactory and approved by their supervisor for the respective period of study three

submitted a training portfolio that is satisfactory and approved by their supervisor for
the respective period of study one (1) month before the Part I examination.
(3) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part II Examination unless he/she has -
(a) submitted a training portfolio that is satisfactory and approved by their

supervisor for the respective period of study one (1) month before the Part II
Examination; and
(b) passed the Part I Examination.
(4) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Final Examination, unless he/she has -
(b) submitted a training portfolio and the research report that is satisfactory and
approved by their supervisor three (3) months before the Final Examination.
The Part II Examination shall be held at the end of stage II of the programme of study.
The Final Examination shall be held at the end of stage III of the programme of study.


Components Description Allocation of Marks

(Maximum)
A. MCQ Multiple Choice Questions
Paper 100
B. Vica Voce 100
C. OSCE Objective Structured
Clinical Examination 100
D. OSPE Objective Structured
Practical Examination 100
Total 400


(Maximum)
A. Written
Paper 1 SBA 100
Paper 2 SBA 100
B. Film Reporting 100
C. Viva Voce 100
Total 400

(Maximum)
A. Research report 100

B. Viva Voce 100
C. Rapid Film reporting 100
Total 300

50 % or more of the marks for each component of the Examination.

A candidate who does not fulfill the above requirement for a component shall
be deemed to have failed the component concerned but shall be credited with
the component or components he/she has passed and be required to repeat
only the component that he has failed.
60% or more of the marks of component A.

50% or more of the marks for components B, C of the Examination
the component or components he has passed and be required to repeat only
the component that he/she has failed.
50 % or more of the marks for each component of the Examination.

the component or components he/she has passed and be required to repeat
only the component that he/she has failed.
A candidate may be obtained a Pass with Distinction Distinction in the Part I

Examination, the Part II Examination and the Final Examination if he/she –
Examinations;
(b) has not failed in any module of the Part I Examination, or component of the Part
II Examination or the Final Examination; and
(ii) The Part I Re-Examination shall consist of the same component and
(iii) A candidate who has passed one or more of the component of the Part
I Examination shall be deemed to have passed those component and
shall not be required to repeat those component.
(iv) A candidate shall be required to repeat those component that he/she

has failed in the Part I Examination.

(v) A candidate who fails the re-examination on the second occasion shall
(iii) A candidate who has passed one or more of the components of the
Part II Examination shall be deemed to have passed those
components and shall not be required to repeat those components.
(iv) A candidate shall be required to repeat those components that he/she

has failed in the Part II Examination.
(v) A candidate who fails the re-examination on the second occasion

shall be deemed to have failed the Part II Examination and shall not
be permitted to repeat the programme of study except in special
(iii) A candidate who has passed one or more of the components of the
Final Examination shall be deemed to have passed those components
and shall not be required to repeat those components.
(iv) A candidate shall be required to repeat those components that he/she

has failed in the Final Examination.
(v) A candidate whose research report is deemed unsatisfactory by the

Committee of Examiners may be referred for further work over a period
of time to be determined by the Committee of Examiners except that
such periods of time as determined shall not exceed six months on any
one occasion. At the end of the prescribed period the candidate shall
be required to submit the research report for re-examination. A
candidate who fails to submit his research report by the end of the
prescribed period for re-examination shall be deemed to have failed
the research report.
(vi) A candidate shall be permitted to resubmit the research report for re-
examination either singly or jointly on not more than two occasions.

(vii) A candidate who fails the re-examination on the second occasion shall
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Radiology
programme of Master of Radiology:
concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Radiology (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Radiology (With Distinction) if he/she
-
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Part II Examination and the Final Examination; and

MASTER OF RADIOLOGY
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
S Final Examination
T
A Year 4  Advanced training in all aspects of
G Diagnostic Radiology, Imaging Technique
E and Interventional Radiology
III
Part II Examination
S
T Year 3  Training in all aspect of Diagnostic
A Radiology, Imaging Technique and
G Year 2 Interventional Radiology
E
II
Part I Examination
S  Basic training in Radiological Medical
T Physics, Radiological Anatomy and
A Year 1 Radiography, Radiological Technique,
G Contrast Media and Drugs, Basic Trauma
E Radiology and any other disciplines of
Radiology. Registration
I (Entrance Evaluation)

MASTER OF
2022/2023
REHABILITATION MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Rehabilitation Medicine

The Master of Rehabilitation Medicine programme is a clinical coursework programme in which

study.
(b) At least two (2)-years of clinical experience in in-patient care, post-full

registration with Malaysian Medical Council (MMC), approved by the Senate
of which, at least one(1) year is spent in Rehabilitation Medicine clinical
service.
(b) Pass the entrance evaluation and interview
or


(1) Stage I in the first year of study covering:
(a) Basic and Applied Sciences of Rehabilitation Medicine;

(b) Principles, Concepts and Practice of Rehabilitation Medicine;
(c) Rotational postings in disciplines related to Rehabilitation Medicine;
(d) Training portfolio keeping by trainee to record their clinical work and
assignments ;
(e) Continuous assessments as prescribed by the Department
(2) Stage II second until fourth of study covering:
(a) Rotational postings in specialised Rehabilitation Medicine disciplines and

disciplines related to Rehabilitation Medicine;
(b) research report;
(c) Training portfolio keeping by trainee to record their clinical work and
assignments
(d) continuous assessments as prescribed by the Department.

5. Registration
6. Attendance
7. Supervision
the initial registration of the candidate
(2) A consultant shall be appointed a candidate who undertakes part of his/her programme
of study outside the University. The consultant shall be appointed not later than two
months after the candidate has commenced training in the outside location.
candidate’s programme of study after entering Stage II, which begins in the second year.

9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her training portfolio which must be deemed
satisfactory and approved by their supervisor for the respective period of study not later
than three (3) months before the Part I Examination
(2) A candidate is required to submit his/her training portfolio which must be deemed
satisfactory and approved by their supervisor for the respective period of study not later
than three (3) months before the Final Examination
(3) A candidate is required to submit his research report not later than three (3) months

(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part I Examination unless he/she has –
(a) satisfactorily completed the continuous assessments prescribed by the

Department; and
(b) submitted his/her training portfolio deemed satisfactory by the Department not
later than three (3) months before the Part I Examination.
exempted from the Part I Examination if he has passed the Part I Examination
for any one of the following degrees of the University or has obtained an
equivalent qualification recognised by the Senate:
Master of Internal Medicine

Master of Family Medicine
Master of Orthopaedic Surgery
Master of Paediatrics
Master of Surgery
(b) Satisfactorily completed the components of the continuous assessments as

specified by the Department;
(c) Submitted his/her training portfolio deemed satisfactory by the Department not
later than three (3) months before the Final Examination; and
(d) Submitted a research report on an aspect of Rehabilitation Medicine not later

than three months before the Final Examination. A candidate must obtain a
pass grade in the research report before he/she is permitted to sit for the Final
Examination.


(Maximum)
A. Written Single Best Answer (SBA) 100
Total marks 100
A. Clinical
Examination (OSCE) 200
Long Case examination 300
Total marks 500
Grand total (Component A + B) 600


(Maximum)
A. Written Single Best Answer (SBA) 100
Total marks 100
B. Clinical
Examination (OSCE) 200
Long Case examination 300
Total marks 500
Grand total (Component A + B) 600

50% or more of the marks for each component.
The Written Examination (Component A: Written) will be held before the

Clinical Examination (Component B: Clinical). Only candidates that passes the
Written Examination will be allowed to sit the Clinical Examination.
.
Written Examination consist of component A which are:
(i) Component A (Written) : Single Best Answer (SBA)

(A) 50% or more of the total marks
(B) Compulsory to pass
(ii) Component B (Clinical):

(A) 50% or more of the OSCE total marks

(B) 50% or more of the Long Case total marks
(C) Compulsory to pass both OSCE and Long Case
A candidate who fails the clinical exam will not have to re-sit the written
examination before attempting the clinical examination again.
.
50% or more of the marks for each component of the Final Examination.
The Written examination (Component A:Written) will be held before the

Clinical Examination (Component B: Clinical). Only candidates that passes the
Written Examination will be allowed to sit for the Clinical Examination.
.
Written Examination consist of Component A which are:
(i) Component A (Written): Single Best Answer (SBA)

(A) 50% or more of the total marks
(B) Compulsory to pass
(ii) Component B (Clinical):
(A) 50% or more of the OSCE total marks

(B) 50% or more of the Long Case total marks
(C) Compulsory to pass both OSCE and Long Case
A candidate who fails the clinical exam will not have to re-sit the Written
examination before attempting the clinical examination again.
A candidate may be obtained a Pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination, the
Part II Examination and the Final Examination if he/she –
Examinations;
(b) has not failed in any module of the Part I Examination, or component of the Part
II Examination or the Final Examination; and

11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Rehabilitation Medicine
programme of Rehabilitation Medicine:
concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Rehabilitation Medicine (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Rehabilitation Medicine (With Distinction)
if he/she -
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Final Examination; and

MASTER OF REHABILITATION MEDICINE
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Registration
(a) Basic and Applied Sciences (Entrance Evaluation)
in Rehabilitation Medicine
S (b) Principles, concept and
T Tahun 1 clinical practice in
A (12 months) Rehabilitation medicine.
G (c) Clinical rotation in the
subspecialty clinical
E
discipline in rehabilitation
medicine and other
I associated clinical
disciplines.
(d) Training portolio keeping to
document clinical work and
assessments.
(e) Continuous assessments
prescribed by the
department.
Part I Examination
(a) Rotational postings in

S specialised Rehabilitation
T Medicine disciplines and
A disciplines related to
G Year 4 Rehabilitation Medicine;
(b) Research report
E Year 3
(c) Training portfolio keeping by
Year 2
trainee to record their clinical
II work and assignments
(36 months) (d) continuous assessments as
prescribed by the Department.
Final Examination

MASTER OF
2022/2023
SPORTS MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Sports Medicine

The Master of Sports Medicine programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the
Senate.
(b) Pass the prescribed entrance assessment and interview.
higher learning who do not use English as the medium of instruction for the

The programme of study comprises two stages as follows:
(a) Introduction and basic sciences in the following Sports Medicine modules
Module A – Sports Sciences

Module B – Clinical Sports Medicine
Module C – Principles of Exercise Prescription

Module D – Sports Rehabilitation
Module E – Sports Coverage and Emergencies
Module F – Specialty Training
(b) Assignments;
(c) A training portfolio must be used to record assignments, and activities of

teaching and learning attended. It must be maintained and updated by the
candidate.
(d) Continuous assessments as prescribed by the Department.
(2) Stage II in the second, third and fourth years of study comprising:
(a) Advance training in the following Sports Medicine modules
Module A – Sports Sciences

Module B – Clinical Sports Medicine
Module C – Principles of Exercise Prescription
Module E – Sports Coverage and Emergencies
Module G – Clinical Research
(b) Assignments;
(c) A training portfolio must be used to record assignments, and activities of

teaching and learning attended. It must be maintained and updated by the
candidate
(d) Research report; and
(e) Continuous assessments as prescribed by the Department.
5. Registration
Registration for study programmes will begin two (2) weeks after the start of the academic
session.
6. Attendance
7. Supervision

(1) Supervisors for candidates must be appointed no later than two (2) months after initial
(2) A consultant shall be appointed for a candidate who undertakes part of his/her training
outside the University. The consultant shall be appointed not later than two months
after the candidate has commenced training in the outside location.
research.
9. Submission
(1) Candidates are required to submit a satisfactory training portfolio and have it verified by
their supervisor two (2) months before the Part I Examination.
(2) A candidate is required to submit a research report six months before the Final
Examination. The candidate also needs to submit a satisfactory training portfolio and
have it verified by their supervisor not later than two (2) months before the Final
Examination.
(a) The Part I Examination;

(b) The Final Examination.
(2) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the Part I Examination unless he/she has –
(a) Satisfactorily completed the continuous assessments prescribed by the
Department; and
(b) Submitted a satisfactory training portfolio and verified by the supervisor, two (2)
months before the Part I Examination
(a) Exempted from the Part I Examination, if they have passed the Part II
Examination for any of the following exams:
(i) Membership of the Royal Colleges of Physicians (MRCP)

(ii) Membership of the Royal College of General Practitioners (MRCGP)
(b) Satisfactorily completed the components of the continuous assessments as

specified by the Department.
(c) Submited a satisfactory training portfolio and verified by the supervisor two

(d) Submited a research report six months before the Final Examination.
(4) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of the first year of the programme of
study. The Final Examination shall be held at the end of the fourth year of the
programme of study.


(Maximum)
A. Written
Single Best Answer 200
Short answer Type Questions 1 100
Short answer Type Questions 2 100
Total 400
B. Clinical
Examination 200
Short Cases 200
Viva 200
Total 600
Grand Total 1000


(Maximum)
A. Research
Research Report 50
Total 50
B. Written
Single Best Answer 200
Short Answer Type Question 200
Total 400
C. Clinical
Long Cases 100
Short Cases 200
Examination 200
Viva 50
Total 550
Grand Total 1000


50% or more of the marks for each sub component of the Part I Examination.
Only candidates that passed the Component A examination, will be allowed to
sit for the Component B examination.
50 % or more of the marks for each sub component of the Final Examination.
Only candidates who have passed the Component A examination, will be

allowed to sit for the Component B examination, and only candidates that
passed the Component B examination, will be allowed to sit for the Component
C examination.
For the clinical long case and short case examination, the passing criteria for
this part is determined by the majority of the examiner’s votes and not by the
marks. But in case of even votes encountered, then the average marks will be
considered as the passing criteria.
(7) Pass the Exam with Distinction
A candidate can obtain a Pass with Distinction in the Examination if he/she -
(a) has obtained 75% or more of the aggregate marks in each prescribed Examination;
(b) did not fail and did not repeat any component of the Examination.
(ii) The Part I Re-Examination shall consist of the components that has
failed and shall be assessed and graded in the same manner as
prescribed for the Part I Examination.
(ii) The Final Re-Examination shall consist of the components that has
failed and shall be assessed and graded in the same manner as
prescribed for the Final Examination.

(e) A candidate who has passed the re-examination for the Examinations shall be deemed
to have passed the prescribed Examinations.
11. Award of Degree
(1) Awarding of the Master's Degree in Sports Medicine
Candidates must meet the following requirements for graduation purposes for the Master of
Sports Medicine program:
(a) pass the Examination prescribed for the Master's Degree program in Clinical;
(b) meet other requirements set by the Faculty if any, for the relevant Clinical Master's
Degree program;
(c) meet the language requirements as prescribed; and
(d) meet other requirements approved by the Senate from time to time.
(2) Awarding of Master's Degree in Sports Medicine (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded a Master's Degree in Sports Medicine (With Distinction) if he/she
-
(a) has passed with Distinction in all examination components; and
(b) did not fail and did not repeat any component of the Examination within the prescribed
period.

MASTER OF SPORTS MEDICINE
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
S Year 4 (a) Advance training in the following Final

T Sports Medicine modules Examination
A Year 3 Module A – Sports Sciences
G Module B – Clinical Sports Medicine
E Year 2 Module C – Principles of Exercise
(36 Prescription
II months) Module D – Sports Rehabilitation
Module E – Sports Coverage and
Emergencies
Module G – Clinical Research
(b) Assignments;
(c) The keeping of portfolio by the
candidate to document assignments
and activities of teaching and
learning attended;
(d) Continuous assessments as
prescribed by the Department; and
(e) Research report.
S Year 1 (a) Introduction and basic sciences in the Part 1
T (12 following Sports Medicine modules Examination
A months) Module A – Sports Sciences
G Module B – Clinical Sports Medicine
E Module C – Principles of Exercise
I Prescription
Module E – Sports Coverage and
Emergencies
Module E – Clinical Research
(b) Assignments;
(c) The keeping of portfolio by the
candidate to document assignments
and activities of teaching and learning
attended. Registration
(d) Continuous assessments as (Entrance
prescribed by the Department. Examination)

MASTER OF
2022/2023
SURGERY
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Surgery

The Master of Surgery programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the research
(b) At least one (1) year of post-full registration clinical experience in general
surgery approved by the Senate.
(c) Candidates who are Non-Citizen will be required to undertake and satisfactorily
complete a three (3) months period of clinical attachment in the Department of
Surgery prior to acceptance into the programme. A satisfactory attachment
performance evaluation is a pre-requisite for entry into the programme


The programme of study comprises three (3) stages as follows:
(1) Stage I, comprising:
(a) six (6) months of General Surgery posting including courses in Applied Basic
Sciences and Principles of Surgery;

(b) the option of a further six (6) months of General Surgery OR two posting of
three (3) months each in Accident and Emergency, Orthopaedic Surgery,
Intensive Care, Anaesthesiology, Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Radiology or
any other surgical specialty not covered in Stage II, subject to approval by the
Department of Surgery and Faculty of Medicine.
(c) initiation of a research project
(2) Stage II, comprising:
(a) twelve (12) months of rotation in surgical specialties comprising four (4)
postings of three (3) months each: two compulsory postings in Urology and
Neurosurgery, and a further two postings in any of the following: Cardiothoracic
Surgery or Critical Care Medicine, Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery,
Paediatric Surgery.
(b) continuation of a research project
(3) Stage III, comprising:
(a) Twenty four (24) months in General Surgery including rotating through which
may include Colorectal, Upper Gastrointestinal, Hepatobiliary, Breast,
Endocrine, Vascular and Trauma Surgery general surgical sub-specialities;
(b) submission of a research report.
(4) A candidate is required to keep a training portfolio throughout the period of study to
document the procedures, duties and clinical skills training undertaken. This record
will be assessed as part of the continuous work-place assessment.
5. Registration
academic session.
6. Attendance
(1) A candidate may be permitted to undertake part of his/her programme of study in other
7. Supervision
8. Research Report
The research project for a candidate shall be proposed by the candidate in discussion with their
supervisor not later than six moths after passing the Part I Examination. Research proposals

must be vetted by the Department in the Faculty responsible for the candidate’s programme of
study.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her training portfolio and satisfactory end-of-
posting reports every six (6) months for assessment by the Department in the Faculty
responsible for the candidate’s programme of study.
(2) A candidate is required to submit his research report not later than three months before
10. Examination for the Degree

(2) No candidate shall only be permitted to sit for the Final Examination if he/she has:
(a) Passed or been exempted from the Part I Examination

(b) Passed the annual clinical evaluation
(c) Submitted three satisfactory case write-ups, and
(d) Submitted a research report that has been assessed as of satisfactory not
later than three (3) months before the Final Examination.
(3) A candidate may be exempted from the Part I Examination if he/she has passed:
UK Intercollegiate MRCS Examination (Part A and B)
(4) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of the first six months of the Phase I of
the programme of study. The Final Examination shall be held at the end of the Phase
III of the programme of study.

(Maximum)
A. Written
Paper 1 Applied Basic Sciences
(Single Best Answer) 135
Paper 2 Principle of Surgery
(Single Best Answer and
Extended Matching Question) 135
Total 270
B. Clinical
OSCE 360
Grand Total 630
The OSCE examinations shall consist of the following components:

COMPONENT NO OF Allocation of
STATIONS Marks
ANATOMY 3 60
PHYSIOLOGY 3 60
PATHOLOGY 2 40
MICROBIOLOGY 2 40
PRINCIPLES OF 8 160
SURGERY
A candidate who does not pass the written component of the Part I
Examination will not be permitted to sit for the clinical examination.
The components of the Final Examination and the marks to be allocated to the
various components of the Final Examination shall be as follows:
Component A is marked using an open system on a continuous scale, where

the maximum combined mark of Paper 1 and Paper 2 is 360.

(Maximum)
A.Written
Paper 1 180
Paper 2 180
Total 360
Components B and C are marked using a closed system, in which the

category of marks is as follows:
12 : Distinction
11 : Good Pass
10 : Pass
9 : Borderline
8 : Fail
Number of marking stations - Viva voce : 16

Maximum mark for Viva voce : 16 x 12 = 192
Pass mark for Viva voce : 16 x 10 = 160
Number of marking stations - Clinical Long Cases :6

Maximum mark for Clinical Long Cases : 6 x 12 = 72
Pass mark for Clinical Long Cases : 6 x 10 = 60
Number marking stations - Clinical Short Cases :9

Maximum mark for Clinical Short Cases : 9 x 12 = 108
Pass mark for Clinical Short Cases : 9 x 10 = 90
B. Viva Voce
Principles of Surgery (including critical care) 1 40
Principles of Surgery (including critical care) 2 40
Surgical Pathology 40
Operative Surgery 40
Total required to pass component 160

C. Clinical

Long case 1 30
Long case 2 30
Total required passing component: 60
Short cases 90
Total required to pass component: 90

(i) 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks of all the components;
(ii) 50% or more of the marks for each component for the Examination;
and
(iii) 50% or more of the marks for all components for the OSCE
examination. Each of these components has to be passed individually
and the marks from these components cannot cross-compensate in
the calculation of the overall pass mark.
(i) 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for Component A; and
(ii) The pass mark for Component B; and

(iii) The pass marks for component C.
Note: A candidate who obtains less than 50% of the aggregate marks in
component A is not eligible to sit for component B and C.
A candidate may be Obtained a Pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination and
the Final Examination if he/she-
(a) has obtained 75% or more of the aggregate combined marks in each of the
prescribed Examinations;
re-examination on two separate occasions at six (6) monthly intervals.

the Part I Examination. However, a candidate who has passed the
written components previously will not be required to re-sit these
components at the subsequent Part I Re-Examination.
(i) There is not limit on the total attempts in the Final Examination, as long
as the candidate is still within the maximum duration of study which
shall be seven years from the first date of registration.
the Final Examination. However, a candidate who has passed
Component A previously will not be required to re-sit this component
for two subsequent Final Re-Examination. Should the candidate fail
the two subsequent Final Re-Examinations, he will be required to re-
sit Component A at the third subsequent Final Re-Examination.
(iii) After the maximum duration of study is over the candidate is

considered to have failed the Final Examination and shall not be
permitted to repeat the programmes of study.
11. Award of Degree
(1) Award of the Degree of Master of Surgery
programme of Master of Surgery:
concerned;
(2) Award of the Degree of Master of Surgery (With Distinction)
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Surgery (With Distinction) if he/she -
(a) has passed with Distinction in the Final Examination; and

MASTER OF SURGERY
PROGRAMME SCHEDULE
Final
S Year Examination
T 4  24-months rotation in General
A Surgery sub-specialities
G  Rotations in General Surgery sub-
E specialities namely Colorectal,
Breast, Vascular, Endocrine,
III Hepatobiliary and Uppper
Gastrointestinal
Year
3
S
T
A Year  12-months rotation in Surgical
G 2 specialities
E  4 rotations (total 12 months), each
rotation lasting 3 months in
II Surgical specialities,including 2
compulsory rotations in Urology
and Neurosurgery and any 2
elective specialities out of 3,
namely Cardiothoracic Surgery,
Plastic Surgery and Paediatric
Surgery
S  General Surgery (6 months) Part I Examination

T  (At the end of the first six
A Year  Emergency Medicine(3 months) months of Stage I)
G 1
E  Orthopaedic Surgery or any Registration (Entrance
surgery related elective posting (3 Evaluation)
months)
I

MASTER OF
2022/2023
NEUROSURGERY
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Neurosurgery

The Master of Neurosurgery programme is a clinical coursework programme in which the

research component comprises less than thirty (30) per cent of the whole programme of study.
(a) The degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery or an equivalent medical
qualification approved by the Senate; and
(b) At least one year of post-full registration clinical experience approved by the Senate.
(c) Qualifies for registration as a medical practitioner under the Medical Act 1971 (Act 50) of
Malaysia; and
(d) Pass the entrance assessment set by the Department
Language Requirement
A non-Malaysian applicant whose degree is from a university or institution of higher learning

where the medium of instruction for that degree is not in English language shall be required to:
(a) Obtain a band of 6 for the International English Language Testing System (IELTS)
(Academic).
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be four (4) years.

(2) The maximum duration of study shall be seven (7) years.
The programme of study comprises three phases as follows:
(1) Phase I (Year 1):

(a) twelve (12) months of four (4) core subjects; and
(b) one (1) elective subject
(2) Phase II (Year 2 & Year 3):

(a) twenty four (24) months of two (2) core subjects; and
(b) initiation of a research project
(3) Phase III (Year 4):

(a) twelve (12) months of one (1) core subjects; and
(b) submission of a research report.
(4) A candidate is required to keep a log book throughout his/her period of study to

Programme Goal
To produce neurosurgeons of highest knowledge, skills, attitude and ethics who will
be able to contribute positively to enhance the health services in our country.
Programme Educational Objectives (PEO)

PEO1 Produce expert practioners in the field of neurosurgery who are higly
knowledgeble
PEO2 Highly competent in the practical and clinical aspects of neurosurgery and
its subspecialties
PEO3 Effectively contribute to the development of national healthcare by
adhering to the principles of ethics, professionalism and social
responsibility
Programme Learning Outcomes (PLO)

PLO1 Apply advanced concepts and principles of neurosurgery in the care of
patients in a safe, effective and efficient way
PLO2 Perform neurosurgical procedures at advanced levels in all areas of
neurosurgical subspecialties
PLO3 Apply the skills and social responsibilities necessary in daily clinical
practice
PLO4 Display a high standard of ethics, professionalism and appropriate
personal attitudes during the conduct of daily responsibilities
PLO5 Communicate and interact effectively while displaying leadership qualities
and the ability to work in a team with all levels of staff, including hospital
management and patients
PLO6 Critically analyse and conduct scientific research to solve problems related
to the services of Neurosurgery
PLO7 Apply knowledge and information through the use of information
technology in the clinical services and develop a lifelong learning culture
List of programme core courses and programme elective courses are as bellow:
Year Component Code Course SLT

Core MSA7001 Research 72
Programme Methodology
MSA7004 Basic 256
Neuroscience
MSA7005 Principles of 190
1 Surgery
MSA7006 Basic 240
Neurosurgery
Elective MSA7009 Neurology 157*
Programme MSA7010 Neurocritical care 157*
Jumlah SLT 915

Core MSA7003 Ethics and 66
Programme Professionalism
MSA7007 Intermediate 522
2 Neurosurgery
Research MSA7002 Research Project 60
Project
Jumlah SLT 648

Core MSA7007 Intermediate 522
Programme Neurosurgery
3
Research project MSA7002 Research project 85
Jumlah SLT 607

Core MSA7008 Advanced 575
4 Programme Neurosurgery
Research project MSA7002 Research Project 30
Jumlah SLT 605
5. Registration
Registration for the programme of study shall commence the week prior to the start of the
academic session.
6. Attendance
During the programme of study -
(1) A candidate may be permitted to undertake part of his/her programme of study in other
7. Supervision
(1) The clinical supervisor for a candidate shall be appointed not later than two months
after the registration of the candidate. The research supervisor shall be appointed
subsequent to the candidate passing the Part I examination.
8. Research Project
The research project for a candidate shall be proposed by the candidate in discussion with their
supervisor not later than six (6) months after passing the Part I Examination. Research
proposals must be vetted by the Department in the Faculty responsible for the candidate’s
programme of study.
9. Submission
(1) A candidate is required to submit his/her log book and end-of-posting reports every six
(6) months for assessment by the Department in the Faculty responsible for the
candidate’s programme of study.
(2) A candidate is required to submit his research report not later than three (3) months
10. Examination for the Degree

(2) A candidate shall only be permitted to sit for the Part I Examination if the candidate
has:
(a) Submitted satisfactory continous assessment for each subject

(b) Submitted satisfactory supervisors report, operative competency report and
operative log book.
(3) A candidate shall only be permitted to sit for the Final Examination if the candidate has:
(a) Passed the Part I Examination

(b) Passed the clinical evaluation
(c) Submitted satisfactory continous assessment for each subject
(d) Submitted satisfactory supervisors report, operative competency report and
operative log book
(e) Submitted a research report that has been assessed as of sufficient standard
not later than three (3) months before the Final Examination.
(4) The Part I Examination shall be held at the end of Phase I of the programme of study.
The Final Examination shall be held at the end of Phase III of the programme of study.
(5) Examination Components and Allocation of Marks:
A. Written
Paper 1 Single Best Answer (SBA) 40%
Paper 2 Extended Matching Question (EMQ) 20%
B. Clinical OSCE 40%
Grand Total 100%
The components of the Final Examination and the marks to be allocated to the
various components of the Final Examination shall be as follows:
A. Written Single Best Answer (SBA) 30%
B. Clinical
Long Case One (1) case 30%
Short Case Six (6) cases 20%
C. Viva-voce Four (4) tables 20%
Grand Total 100%


(i) 50% or more of the marks for each component of the Examination; and
(ii) 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks of all the components.
(i) 50% or more of the marks for Component A; and

(ii) 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for Component B;
(Candidate mustpass 4 from the total of 6 short cases); and
(iii) 50% or more of the aggregate combined marks for Component C.
Note: A candidate who obtains less than 50% of the marks in component A is not
eligible to sit for component B and C.
(7) Repeating an Examination:
re-examination on two separate occasions at six (6) monthly intervals.
(i) The Final Re-examination will be held every six (6) monthly. There is
no limit on the total attempts, as long as the candidate is still within the
maximum duration of study which shall be seven (7) years from the
first date of registration.
the Final Examination. However, a candidate who has passed
Component A previously will not be required to re-sit this component
for one subsequent Final Re-Examination. Should the candidate fail
the one subsequent Final Re-Examinations, he will be required to re-
sit Component A at the two subsequent Final Re-Examination.
(iii) After the maximum duration of study is over, the candidate is

considered to have failed the Final Examination and shall not be
permitted to repeat the programmes of study.

11. Award of Degree
No candidate shall be recommended for the award of the Degree of Master of Neurosurgery unless
he/she has successfully completed all parts of the course, completed the minimum duration of the study
and has passed the prescribed Examinations.
A candidate may be awarded a Pass with Distinction in the Part I Examination and the Final
Examination if he/she –
(b) has obtained 75% or more of the aggregate marks in each of the prescribed Examination;
(c) has not failed in any component of the prescribed Examination; and
(d) has not repeated the prescribed Examination or any part of the programme of study except
on medical or compassionate grounds acceptable to the Faculty.
A candidate may be awarded the degree of Master of Neurosurgery with Distinction if he/she –

(c) has not repeated the prescribed Examination or any part of the programme of study
except on medical or compassionate grounds acceptable to the Faculty.

Master of Neurosurgery
Programme Schedule
Final Examination
P Year 4 (At the end of Year 4)
H ▪ Advanced neurosurgery
A ▪ Submission of a research project
S
E
III
P Year 3 ▪ Intermediate neurosurgery

H ▪ Ethics and professionalism
A Year 2 ▪ Initiation of a research project
S
E
II
P Part I Examination
▪ Basic neurosurgery
H (At the end of the Year 1)
▪ Research methodology
A Year 1 ▪ Principles of surgery
S ▪ Basic neuroscience
E ▪ Neurology or Neurocritical care
I Registration

Postgraduate’s Non Clinical Programme
POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK
2022/2023 SESSION
FACULTY OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITI MALAYA

2022/2023 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
POSTGRADUATE
HANDBOOK FOR SEMESTER SYSTEM ONLY
SEMESTER I
Lectures 7 weeks* 17.10.2022 - 04.12.2022

Mid Semester I Break 1 week 05.12.2022 - 11.12.2022
Lectures 7 weeks* 12.12.2022 - 29.01.2023
Revision Week 1 week 30.01.2023 - 05.02.2023
Examinations Semester I 2 weeks* 06.02.2023 - 19.02.2023
Semester I Break 3 weeks* 20.02.2023 - 12.03.2023
---------------
22 weeks
=========
SEMESTER II
Lectures 6 weeks* 13.03.2023 - 23.04.2023

Mid Semester II Break 1 week 24.04.2023 - 30.04.2023
Lectures 7 weeks* 01.05.2023 - 25.06.2023
Revision Week 1 week 26.06.2023 - 02.07.2023
Examinations Semester II 2 weeks* 03.07.2023 - 16.07.2023
Semester Break 1 week 17.07.2023 23.07.2023
-------------
29 weeks
========
SEMESTER BREAK
Break 9 weeks* 17.07.2023 - 17.09.2023
SPECIAL SEMESTER
Lectures 7 weeks* 24.07.2023 - 10.09.2023

Examination Special 1 week 11.09.2023 - 17.09.2023
Semester
------------
8 weeks
========
POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK 2022/2023 169

MASTER OF
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
MEDICAL EDUCATION | By Coursework
Name of Programme : Master of Medical Education

Mod : By Coursework
The Master of Medical Education is a programme by coursework in which the credits for the
research component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the total credits for the whole
programme of study. After completion of the relevant courses of study specified in this Schedule,
a candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Master of Medical Education degree.
(1) The degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery or an equivalent medical
qualification approved by the Senate; or Entry qualifications
(2) Bachelor degree in Allied Health or an equivalent medical qualification approved by the
Senate; or
(3) Bachelor degree with a CGPA not less than 3.00 and presents evidence of working
experience in related field for a minimum period of 1 year; or
(4) An equivalent qualification approved by the Senate from time to time.

where the medium of instruction for that degree is not the English language and where the
applicant wishes to follow a programme shall be required:
(1) To obtain a score of 600 for a paper-based total (PBT); a score of 250 for a computer-
based total (CBT) or a score of 100 for an internet-based total (IBT) for the Test of
English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL); or
(2) To obtain a band of 6 for the International English Language Testing System (IELTS).
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be two (2) semesters and one (1) special semester
(2) The maximum duration of study shall be eight (8) semesters
(1) The Master of Medical Education programme by coursework comprises forty two (42)
credits as follow:
(a) six (6) core courses, each of three (3) credits, totalling eighteen (18) credits;
(b) four (4) out of a total choices of six (6) elective courses, each of three (3) credits,
totaling twelve (12) credits; and
(c) a research project of twelve (12) credits.

(2) Details of the courses offered are as approved by Senate from time to time on the
recommendation of the Faculty and candidates shall be informed of such details at the
beginning of each session.
(3) The lists of courses for the programme of Master of Medical Education are provided in
List 1.
Programme Aim
The Master of Medical Education aims to produce professional medical educators who
continuingly equip themselves with required knowledge, skills and attitudes towards
advancement of medical education

PEO1 Plan the development, implementation and monitoring of a medical
curriculum using evidence-based approaches
PEO2 Integrate latest innovations in teaching, learning and assessment of
medical students
PEO3 Follow ethical approaches either as a leader or team member in workplace

PLO1 Interpret pedagogical content knowledge and research findings in medical
education.
PLO2 Apply educational theories into practices at healthcare training institutes.
PLO3 Demonstrate social responsibilities of being a medical educator.
PLO4 Follow legal, ethical and professional values in education profession and
research.
PLO5 Communicate effectively with students, colleagues and community either
as a team member or a leader.
PLO6 Apply pedagogical content knowledge, research findings and technology
to solve educational problems in a scientific manner.
PLO7 Integrate latest information in medical education to engage in lifelong
learning.

List 1
Code Title Credits
Core Courses
MQE 7001 Research Methodology in Medical Education 3
MQE 7002 Research Project (P) 12
MQE 7003 Curriculum Development 3
MQE 7004 Teaching Methods in Medical Education 3
MQE 7005 Concepts of Learning 3
MQE 7006 Assessment and Evaluation 3
MQE 7007 Management and Leadership in Medical Education 3
Elective Courses
MQE 7008 Clinical Teachers 3
MQE 7009 Professionalism in Medical Education 3
MQE 7010 Instructional Design and Educational Technology 3
MQE 7011 Qualitative Research in Medical Education 3
MQE 7012 Quantitative Research in Medical Education 3
MQE 7013 Workplace-Based Learning 3
Total 42
 MQE7001: Research Methodology in Medical Education (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students are able to have:

1. Compare strengths and limitations of qualitative, quantitative and mixed-method design research in
a collective effort.
2. Demonstrate skills in reviewing literature.
3. Generate problem statement, research objectives and conceptual framework based on literature
review.
4. Develop appropriate research design and methodology to achieve research objectives in an ethical
manner.
Synopsis
Students will explore qualitative, quantitative and mixed-method research in medical education. At the
beginning, students will be introduced to conceptual framework of an education research. Then,
students learn to construct a researchable problem in health care training institutes which leads to the
conceptions of research objectives and questions. Next, for qualitative paradigm, students will discuss
the qualitative inquiry, data collection techniques, reliability and validity and data analysis. For
quantitative paradigm, hypotheses, sampling, research designs, instruments, reliability and validity will

be discussed. Students will be also introduced to mixed-method design research and its differences with
quantitative and qualitative research. As the course progresses, students will in prepare and present a
research proposal. Ethical issues on conducting a research will also be discussed.
Main Reference
1. Fraenkel, J. R., Wallen, N. E., & Hyun, H. H. (2015). How to design and evaluate research in
education (9th ed.). New York: McGraw Hill, Inc.
2. Creswell, J. W. (2014). Educational research : Planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and
qualitative research (4th ed.). Essex: Pearson Education Limited.
Assessment Weightage
Continuous Assessment: 70%

Final Examination:30%
 MQE7002: Research Project (12 credits)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students are able to:

1. Compose a research report (not exceeding 30,000 words) which includes (at least) a chapter on the
introduction of the study, a chapter on literature review, a chapter on theoretical framework and
conceptual framework for a study, a chapter on methodology, a chapter on original findings and
discussions and a chapter on conclusions and implications of the study.
2. Cite sources appropriately in the students’ research report.
3. Integrate latest research findings in the students’ research reports.
Synopsis
Students will practice as novice researchers and prepare themselves for future job prospects such as
academicians, researchers and consultants in public, private, non-profit organisations or non-
government organisations. Students will carry out steps in the process of research: identifying a
research problem, reviewing the literature, specifying a purpose and research questions or hypotheses,
collecting quantitative/qualitative data, analysing and interpreting quantitative/qualitative data, reporting
and evaluating research. It requires commitments from both students and their supervisor.
Main Reference
1. Fraenkel, J. R., Wallen, N. E., & Hyun, H. H. (2015). How to design and evaluate research in
education (9th ed.). New York: McGraw Hill, Inc.
Final Examination: -

 MQE7003: Curriculum Development (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Explain the principles of curriculum development.
2. Analyse strengths and limitations in selected curriculum models.
3. Analyse existing curriculum structure in the students’ institution without guidance from the
instructors.
4. Report the development in the assessment for medical student.
5. Give examples of ethical activities which can be used to evaluate the academic programme at the
students’ institution.
Synopsis
Students will explore fundamentals of an academic programme, which are the curriculum, assessment
and evaluation. Firstly, students are exposed the principles of curriculum design. Subsequently, the
course exposes students to curriculum theories and various models of curriculum development (e.g.
Tyler model, Taba model, the product model; process model). Next, steps in developing a curriculum
will be discussed (e.g. from need assessment to programme evaluation). Students are also exposed to
the concept of spiral curriculum and intergrated curriculum. Secondly, students are introduced to
principles of assessment and various assessment tools in terms of (but not limited to) reliability and
validity. Lastly, students are introduced to programme evaluation for medical schools including internal
and external evaluation. As the course progresses, students will analyse current curriculum,
assessments and evaluation activities in their own healthcare training institutes. As the course
progresses, ethical issues will be discussed
Main Reference
1. Swanwick, T. (Eds.). (2014). Understanding medical education: Evidence, theory and practice. West
Sussex: Wiley Blackwell.
2. Harden, R. M., & Laidlaw, J. M. (2012). Essential skills for a medical teacher: an introduction to
teaching and learning in medicine. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone/Elsevier.
3. Amin, Z., & Khoo, H. E. (2009). Basics in medical education (2nd.). Hackensack, NJ: World Scientific
Final Examination: 30%
 MQE7004: Teaching Methods in Medical Education (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Present a micro teaching.
2. Apply effective teaching strategies to promote meaningful learning.
3. Discuss pedagogical content knowledge within workplace.
4. Describe implications of the quality of pedagogical approaches on the quality of future medical
practitioners.
Synopsis
Students will explore pedagogical content knowledge in medical education. Students will be introduced
to various teaching strategies (including simulative teaching aids). Focus will be upon issues such as to
attract attentions from learners at the beginning of a teaching session (induction set), to promote
meaningful learning (problem-based learning, inquiry-based learning and cooperative learning) during

the teaching session, and to summary the learning outcomes at the end of the teaching session.
Students learn to develop lesson plans by applying learning theories. As the course progresses,
students will be involved hands-on activities such as microteaching. Students will receive
recommendations from peers.
Main Reference
1. Harden, R. M., & Laidlaw, J. M. (2012). Essential skills for a medical teacher: an introduction to
teaching and learning in medicine. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone/Elsevier.
2. Bhuiyan, P. S., Rege, N. N., & Supe, A. (Eds.). (2015). The art of teaching medical students. New
Delphi: Reed Elsevier India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Ramsden, P. (2003). Learning to teaching in higher education. (2nd.). London: Routledge Falmer.
4. Light, G., Cox, R., & Calkins, S. (2009). Learning and teaching in higher education: The reflective
professional. (2nd.). London: SAGE.
 MQE7005: Concepts of Learning (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Relate the findings with theoretical framework of the study.
2. Discuss the development in the theory of learning.
3. Develop a small scale study to investigate learners’ learning processes and/or outcomes by applying
at least one learning theory as theoretical framework of the study.
Synopsis
Students will explore various theories of learning (including but not limited to behaviourism, cognitivism,
constructivism, neuroscience, multiple intelligence). Through discussing the development of learning
theories, students will recognise their importance and applications in teaching and learning practices.
As theories are abstract ideas, students will identify the applications in medical schools. As the course
progresses, students will design a small scale study on real learners. The concept of theoretical
framework of a study will be discussed. Theoretical framework is an essential element in an education
research. Any intervention for students should be based on learning theories as to avoid using intuition.
Main Reference
1. Driscoll, M. P. (2014). Psychology of learning for instruction (3rd ed.). Essex: Pearson Education
Limited.
2. Sharan, B. M., Rosemary S. C., Raymond, J., & Wlodkowski, P. C. (2001). Adult education and
lifelong learning: Theory and practice. New Jerseys: John Wiley & Sons
 MQE7006: Assessment and Evaluation (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. Develop valid and reliable assessments.
2. Analyse validity and reliability of three selected assessment tools.
3. Evaluate an educational programme which has been published in a high impact journal.
Synopsis
Students will explore theories of educational measurement and assessment. Students will learn the
development, administration and marking of assessments, as well as analysing the validity and reliability
of the assessments. Students will be exposed to philosophy and rationales of the “assessment for
learning”. Next, students will learn to conceptualise relationships between program development and its
program evaluation. Students will apply previous learnt knowledge and skills in developing an evaluation
tool in order to evaluate an actual educational programme.
Main Reference
1. Jackson, N., Jamieson, A., & Khan, A. (Eds.). (2007). Assessment in medical education and training:
A practical guide. UK: Radcliffe Publishing.
2. Pangaro, L. N., & McGaghie, W. (Eds.). (2015). ACE handbook on medical student evaluation and
assessment. US: Alliance for Clinical Education.
3. Mertens, D. M., & Wilson, A. T. (2012). Program evaluation theory and practice: A comprehensive
guide. New York: The Guilford Press.
 MQE7007: Management and Leadership in Medical Education (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Discuss principles of management and leadership in the context of medical education.
2. Apply existing and emerging research-informed knowledge of educational leadership within
workplace.
3. Analyse future directions in terms of quality assurance of medical students.
4. Discuss educational management and leadership theories within workplace.
Synopsis
Students will explore the concept of educational management and leadership. Students will learn to
develop critical understanding of organisation and approaches to promote changes in the organisation.
Existing (for example but not limited to interprofessional education, community of practice) and emerging
trends in medical curriculum will be discussed as to study how to decide on policies based on evidence.
Lastly, students will analyse latest information in order to recommend quality assurance of healthcare
training.
Main Reference
1. Northouse, P. G. (2016). Leadership: Theory and practice (7th ed.). Los Angeles: SAGE.
2. Swanwick, T. (Eds.). (2014). Understanding medical education: Evidence, theory, and practice (2nd
ed.). Chichester: Wiley Blackwell.
3. MacCarrick, G. (2013). Quality assurance in medical education: A practical guide. London: Springer.

4. Drucker, P. F. (2012). The practice of management. Oxford: Elsevier

 MQE7008: Clinical Teachers (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Present a micro teaching in the clinical setting.
2. Differentiate learners’ needs in terms of acquisition of skills and knowledge between clinical and
pre-clinical settings.
3. Discuss teaching strategies and aids for the clinical setting based on appropriate learning theories.
4. Discuss a learning-friendly environment including (but not limited to) learners-teachers’ dynamics
to promote the acquisition of skills and knowledge in clinical setting.
Synopsis
The course is designed for physicians who envision a career of education. Students will learn to develop
the skills required to become clinical teachers and mentors for younger generations of physicians. To
be able to engage in the course effectively, students are exposed to the significant role of professional
values of clinical teachers. Next, students learn to differentiate needs of learners in terms of acquisition
of skills and knowledge between clinical and pre-clinical settings. Students will learn to apply teaching
strategies and aids in clinical setting based on appropriate learning theories. Lastly, students learn to
supervise learners’ acquisition of skills and knowledge in the clinical setting, as well as creating a
learning-friendly environment.
Main Reference
1. Forrest, K., McKimm, J., & Edgar, S. (Eds.). (2013). Essential simulation in clinical education. West
Sussex: Wiley Blackwell.
2. McAllister, L., Lincoln, M., McLeod, S & Maloney, D. (Eds.). (1997). Facilitating learning in clinical
settings. UK: Nelson Thornes Ltd.

 MQE7009: Professionalism in Medical Education (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. Evaluate methods employed to instil medical professionalism.
2. Evaluate methods to assess professionalism in medical context.
3. Discuss the definitions and elements of medical professionalism.
4. Produce a reflection on learner’s own experiences of professionalism as a medical practitioner and
educator.
Synopsis

Students will explore the concepts of medical professionalisms. Students will learn the definitions and
elements of medical professionalism. Students will learn to evaluate the methods employed to instill
medical professionalism. Later, students will learn to evaluate the methods to assess professionalism
in the medical context. Lastly, students will reflect on their own experiences of professionalism as a
medical practitioner and educator.
Main Reference
1. Levinson, W., Ginsburg, S., Hafferty, F. & Lucey, C. R. (2014). Understanding medical
professionalism. New York: McGraw Hill Education.
2. Hafferty, F, W. & O’Donnell, J. F. (2014). The hidden curriculum in health professional education.
Lebanon NH: University Press of New England.
3. Spandorfer, J. (Eds.). (2009). Professionalism in medicine: A case-based guide for medical
students. New York: Cambridge University Press.
4. Parsi, K. & Sheehan, M. (Eds.). (2006). Healing as vocation: A medical professionalism primer.
Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
5. Cruess, R. L., Cruess, S, R. & Steinert, Y. (Eds.). (2008). Teaching medical professionalism. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
 MQE7010: Instructional Design and Educational Technology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe instructional design theories.
2. Demonstrate latest educational technologies using instructional design theories.
3. Explain implications of instructional design and education technology in medical education.
4. Critique a lesson plan based on concepts of instructional design.
Synopsis
Students will learn concepts of instructional design and applications of latest educational technologies
(for instance, but not limited to learning management system, e-learning, smart devices and social
networks) in teaching and learning of medical education. As students have acquired the concepts, they
apply and design instructional strategies and materials.
Main Reference
1. Morrisson, G. R., Ross, S. M., Kemp, J. E., & Kalman, H. (2011). Designing effective instruction.
(6th ed.). New Jerseys: John Wiley & Sons.
2. Kyei-Blankson, L., & Ntuli, E. (Eds.). (2014). Practical applications and experiences in K-20 blended
learning environments. Pennsylvania: IGL Global.
3. Rhoads, R. A. (2015). MOOCs, high technology, and higher learning. Maryland: Johns Hopkins
University Press.
 MQE7011: Qualitative Research in Medical Education (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. Relate findings with theoretical framework and conceptual framework of the qualitative study.
2. Write qualitative findings and discussions for academic papers.
3. Demonstrate skills in analysing qualitative data.
Synopsis
Students will learn advanced research skills after they have acquired basic knowledge and skills in
research. The course is recommended for students who wish to conduct qualitative research for their
research projects. Students will collect authentic/actual data in the learning of analysing and interpreting
qualitative data. Next, students will learn to relate findings of their studies with theoretical framework
and conceptual framework. Lastly, students will practice to write findings and discussions for academic
papers. As the course progresses, students will be encouraged to apply knowledge and skills learnt on
their research projects.
Main Reference
1. Patton, M. P. (2015). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods. (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, Calif:
Sage Publications.
2. Merriam, S. B. (2016). Qualitative research: a guide to design and implementation. San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.

MQE7012: Quantitative Research in Medical Education (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Relate findings with theoretical framework and conceptual framework of the quantitative study.
2. Write quantitative findings and discussions for academic papers.
3. Demonstrate skills in analysing quantitative data.
Synopsis
Students will learn advanced research skills after they have acquired basic knowledge and skills in
research. The course is recommended for students who wish to conduct quantitative research for their
research projects. Authentic/actual data will be used in the teaching of analysing and interpreting
quantitative data, both univariate and multivariate data and in terms of descriptive and inferential
analyses. Parametric and non-parametric tests will be introduced, for example but not limited to,
normality tests (e.g. Kolmogorov-Smirnov), correlations (e.g. Pearson, Spearman), comparing means
(e.g. t-tests, ANOVA, Mann–Whitney U, Kruskal–Wallis), regression (e.g. linear regression, logistic
regression) and categorical data (e.g. chi-square). Next, students will learn to relate findings of their
studies with theoretical framework and conceptual framework. Lastly, students will practice to write
findings and discussions for academic papers. As the course progresses, students will be encouraged
to apply knowledge and skills learnt on their research projects.
Main Reference

1. Creswell, J. W. (2014). Educational research : Planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative
and qualitative research (4th ed.). Essex: Pearson Education Limited.
2. Field, A. P. (2012). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics. (4th ed.). London: Sage
Publications Ltd.
3. Muijs, D. (2011). Doing quantitative research in education with SPSS. (2nd ed.). London: Sage
Publications Ltd.
 MQE7013: Workplace-Based Learning (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Identify the tasks performed by medical educationists in the workplace.
2. Reproduce selected tasks performed by the medical educationists in the workplace.
3. Write report/s to reflect on the tasks performed, lessons learned and future plans.
Synopsis
All students are encouraged to take this course as to gain workplace experience. Students will be placed
at a selected medical education office/centre/department/unit. In rotations, a student will be attached to
an academic and/or administrative officer to observe the routine and specific tasks. Students are
required to identify the tasks performed by medical educationists in the workplace and have
opportunities to reproduce these tasks whenever applicable. Examples (but not limited to) include
curriculum review meetings, blueprinting an assessment, analysing and reporting evaluation of teaching
and learning sessions. Students will document their observations and reflections (i.e., tasks performed,
lessons learned and future plans) for their continuing professional development.
Main Reference
1. Peters, J K., & Weusberg, M. (2011). A teacher's reflection book: exercises, stories and
invitations. North Carolina: Carolina Academic Press.
2. Dent, A. A., & Harden, R. M. (Eds.) (2013). A practical guide for medical teachers (4th.). China,
Elsevier.
3. Harden, R. M., & Crosby, J. (2000). AMEE Guide No. 20: The good teacher is more than a lecturer
- The twelve roles of the teacher. Medical Teacher, 22(4), 334-347

Master of Medical Education
Programme Schedule
Schedule
Special  A research project of six (6) credits. Examination

Semester
Semester II  A research project of six (6) credits. (i) End of Semester II
 Three (3) core courses, each of three (3)

credit hours, totalling nine (9) credits; and
 Three (3) elective courses, each of three

(3) credits, totalling nine (9) credits.
Semester I  Three (3) core courses, each of three (3)

credit hours, totalling nine (9) credits and
(ii) End of Semester I
 Three (3) elective courses, each of three
(3) credits, totalling nine (9) credits.
Registration
(Admission Evaluation)

MASTER OF
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
MEDICAL PHYSICS | By Coursework
Name of Programme : Master of Medical Physics

Mode : By Coursework
The Master of Medical Physics is a programme by coursework. After completion of the relevant
programme of study specified in this Schedule, a candidate shall be eligible for the award of the
Master of Medical Physics degree.
(1) Bachelor's Degree in physical or engineering sciences with a Cumulative Grade Average
(CGPA) of at least 3.00 or its equivalent;
or
(2) Bachelor's Degree in physical or engineering sciences with a Cumulative Grade Average
(CGPA) of at least 2.50 or its equivalent and at least five (5) years of relevant field
experience;
or
(3) Equivalent qualification approved by the Senate from time to time.

based total (CBT) or a score of 100 for an internet-based total (IBT) for the Test of English
as a Foreign Language (TOEFL); or
(2) The maximum duration of study shall be eight (8) semesters.
(1) The Master of Medical Physics programme by coursework comprises of forty-two (42)
credits namely.
(a) two (2) core courses, each of four (4) credits, totalling eight (8) credits;
(b) five (5) core courses, each of three (3) credits, totaling fifteen (15) credits; and;
(c) two (2) elective courses, each of two (2) credits, totaling four (4) credits; and

(d) a medical physics research project of fifteen (15) credits.
(4) The lists of courses for the programme of Master of Medical Physics are provided in
List 1.
Programme Aim
To produce graduates who are professional and competent based on international

standards in the field of medical physics through research, innovation, publication and
teaching. (Align with Vision and Mission of UM)
Programme Education Objectives (PEO)

PEO 1 Graduates capable of performing clinical support procedures that are
needed of a medical physicist.
PEO 2 Graduates dedicated to the ethical and professional conduct expected
of a medical physicist.
PEO 3 Graduates involved in elevating the professional knowledge of the field
of medical physics.
Programme Learning Outcome(s) (PLO)

PLO1 Master knowledge in the field of medical physics
PLO2 Use practical skills in the field of medical physics
PLO3 Relate ideas to societal issues in the field of medical physics

Conduct research in medical physics with minimum supervision and
PLO4
adhere to professional, ethical and legal practice codes
Demonstrate leadership qualities in the field of medical physics through
PLO5 communicating and working effectively with colleagues and
stakeholders
Generate solutions to problems in the field of medical physics by using
PLO6
scientific and critical thinking skills
PLO7 Manage information in the field of medical physics for lifelong learning

List 1
Code Title Credits
MQA7001 Research Methodology 3
MQA7003 Anatomy and Physiology 4
MQA7004 Computing and Medical Informatics 3
MQA7005 Applied Radiation Physics and Dosimetry 3
MQA7006 Radiobiology and Radiation Protection 3
MQA7007 Medical Imaging and Nuclear Medicine 4
MQA7008 Radiotherapy Physics 3
MQA7009* Introduction to Practicum in Medical Imaging 2
MQA7010* Introduction to Practicum in Nuclear Medicine 2
MQA7011* Pengenalan kepada Practicum in Radiotherapy 2
MQA7002 Medical Physics Research Project 15
Total 42
* Select 2 of the 3 courses
 MQA7001: Research Methodology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students are able to have:

1. Defend a research proposal.
2. Develop a sound research methodology.
3. Identify the appropriate statistical analysis for different data scale
Synopsis
Knowledge of research planning related to medical physics as well as the necessary statistical methods.
Main Reference
1. Greenhalgh T. How to Read a Paper: The Basics of Evidence-Based Medicine. 5th ed. Wiley:
2014.
2. Dawson B & Trapp RG. Basic and Clinical Biostatistics. 5th ed. McGraw-Hill Medical: 2017.
3. Field A. Discovering Statistics Using IBM SPSS Statistics. 4th ed. SAGE Publications: 2013.
4. Peh WCG & Ng KH. Effective Medical Writing. University of Malaya Press: 2016.
5. University of Malaya Guidelines for the Preparation of Research Reports, Dissertations &
Thesis, 2015.


 MQA7002: Medical Physics Research Project (15 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Implement a substantial research-based project

2. Interpret data and research findings
3. Report research findings in written and verbal forms
Synopsis
A research project in the field of medical physics and related fields.
Main Reference
1. Peh WCG & Ng KH, Effective Medical Writing, University of Malaya Press, 2016.
2. Terrell SR, Writing a Proposal for Your Dissertation: Guidelines and Examples. The Guildford Press:
2016.
3. University of Malaya Guidelines for the Preparation of Research Reports, Dissertations & Theses.
2015.
4. Fisher E & Thomson R. Enjoy Writing Your Science Thesis or Dissertation! 2nd ed. Imperial College
Press: 2014.
5. Marder MP, Research Methods for Science. Cambridge University Press: 2014.

 MQA7003: Anatomy and Physiology (4 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Determine the anatomical structures in radiological images.

2. Combine the human anatomy and related physiology functions.
3. Form an effective communication with medical practitioners.
Synopsis
Anatomical and functional knowledge of the human body
Main Reference
1. Weir J, Abrahams PH, et al, Imaging Atlas of Human Anatomy. 5th ed. Elsevier: 2017.
2. Marieb EN, Hoehn K, Human Anatomy & Physiology. 10th ed. Pearson: 2016.
3. Patton KT, Thibodeau GA, Anatomy and Physiology. 9th ed. Elsevier: 2016.
4. Fleckenstein P, Tranum-Jensen J, Anatomy in Diagnostic Imaging. 3rd ed. Wiley-Backwell: 2014.
5. Ryan S, McNicholas M, Eustace S, Anatomy for Diagnostic Imaging. 3rd ed. Elsevier: 2011.


 MQA7004: Computing and Medical Informatics (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Identify terminology, organization, representation, and operations of a computer system
2. Identify terminology, organization, protocols and standards used in medical informatics
3. Solve biomedical related problems using computer programming, signal processing, image
processing and artificial intelligence techniques.
Synopsis
Computer programming, signal and image processing, medical informatics.
Main Reference
1. Hahn B, Valentine DT, Essential MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists, 6th ed. Academic Press:
2017.
2. Ingle VK, Proakis JG. Digital Signal Processing Using MATLAB, 4th ed. Cengange Learning: 2017.
3. Lubliner DJ, Biomedical Informatics: An Introduction to Information Systems and Software in
Medicine and Health. CRC Press. 2016.
4. Shortliffe HE, Cimino JJ (ed.), Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and
Biomedicine, 4th ed. Springer: 2014.
5. Gonzalez RC, Woods RE, Digital Image Processing, 4 th ed. Pearson: 2014.
 MQA7005: Applied Radiation Physics and Dosimetry (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Interpret the principles of radiation physics, radioactivity, and interaction of radiation with matter.
2. Integrate the principles, quantities and units of radiation dosimetry.
3. Correlate radiation dose measurement findings to dose for staff or patients in hospitals.
Synopsis
Knowledge of the physical principle behind the use of radiation in the field of diagnostic and therapeutic
medicine.
Main Reference
1. Cerritto L, Radiation and Detectors: Introduction to the Physics of Radiation and Detection Devices.
Springer: 2017.
2. Attix FH, et al, Fundamentals of Ionizing Radiation Dosimetry, 2 nd ed. Wiley: 2017.
3. Podgorsak EB, Radiation Physics for Medicall Physicists, 3rd ed. Springer: 2016.
4. Tsoulfanidis N, Landsberger N, Measurement and Detection of Radiation, 4th ed. CRCPress: 2015.
5. DeWerd LA, Kissick M (ed.), The Phantoms of Medical and Health Physics: Devices for Research
and Development. Springer: 2014.

 MQA7006: Radiobiology and Radiation Protection (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. To explain the radiobiological concepts and processes involved in the interaction of ionizing
and non-ionizing radiation with living matter.
2. To identify the principles behind various radiation protection recommendations.
3. To practice radiation protection in hospitals..
Synopsis
Knowledge in biological changes and damage due to radiation, applications and practice of radiation
protection..
Main Reference
1. Johnson TE, Introduction to Health Physics, 5th ed. McGraw Hill: 2017.
2. Sherer MAS, et al, Radiation Protection in Medical Radiography, 7th ed. Elsevier: 2014.
3. Chang DS, et al., Basic Radiotherapy Physics and Biology. Springer: 2014.
4. Martin JE, Physics for Radiation Protection, 3rd ed. Wiley: 2013.
5. Hall EJ, Giaccia AJ, Radiobiology for the Radiologist, 7th ed. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins: 2012

 MQA7007: Medical Imaging and Nuclear Medicine (4 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Explain the concepts and principles of medical imaging and nuclear medicine.
2. Relate the theoretical basis with the clinical practice of medical imaging and nuclear medicine.
3. Interpret the results of basic quality assurance procedures for the general diagnostic and
therapeutic modalities in medical imaging and nuclear medicine.
Synopsis
Provides understanding of radiation and its use in imaging and nuclear medicine related to medical
physics.
Main Reference
1. Huda W, Review of Radiologic Physics, 4th ed. Wolsters Kluwer: 2016.

2. DR Dance, S Chritofides, ADA Maidment, ID McLean, KH Ng. Diagnostic Radiology Physics: A
Handbook for Teachers and Students. International Atomic Energy Agency: 2014.
3. Pryma DA, Nuclear Medicine: Practical Physics, Artifacts and Pitfalls, Oxford: 2014.
4. Bushberg JT, Seibert JA, Leidholdt EM, Boone JM. The Essential Physics of Medical Imaging.
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins: 2012
5. Flower MA (ed.), Webb’s Physics of Medical Imaging, CRC Press: 2012.
 MQA7008: Radiotherapy Physics (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. To apply the basic concepts and principles of radiotherapy physics.
2. To describe the theoretical basis needed for the clinical practice of medical physics in radiotherapy.
3. To discuss the need for and principles of quality control of equipment in radiotherapy..
Synopsis
Provides understanding of radiation and its use in radiotherapy related to medical physics.
Main Reference
1. Pawlicki et al., Hendee’s Radiation Therapy Physics, 4th ed. Wiley Blackwell: 2016.
2. Dieterich S, et al., Practical Radiation Oncology Physics. Elsevier: 2016.
3. Khan FM, Gibbons JP, The Physics of Radiation Therapy, 5th ed. Wolters Kluwer: 2014.
4. Sibtain A, et al. (ed.), Physics for Clinical Oncology. Oxford: 2014.
5. Marcu L, Bezak E, Allen B, Biomedical Physics in Radiotherapy for Cancer. 2012

 MQA7009: Introduction to Practicum in Medical Imaging (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. To identify hazards in workplace that may pose a danger or threat to their safety of health, or that
of others.
2. To apply theoretical principles of medical imaging physics into clinical practice.
3. Interpret the results of quality assurance procedures for the medical imaging modalities.
Synopsis
Applications in medical imaging physics, quality assurance for medical imaging and safety in
workplace.
Main Reference
1. Huda W, Review of Radiologic Physics, 4th ed. Wolsters Kluwer: 2016.

2. IAEA Diagnostic Radiology Physics. A Handbook for Teachers and Students. 2014
3. Analoui M, et al. (ed.), Medical Imaging: Principles and Practices. CRC Press: 2013.
4. Bushberg JT, Seibert JA, Leidholdt EM, Boone JM. The Essential Physics of Medical Imaging. 2012
5. Flower MA, Webb S (ed.). Webb’s Physics of Medical Imaging. 2012

 MQA7010: Introduction to Practicum in Nuclear Medicine (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes
of others.
2. To apply theoretical principles of nuclear medicine physics into clinical practice.
3. Interpret the results of quality assurance procedures for the nuclear medicine modalities.
Synopsis
Applications in nuclear medicine physics, quality assurance for nuclear medicine and safety in
workplace.
Main Reference
1. Kristen MW, David G. Nuclear medicine and PET/CT: Technology and Techniques. 8 th Edition.
Elsevier: 2017.
2. Bailey DL, Humm JL, Todd-Pokropek A, van Aswegen A. Nuclear medicine physics: A handbook
for teachers and students. International Atomic Energy Agency: 2014.
3. Brahme A (ed.), Comprehensive Biomedical Physics: Vol 1 Nuclear Medicine and Molecular
Imaging. Elsevier: 2014.
4. Pryma DA, Nuclear Medicine: Practical Physics, Artifacts and Pitfalls, Oxford: 2014.
5. Cherry SR, Sorenson JA, Phelps ME. Physics in Nuclear Medicine. 4 th Edition. Philadelphia:
Saunders: 2012.
 MQA7011: Pengenalan kepada Practicum in Radiotherapy (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes
of others.
2. To apply theoretical principles of radiotherapy physics into clinical practice.
3. Interpret the results of quality assurance procedures for the radiotherapy modalities.
Synopsis
Applications in radiotherapy physics, quality assurance for radiotherapy and safety in workplace.
Main Reference
1. Pawlicki et al., Hendee’s Radiation Therapy Physics, 4th ed. Wiley Blackwell: 2016.
2. Dieterich S, et al., Practical Radiation Oncology Physics. Elsevier: 2016.
3. Khan FM, Gibbons JP, The Physics of Radiation Therapy, 5th ed. Wolters Kluwer: 2014.
4. Sibtain A, et al. (ed.), Physics for Clinical Oncology. Oxford: 2014.
5. Marcu L, Bezak E, Allen B, Biomedical Physics in Radiotherapy for Cancer. 2012.

Master of Medical Physics
Programme Schedule
Schedule
Special  A medical physics research project of Examination

semester eight (8) credits.
(i) End of Semester I

Semester II  One (1) core course, each of four (4) (ii) End of Semester II
credits, totalling four (4) credits.
 One (1) core course, each of three (3)

credits, totalling three (3) credits.
 A medical physics research project of

seveen (7) credits. A candidate may only
register for medical physics research
project after he has obtained at least ten
(10) credits in the core courses; and
 Two (2) elective courses, each of two (2)

credits, totaling four (4) credits.
Semester 1  four (4) core courses, each of three (3)

credits, totalling twelve(12) credits.
 One (1) core course, each of four (4)

credits
Registration

MASTER OF
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
NURSING SCIENCE | By Coursework
HANDBOOK
Name of Programme : Master of Nursing Science

The Master of Nursing Science programme is a coursework programme in which the credits for
study.
(1) Bachelor of Nursing Science with CGPA of at least 3.00 or equivalent; or

(2) Bachelor of Nursing Science with CGPA of 2.70 to 2.99 or equivalent, AND meet at
least one (1) of the following criteria:
(i) Is a graduate of the University of Malaya;
(ii) Produce publications in related fields;
(iii) Scholarship recipients; or
(iv) Are employees of government agencies.
Or
(3) Bachelor of Nursing Science with CGPA of 2.50 to 2.69 or equivalent, AND meet at
least two (2) of the following criteria;
(i) Is a graduate of the University of Malaya;
(ii) Produce publications in related fields;
(iii) Scholarship recipients;
(iv) Are employees of government agencies.
And
(4) Registered with the Malaysian Nursing Board AND has a current practice license (for
Malaysian Nurses only); and
(5) Have a post-basic qualification with a period of study of at least six (6) months; or at
least one (1) year working experience in a related field.


Full Time:
Part time:
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be four (4) semesters

(2) The maximum duration of study shall be twelve (12) semesters.
(1) The Master of Nursing Science programme comprises of 42 credits.

(6) The core courses identified are as follows:
(a) Five (5) core courses each of three (3) credits, totalling fifteen (15) credits;
(b) Three (3) core courses each of four (4) credits, totalling twelve (12) credits;
(c) One (1) out of twelve (12) elective courses each of siz (6) credits; and
(d) Research project, nine (9) credits.
(8) The list of courses for the programme of Master of Nursing Science is provided in List
1.
Programme Aim
To produce expert nurse practitioners who are knowledgeable, competent in clinical

and technical aspects, understand social responsibility and function effectively in
contributing to the country's healthcare delivery system, and adhere to the principles of
nursing ethics and professional conduct.

PEO 1 Establish themselves as nurses with advanced knowledge and
competencies in clinical practice, education and research.
PEO 2 Engage in leading and supporting the development of social
and ethical skill for delivery of quality care.
PEO 3 Advance their professional growth in nursing through
engagement in continuous professional development.

Integrate scientific knowledge in the assessment, planning,
PLO1
implementation and evaluation of nursing care.
Integrate nursing skills in the management of patients, families
PLO2
and communities in a holistic approach.
Adapt appropriate social skills and responsibilities in
PLO3
safeguarding the interest of patients and families.
Demonstrate professional behavior and high moral values in
PLO4 providing care by adhering to the code of ethics and
professional conducts that regulates nursing practice.
Communicate effectively and collaboratively as a leader, team
PLO5
member and healthcare professional.

PLO6 Integrate research skills in solving nursing problems critically.
Implement the nursing information technology managment in
PLO7
lifelong learning.
List 1
CODE TITLE CREDIT
Core Courses
MQD7013 Research Methodology in Nursing 3

MQD7015
Medical Statistics 3
MQD7016
Advanced Health Assessment 3
MQD7017
Contemporary Nursing 3
MQD7018
Health Promotion 3
MQD7019 Nursing Leadership and Healthcare
4
Management
MQD7020
Integrated Clinical Decision Making 4
MQD7021
Clinical Teaching 4
Elective Course (Choose 1 out of 12)

MQD7022
Advanced Nursing Practice in Gerontology 6
MQD7023
Advanced Nursing Practice in Critical Care* 6
MQD7024 Advanced Nursing Practice in Oncology*
6
MQD7025
Advanced Nursing Practice in Orthopaedic* 6
MQD7026 Advanced Nursing Practice in Emergency
6
and Trauma*
MQD7027
Advanced Nursing Practice in Mental Health* 6
MQD7028 Advanced Nursing Practice in Maternal and
6
New born*
MQD7029
Advanced Nursing Practice in Paediatric* 6
MQD7030 Advanced Nursing Practice in Neonatal
6
Care*
MQD7031
Advanced Nursing Practice in Perioperative* 6
MQD7032 Advanced Nursing Practice in Coronary
6
Care*
MQD7033
Advanced Nursing Practice in Renal* 6
Research Project
MQD7014 Nursing Research Project 9

42
TOTAL

 MQD7013: Research Methodology in Nursing
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students are able to:
1. Differentiate research method and its application in nursing (C4)

2. Appraise critically the research process and its findings related to evidence-based nursing practice.
(C5)
3. Explain appropriate sampling, data collection and analyses methods according to research
questions(C6)
4. Produce nursing research proposal in nursing (A4)
Synopsis
In this course, the student will learn the definition of quantitative and qualitative research, literature
review, and research method, collection of data and analysis of quantitative and qualitative research
reports. This course will provide an overview on the research methodology in nursing. Practical reviews
/ critical analyses of research studies from international journals will be carried out by students and
presentation of their critique as group work. Students are also required to produce a research proposal.
Main Reference
1. Burns N. & Grove, SK (2018) Understanding Nursing Research: Building an evidence based
practice. 7th edit. Saunders. USA
2. Moule,P & Jek G (2011) Making sense of research . 4th edit. Learning matters .Sage
3. Polit, D.F.,& Beck, C.T.(2017) Essentials Of Nursing Research Methods, Appraisal evidence for
nursing practice. 9th Edit. Philadelphia, Lippincott
4. Plichta, S.B. & Garson,L.S. (2013) Statistic for Nursing and Allied Health Lippincott . Philadephia
5. Williamson G.R & Whittaker A.(2011) Succeeding in research project plans and literature reviews
for nursing students. Learning Matters. Great Britain
Assessment Methods
 MQD7014: Nursing Research Project
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students are able to:
1. Adhere to the research ethics and guidelines set in carrying out the project (A4)
2. Produce research project paper based on the principle of reserach process.(C6)
3. Defend the findings of research. (A4)
4. Produce manuscript for publication.(A4)
Synopsis
In this course, students are required to carry out a research study. This research can be conducted in
one of the nursing fields chosen by the students, namely clinical, educational or management. Students
are encouraged to conduct research that will benefit the nursing services. Research results will be
written in a project paper and required to present.
Main Reference

1. Creswell, J.W. (2018) Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches.
8th edition. Sage. Thosuand Oaks.
nursing practice. 9th Edit. Philadelphia, Lippincott.
4. Parahoo,K (2014) nursing research: [principles, process and issues. 3 rd edit New York. Macmillan.
5. Watson,R., McKenna,H., Cowman,S. & Keady,J.(2008) Nursing research: Designs and
Methods.Edinburgh.Livingstone.
Assessment Method
 MQD7015: Medical Statistics
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students are able to:

1. Illustrate the concepts and theories applicable in the descriptive and inferential statistics (C4)
2. Perform appropriate statistical methods and interpretation of results to answer research questions
and study objectives (C4).
3. Interpret study findings and conclusion appropriately and critically (C5).
Synopsis
This course provides knowledge and skills in the application of parametric and nonparametric statistical
methods to the study design and analysis of data.
Students will perform descriptive and inferential data analysis using a statistical software and be critical
of the way results are presented.
Elements of probability, power analysis, basic of instrument psychometrics, hypothesis testing,
parameter estimation and statistical methods are some of the topics covered to guide students
performing univariate, bivariate and multivariate analysis that are commonly employed in nursing
research.
Main Reference
1. Creswell, J.W. (2018) Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches.
5th edition. Sage. Thosuand Oaks.
nursing practice. 9th Edit. Philadelphia, Lippincott.
4. Parahoo,K (2014) Nursing research: [principles, process and issues. 3 rd edit New York. Macmillan.
5. Watson,R., McKenna,H., Cowman,S. & Keady,J.(2008) Nursing research: Designs and
Methods.Edinburgh.Livingstone.
Assessment Method
 MQD7016: Advanced Health Asessment
Learning Outcomes

1. Determine a conceptual framework for conducting the nursing assessment. (C4)
2. Discuss the holistic assessment of health on patients in stages in life. (C4)
3. Integrate data from individual history and physical
Synopsis
The course will discuss functions of health framework and nursing diagnoses. The health assessment
process presented will be based on nursing objectives which will focus on data collection and analysis
related to the individual’s capabilities, physical status, actual and potential responses to the health
problems. Student will be emphasized on competency in assessing, recognising and managing multiple
variables within patient care.
Main Reference
1. Creswell, J.W. (2018) Qualitative inquiry & research design:Choosing among five approaches.5th
edition Sage. Thousand Oaks.
2. Miles MB , Huberman AM Saldaña JM (2019) Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook.
4th edit. Sage. Thousand Oaks
3. Patton,MQ (2014) Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice . 4th
edit Sage. Thousand Oaks
4. Polit DF & Beck CT (2017) Esentials of Nursing Research . 9th edit. Lippincott Philadelphia
5. Streubert HJ & Carperter DR (2011) Qualitative Research in Nursing . 5th edition Lippincott.
Philadelphia
Assessment Methods
 MQD7017: Contemporary Nursing
Learning Outcomes
1. Identify current issues, trends and their influences in nursing education, clinical practice, research
and health care (C5).
2. Explain the need for self-development and continuous professional practice based on current
knowledge and issues in the field of nursing. (A4)
3. Propose strategies to address issues related to ethics, socio-cultural, technology and professional
behaviour in nursing education, nursing practices and healthcare (A5).
Synopsis
This course will discuss on nursing issues / trends which are emergent in nursing and healthcare As
health care services become complex and costly, this course aims to focus on challenges in the current
roles, functions and status of nursing in the context of surrounding changes in the health care system.
Building on the knowledge and experience of students, this course will discuss issues in healthcare in
education, practice, research, social, ethics, technology and economics. Critical comments / analysis
on related issues will be conducted through individual / group work, students will make written reports
and presentations. Students will be exposed to the importance of critical thinking, clinical reasoning,
decision making and evaluation.
Main Reference
1. Der, G., & Everitt, B. S. (2012). Applied medical statistics using SAS: CRC Press.
2. Fowler, J., Jarvis, P., & Chevannes, M. (2013). Practical statistics for nursing and health care:
John Wiley & Sons.
3. Heavey, E. (2014). Statistics for nursing: A practical approach: Jones & Bartlett Publishers.

4. Kim, M., & Mallory, C. (2013). Statistics for evidence-based practice in nursing: Jones & Bartlett
Publishers.
5. Petrie, A., & Sabin, C. (2013). Medical statistics at a glance: John Wiley & Sons.
Assessment Methods
 MQD7018: Health Promotion
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students will be able to :
1. Explain concept, models and theories of health promotion and epidemiology(C6)

2. Explain strategies and policy related to health promotion and epidemiology(A4)
3. Perform health promotion activities. (A5)
Synopsis
Health promotion is now a central force in the new public health movement in Malaysia and it’s
considered as essential aspect of the work of all health care professionals. This course is intended to
introduce the student to a wide range of concerns ion the theory and practice of health promotion.
Relevant sociological, ethical, political, psychological and economic issues will be discussed. It will give
the student the opportunity to consider broad issues in health promotion as well as nurse’s role.
Main Reference
1. Altman, D.G. (2006). Practical statistics for medical research (2 nd ed.). Chapman and Hall: London
2. Bernard, R. (2005). Fundamentals of biostatistics (6th ed.). Thomson Learning: Duxbury
3. Leech, N.L., Barrett,K.C & Morgan,,G.A.(2011). IBM SPSS for intermediate statistics: use and
interpretation (4th ed).Routledge: New York
4. Morgan,,G.A.,Leech,N.L.,Gloeckner,G.N.,& Barrett,K.C.(2013).IBM SPSS for Introductory
statistics: use and interpretation (5th ed). Routledge: New York.
5. Plichta,S.B.& Kelvian,E.(2013).Munro’s statistical methods for healthcare research (6th ed.).
Lippincott Williams &Wilkins: Philadelphia
Assessment Methods

 MQD7019: Nursing Leadership and Healthcare Management
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, student is able to:
1. Analyze the elements of organizational structure and environment, and managerial and leadership
role of the professional nurse in various healthcare settings. (C4)
2. Explain the process involved in fiscal management, complex system management and regulations of
healthcare service. (A4)
3. Describe the components of human resource management, and concepts of quality and safety
management. (A3)
4. Integrate leadership principles, healthcare policy and regulatory guidelines, and evidence based
strategies in determining solution for issues related to patient care/ management and/ employment. (A4)

Synopsis
This course will provide opportunities for the students to further develop knowledge and understanding
on the concept and principles of nursing leadership and health care management. The content will cover
topics related to most relevant management and leadership theories, healthcare organization, human
resource management, fiscal management, health regulation and safety management which will assists
the students in understanding the role of professional nurse leaders in regard to patient care, staffing,
budgeting, quality improvement, workplace safety and other issues. Additionally, the content also
includes current issues and trends in nursing leadership and management and strategies to address
those issues. Integration of evidence-based findings, group work, critical thinking and decision-making
skills will be emphasised.
Main Reference
1. Jensen, Sharon, and Sharon Jensen (2011). Pocket Guide For Nursing Health Assessment.
Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
2. Jensen, Sharon (2015). Laboratory Manual For Nursing Health Assessment. Philadelphia, Pa.:
Wolters Kluwer.
3. Carpenito, L.J. (2012) Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis 14 th Edition. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins,
Philadelphia.
4. Carpenito, L.J. (2012) Nursing diagnosis: application to Clinical practice 14 th Edition, Lippincott.
Philadelphia.
5. Fuller, J. & Schaller-Ayers (2000) Health Assessment: A Nursing Approach 3rd Edition. Lippincott.
Philadelphia, New York & Baltimore.
Assessment Methods

 MQD7020: Integrated Clinical Decision Making
Learning Outcomes
1. Relates the critical thinking, and reflective skills and its strategies in the application to nursing
practices. (C4)
2. Integrate the decision making and problem-solving process in the patient care management. (A4)
3. Explain the patient case management using clinical pathway concept and its application to nursing
practice. (A3)
Synopsis
This course is conducted to equip the student with in-depth knowledge and understanding about clinical
pathway, critical thinking and its influences, reflective practice, ability in decision making and problem
solving process in the delivery of nursing care.This course also will assist student to develop a patient
case management using a clinical pathway on specific disease and condition according to specialty.
Main Reference
1. Burkhardt, M.A. & Alvita, K. N. (2014). Ethics and Issues in Contemporary Nursing (4th ed.). Australia:
Delmar Cengage Learning.
2. Catalano, J.T. (2015). Today’s Issues, Tomorrow’s Trends (7th ed.). New York: F.A. Davis Company.
3. Ellis, J.R. & Hartley, C.L. (2012). Nursing in today’s world: trends, issues & management (10th ed.).
Philadelphia : Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2012.

4. Hood, L.J. (2014). Leddy & Pepper’s conceptual bases of professional nursing (8th ed.). Philadelphia:
Wolters Kluwer Health /Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
5. Marquis, B.L., & Huston, C.J. (2015). Leadership roles and management functions in nursing (8th
ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott.
6. Weiss, S.A. & Tappen R.M. (2015). Essentials of nursing leadership and management (6th ed.).
Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis Company.
Assessment Methods

MQD7021: Clinical Teaching
Learning Outcomes

1. Explain the preparation and implementation of various teaching strategies in clinical areas. (C6)
2. Implement a clinical teaching session according to prepared lesson plans. (P3)
3. Discuss the selection of clinical evaluation method in measuring
Synopsis
This course introduces students to teaching in the clinical area. Major topics include clinical teaching
strategies, models of clinical teaching, learning cycle, and evaluation for clinical teaching and learning.
The student is also required to conduct a clinical teaching based on the prepared lesson plan.
Main Reference
1. Ewles, L. & Simnett, L. ( 2012 ) Promoting Health, A Practical Guide 6th Edit. Scutari Press, London
2. Allender ,J, Rector ,C & Warner, Kr. (2014) Community & public health nursing : promoting the
public’s health 8th Edit]. Philadelphia : Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Health
3. Pender Ewles, L. & Simnett, L. ( 2012 ) Promoting Health, A Practical Guide 6th Edit. Scutari Press,
London
4. Allender ,J, Rector ,C & Warner, Kr. (2014) Community & public health nursing : promoting the
public’s health 8th Edit]. Philadelphia : Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Health
5. Pender N., Murdaugh C. , Parsons M (2015) Health Promotion in Nursing Practice (7th Edition)
Health Promotion in Nursing Practice 7th Edition Prentice Hall, Inc.
Assessment Methods

 MQD7022: Advanced Nursing Practice in Gerontology
Learning Outcomes
1. Display competency in health teaching and decision-making related to patient care management
critically and ethically. (A5)
2. Demonstrate advanced nursing skills and competencies in gerontological nursing. (P3)
3. Integrate interpersonal skills and effective communication in gerontological nursing. (A4)
4. Display leadership skill, professional responsibilities and autonomy in the planning and management
of advanced patient care. (A5)

Synopsis
The course provides opportunities for students to integrate advanced clinical knowledge and
competence in gerontological nursing. Fundamental to this course is to develop students’ potential for
an advanced nurse practitioner.
Main Reference
1. Burn, S.M. (2014). AACN Essentials of critical care nursing (3rd ed.). China: McGraw-Hill companies.
2. Datta, P. (2014). Pediatric Nursing (3rd ed.). Bangladesh: Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P)
Ltd
3. Hinkle, J.l. & Cheever, K.H. (2014). Brunner & Sunddarth’s textbook of medical-surgical nursing
(13th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
4. Marshall. J. & Raynor, M. (2014). Myles Textbook for Midwives (16th ed.). China Churchill
Livingstone.
5. Phillips, N. F. (2013). Berry & Kohn's operating room technique (12th ed.). St. Louis, Mo. : Elsevier
Assessment Methods
 MQD7023: Advanced Nursing Practice in Critical Care
Learning Outcomes

2. Demonstrate advanced nursing skills and competencies in critical care. (P3)
3. Integrate interpersonal and effective communication skills in critical care. (A4)
4. Display leadership skills, professional responsibilities and autonomy in the planning and management
Synopsis
competency in critical care. Fundamental to this course is to develop students’ potential for an advanced
nurse practitioner.
Main Reference
1. Lillyman, S., & Merrix, P.(2014) Portfolios and reflective practice:Routledge.

2. Bulman, C., & Schutz, S.(2013). Reflective practice in nursing (5th ed.). West Sussex, UK: Wiley-
Blackwell.
3. Holly, M.L. (2002). Keeping a professional journal (2 nd ed.). Sydney, Australia: UNSW Press.
4. Johns, C., (2013). Becoming a reflective practitioner (4th ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell Science.
5. Taylor, B., (2010). Reflective practice for health care professionals: A practical guide (3 rd ed.).
England:Open University Press; McGraw Hill.
Assessment Methods
 MQD7024: Advanced Nursing Practice in Oncology
Learning Outcomes

2. Demonstrate advanced nursing skills and competencies in oncology nursing. (P3)
3. Integrate interpersonal skills and effective communication in oncology nursing. (A4)
4. Display leadership skill, professional responsibilities and autonomy in the planning and management
Synopsis
competence in oncology nursing. Fundamental to this course is to develop students’ potential for an
advanced nurse practitioner.
Main Reference
1. Bonita, R., Beaglehole, R., & KjellstroÌˆm, T. (2006). Basic epidemiology. Geneva: World Health
Organization.
2. Gordis, L. (2014). Epidemiology (5th ed). New York: Saunders.
3. Merrill, R.M (2017). Introduction to epidemiology (7th ed). Burlington, MA: Jones & Bartlett.
4. Giesecke, J.(2002). Modern Infections Disease Epidemiology (2 rd ed). CRC Press.
5. Heymann, David. L. (2008). Control of Communicable Diseases Manual (19 thed). American Public
Health Association: Washington DC
Assessment Methods
Master of Nursing Science

Programme Schedule
Schedule
Semester I  Two (2) core courses each of three (3) credits. Admission
 One (1) core course of two (2) credits.

Y
E  One (1) elective course of three (3) credits. End of Semester I
A Examination
R
Semester II  Four (4) core courses each of three (3) credits.
I End of Semester II
Examination
Y Semester I  Nursing Practicum of ten (10) credits.

E  Nursing Research Project I of three (3) credits. End of Semester I
A Examination
R
Semester II  Nursing Research Project II of six (6) credits.
II End of Semester II
Examination
Graduation

MASTER OF
2022/2023 PUBLIC HEALTH | By Coursework
POSTGRADUATE
HANDBOOK
Name of Programme : Master of Public Health

Mode : Coursework
The Master of Public Health programme is a coursework programme in which the credits for the
After completion of the relevant programme of study specified in this Schedule, a candidate
shall be eligible for the award of the Master of Public Health degree.
(1) The degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery of the University or an
equivalent medical qualification approved by the Senate;
or
(2) The degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery;
or
(3) The degrees of Bachelor of Allied Health with a CGPA of at least 3.00;
or
(4) A Bachelor's degree with a CGPA of at least 3.00 in a relevant discipline;

or
(5) At least one year of relevant work experience in clinical or health;

and
(6) At least one (1) years working experience in the relevant field after graduation;
or
(7) The degrees of Bachelor of Allied Health with a CGPA of 2.5 TO 2.99;
or
(8) A Bachelor's degree with a CGPA 2.5 to 2.99 in a relevant discipline;

and
(9) At least two (2) years of work experience in the relevant field after graduation;
and
(10) Pass the interview;
or
(11) The degrees of Bachelor of Allied Health with a CGPA of 2.0 TO 2.49;
or
(12) A Bachelor's degree with a CGPA 2.0 to 2.49 in a relevant discipline;
and
(13) At least five (5) years of work experience in the relevant field after graduation;
and
(14) Pass the interview.


(2) To obtain a band of 6 for the International English Language Testing System (IELTS)
(Academic)
(1) The Master of Public Health programme comprises forty (42) credits namely:
(1) Seven (7) core courses each of three (3) credits, totalling twenty-one (21) credits;
(2) One (1) core course that leads to one (1) Research Project of nine (9) credits;
(c) Six (6) elective courses each of two (2) credits, totalling twelve (12) credits.
(3) The list of courses for the programme of Master of Public Health is provided in List 1 &
List 2.
Programme Aim
This programme aims to produce graduates who have knowledge, ability for critical thinking
and highly skilled in various aspects related to public health including research.

PEO 1 Graduates can perform strategic management in public health.
PEO 2 Graduates can contribute to the policy development and planning in

public health.
PEO 3 Graduates can contribute to the research, resolving of issues and the
implementation of the programme in public health.

PLO1 Understand the core areas in public health.
Apply high level analytical skills in surveillance evaluation of public
PLO2
heatlh programme
Incorporate cultural, social, behavioural and biological factors in the
PLO3
practice of public health

Practise good values, attitudes and professionalism ethically in the
PLO4
management of public health activities
Exhibit competent communication skills, leadership traits and ability
PLO5
to work in teams
PLO6 Solving public health problems using scientific skills.
Inculcate life-long learning and enhance public health information in
PLO7
managing and solving public health problems.
List 1: Core Courses
Code Title Credits
MQB7001 Research Methodology 3
MQB7002 Research Project 9
MQB7003 Principles of Family Health 3
MQB7004 Society, Behaviour and Health 3
MQB7005 Principles and Methods of Epidemiology 3
MQB7006 Principles of Biostatistics 3
MQB7029 Principles of Management in Health 3
MQB7034 Environmental Health 3
Total 30
List 2: Elective Courses
Code Title Credits
MQB7010 Epidemiology of Diseases in Malaysia 2
MQB7012 Producing Better Evidence 2
MQB7014 Health Economics 2
MQB7015 Law and Health 2
MQB7016 Women, Child and Adolescent Health 2
MQB7026 Public Health Nutrition 2
MQB7027 Qualitative Inquiry in Public Health 2
MQB7028 Health Risk Assessment 2
MQB7030 Comparative Health System 2
MQB7031 Global Health 2
MQB7032 Primary Health Care 2

MQB7033 Social Health Determinants 2
MQB7035 Occupational Health 2
MQB7036 Occupational Medicine 2
MQB7037 Medical Surveillance and Fitness to Work 2
MQB7038 Clinical Occupational Medicine 2
MQB7039 Global Health Leadership 2
MQB7040 Nutritional Epidemiology 2
TOTAL: 12 credits (select any 6 of the above)
CORE COURSES
 MQB7001: Research Methodology (3 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the candidate is able to:
1. Formulate good research questions.

2. Apply appropriate study designs and methodology for a selected research question.
3. Produce a research proposal in a scientific manner.
Synopsis
The students will be introduced to the steps involved in the research process. Critical appraisal of
scientific articles produced by other researchers will provide ‘hands on’ experience for students to
understand the methodological issues in the conduct of the studies. With the above mentioned
knowledge, students will be able to increase their expertise in appraising scientific articles and producing
research proposal in a scientific manner
Main References
1. Gordis L. Epidemiology. 6th edition, Elsevier/Saunders, 2019.

2. Bland, Martin. An Introduction to Medical Statistics. 4th edition Oxford University Press, 2015
3. Forsyth, Patrick. How to write reports and proposals. 4th edition. Kogan Page Ltd. 2016.
4. Guyatt GH, Oxman AD, Sultan S, et al. GRADE Guidelines: 9. Rating Up the Quality of Evidence. J
Clin Epidemiol. 2011;64(12):1311-6.
5. Sterne Jonathan A C, White Ian R, Carlin John B, Spratt Michael, Royston Patrick, Kenward
Michael G et al. Multiple Imputation for Missing Data in Epidemiological and Clinical Research:
Potential and Pitfalls BMJ 2009; 338 :b2393
Assessment Methods
Continuous assessment (100%)
 MQB7002: Research Project (9 Credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Conduct all steps of research process
2. Develop a research proposal
3. Collect data
4. Manage and analyse data
5. Write up the report
Synopsis
The course takes the candidate through the steps of research process and provides the candidate a
hands-on experience to develop a research project, carry out the research and write up the report.
Pre-Requisite
Candidate must have successfully completed Research Methodology (MQB7001)
Main References
1. Gordis L. Epidemiology. 6th edition, Elsevier/Saunders, 2019.

2. Bland, Martin. An Introduction to Medical Statistics. 4th edition Oxford University Press, 2015
3. Forsyth, Patrick. How to write reports and proposals. 4th edition. Kogan Page Ltd. 2016.
Assessment Methods
Continuous assessment: 100%
Note: To be registered in 2 semesters (Semester 2 + Special Semester or Semester 1 + Semester 2)
 MQB7003: Principles of Family Health (3 Credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe the Family Health concepts and principles in the promotion of health in the population.
2. Illustrate in depth, methods of assessing the population health status in the community using various
health statistics.
3. Solve the problems faced by population subgroups e.g. women, children, adolescents, disabled and
elderly; and the recommended strategies needed.
Synopsis
This course is an introduction to the principles of Family Health. The course will cover basic programmes
of reproductive health such as safe motherhood and high-risk approach in MCH care. It will also include
child survival and development strategies and common conditions seen in mothers and children.
Nutrition topics and wellness promotion programmes will also be covered.
Main References
1. Simon & Schuster, 2008. Our Bodies, Ourselves: Pregnancy and Birth Boston Women's Health Book
Collective. A Touchstone Book, New York London Toronto Sdney
2. Environmental Health and Child Survival: Epidemiology, Economics, Experiences (Environment and
Development Series) by World Bank, 2008.
3. Judith E. Brown, Janet S. Isaacs, U. Beate Krinke (3rd Eds). Nutrition Through the Life Cycle. 2008
Thomson Learning.
4. John Enhiri. 2009. Maternal and Child Health: Global Challenges, Programs, and Policies. Springer
New York Dordrecht Heidelberg London 2009

5. Lawrence S.Neinstein. 2007. Adolescent health care : a practical guide (5th eds). Lippincott Williams
& Wilkins
Assessment Methods
Continuous assessment : 50%.
Final examination: 50%
 MQB7004: Society, Behaviour and Health (3 Credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe the influences of society and behaviour on health.
2. Illustrate models of health behaviour of individuals and community.
3. Solve problems related to society, behaviour and health
Synopsis
This course will discuss the influence of behaviour, cultural and social class on health and illness. Issues
of socialization, social control, deviance and stigma will also be covered. Models of health behaviour in
the individual and community levels will be covered. The planning, managing and research on health
promotion programs will also be discussed.
Main References
1. Barkan, Steven E. Health, Illness, and Society: An Introduction to Medical Sociology. Rowman &
Littlefield Publishers, 2020
2. Holtz, T.H., Holmes, S., Stonington, S. and Eisenberg, L., 2006. Health is Still Social: Contemporary
Examples in the Age of the Genome. PLoS Med, 3(10), p.e419.
3. Gabe, Jonathan, and Lee Monaghan. Key Concepts in Medical ociology. Sage, 2013.
4. Glanz, K., Rimer, B.K., & Viswanath, K. (2015). Health Behavior – Theory, Research and Practice
(Fifth Edition). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
5. Thorogood, M., & Coombes, Y. (2010). Evaluating Health Promotion Practice and Methods (Third
Edition). Oxford University Press.
Assessment Methods
Continuous assessment : 50%
 MQB7005: Principles and Methods of Epidemiology (3 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the candidate is able to:

1. Apply the epidemiological concepts to explain disease occurrence and transmission
2. Apply the principles of prevention and control to manage health problems
3. Demonstrate ability to calculate population statistics and measures of association

Synopsis
This course introduces candidates to the principles and methods of epidemiology which will form the
basis to other courses in epidemiology. This course also demonstrates the applications of epidemiologic
principles and methods
Main Reference
1. Goldis L, Epidemiology: Elsevier/Sanders. 6th Edition; 2019.

2. Penny Webb, Bain Chris, Prozzo Sandi. Essential Epidemiology: An Introduction for Students
and Health Professionals. Cambridge University Press. 2018. ISBN13 9781107529151
3. Rothman, Kenneth. Modern Epidemiology. 3rd edition. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2013.
ISBN13: 9781451190052
Assessment Methods

 MQB7006: Principles of Biostatistics (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe principles of Biostatistics

2. Apply the appropriate statistical techniques in problem solving.
3. Solve the problems of biostatistics in the issues by applying the basic concepts
Synopsis
This will cover basic statistical techniques that are important for analyzing data arising from public health
research. Major topics include descriptive statistics, elements of probability, introduction to estimation
and hypothesis testing, nonparametric methods, analytical techniques for categorical data, regression
analysis, analysis of variance, and elements of study design. The concept and applications of statistical
methods are stressed. At the end of the module, the candidate will also have the knowledge of the need
for non-parametric statistical techniques as alternatives to parametric methods; acquired skills in their
practical implementation and have an understanding of the underlying theory.
Main References
1. Lisa M. Sullivan. Essentials of Biostatistics in Public Health, 3rd edition. Jones & Bartlett Learning,
2018.
2. Bernard Rosner. Fundamentals of Biostatistics. 8th Edition. Duxbury Thomson Learning. 2015.
3. Kirkwood B, Sterne J. Essential Medical statistics, 2nd edition. Wiley, 2016.
4. Chinna K, Choo WY. Statistical analysis using SPSS, 3rd edition. Pearson Learning, 2016.
5. K.V.S. Sarma, R. Vishnu Vardhan, Multivariate statistics made simple: a practical approach, CRC
Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2019.
6. Julien I E Hoffman. Biostatistics for Medical and Biomedical Practitioners. 2nd edition. Academic
Press. 2019.
Assessment Methods

 MQB7029: Principles of Management in Health (3 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Apply the concepts on management functions and principles and able to utilise their application in
any healthcare programmes.
2. Analyse and review current health management practise based on individual and group experiences .
Synopsis
This course is designed to expose the student the basic principles of Management and its application
to the Health Services delivery. It will also expose issues in management as applicable to Primary Health
Care and Hospitals.
Main References
1. Gopee N., Galloway J. Leadership and Management in Healthcare; Sage Publications Ltd. London,
2nd Edition, 2014.
2. Michelle A. Green and Mary Jo Bowie. Essentials of Health Information Management: Principles
and Practices; 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning, USA, 2016
3. Ghani S.N., Yadav H. Health Care in Malaysia. University of Malaya Press, Kuala Lumpur, 2008.
4. Yadav, H. Hospital Management. University of Malaya Press, Kuala Lumpur, 2006.
5. Malaysian Institute of Management, Management in Malaysia, 2008.
6. McMahon R., Barton E., Piot M. On Being in-Charge: A Guide to Management in Primary Health
Care; WHO, Geneva, 2007.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7034: Environmental Health (3 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe environmental health issues

2. Relate environmental health issues to individual and public health
3. Solve basic environmental health issues.
Synopsis
This course is an overview of the environmental health issues in the local and global perspective,
addressing the current and future issues. The course covers core topics that prepare students to
understand and address environmental health issues; air pollution; water pollution; housing
environments and health impact assessment.
Main References
1. Current Occupational & Environmental Medicine 5th ed. LaDou, Joseph, Robert Harrison New York
: McGraw-Hill, 2014.
2. ABC of Occupational & Environmental Medicine; David Snashall, Dipti Patel; 3rd Edition, Wiley-
Blackwell. 2013
3. Basic Environmental Health, Annalee Yassi, Oxford University Press 2001

4. Current Occupational & Environmental Medicine 4th ed. LaDou, Joseph, New York: McGraw-Hill,
2007.
5. Climate Change and Global, Second Edition , Public Health, Kent E. Pinkerton, William N. Rom,
(Editors), Humana Press 2021
Assessment Methods
ELECTIVE COURSES
 MQB7010: Epidemiology of Diseases in Malaysia (2 Credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Explain the characteristics of communicable (CDs) and non-communicable diseases (NCDs)
diseases.
2. Illustrate a network factors that contribute to the emergence of NCDs and re- emergence of CDs.
3. Solve problem in term of prevention and control measures for CDs and NCDs.
Synopsis
This course provides a broad introduction to the epidemiology, prevention and control of the major
communicable (including emerging and re-emerging) diseases. Other emphasis is epidemiology of
major non-communicable diseases and their methods of prevention and control.
Main References
1. Gordis L. Epidemiology: Elsevier/Saunders; 6th edition. 2019.
2. Webber R. Communicable disease epidemiology and control: a global perspective: CABI; 2009.
3. Labarthe D. Epidemiology and Prevention of Cardiovascular Diseases: A Global Challenge: Jones
and Bartlett Publishers; 2010.
4. National Strategic Plan on HIV and AIDS 2011-2015, Ministry of health Malaysia 2011.
5. WHO Global Vaccine Action Plan 2011-2020, World health Organization 2012.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7012: Producing Better Evidence (2 Credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe method to produce scientific evidence
2. Illustrate method to produce scientific evidence
3. Solve problems using the scientific method “Systemic review/meta-analysis
Synopsis
Introduction to performing systematic search and critically appraising the literature / evidence.
Systematic reviews and meta-analyses produce the highest hierarchy of evidence should be used to
inform clinical decision-making and health care policy. The principles of meta-analytic statistical
methods are reviewed, and the application of these to data sets is explored. Application of methods

includes considerations for clinical trials and observational studies. The use of meta-analysis to explore
data and identify sources of variation among studies is emphasized, as is the use of meta-analysis to
identify future research questions
Main References
1. Sharon Straus Paul Glasziou W. Scott Richardson R. Brian Haynes. Evidence-Based Medicine 5th
Edition: How to Practice and Teach EBM. Elsevier 2019.
2. Carl Heneghan, Douglas Badenoch. Evidence-Based Medicine Toolkit, 2nd Edition. BMJ Books,
2006.
3. Trisha Greenhalgh. How to Read a Paper: The Basics of Evidence-based Medicine and Healthcare,
6th Edition. Wiley-Blackwell 2019.
4. Books L. Systematic Review: Meta-Analysis, Publication Bias, Systematic Review, Secondary Data,
Thomas C. Chalmers, Cochrane Library, Funnel Plot: General Books LLC; 2010.
5. Julian Higgins, James Thomas (editors). Cochrane Handbook for Systematic Reviews of
Interventions Version 6.0. The Cochrane Collaboration, 2019.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7014: Health Economics (2 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe the economic concepts to the evaluation of performance of a health care system
2. Illustrate appropriate economic evaluation tool to be applied to different problems of resource
allocation, management, evaluation and planning in health services.
3. Solve the problem related strengths and weaknesses of different health financing mechanisms and
different provider payment methods
Synopsis
This course is designed to introduce students to the aims, concepts, theories and methods of economic
analysis as well as to give an appreciation of how these methods are being applied to problems of
resource allocation, management, evaluation and planning in health services.
Main References
1. Baumol W J, Blinder A S, Solow J L. 2020. Microeconomics. Principles and Policy. 14th Edition.
Cengage.
2. Drummond MF, Sculpher MJ, Torrance GW, O’Brien B, Stoddart GL, 2015. Methods for the
Economic Evaluation of Health Care Programmes. 4th Edition. Oxford. Oxford University Press.
3. Folland S, Goodman A, Stano M. 2017. The Economics of Health and Health Care. 8th Edition.
Routledge.
4. Roberts MJ, Hsiao W, Berman P, Reich MR. 2008. Getting health reform right. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Assessment Methods

 MQB7015: Law and Health (2 Credits)

Learning Outcomes
1. Describe the principle of medical ethics, Malaysian federal system & health governance.
2. Apply the concept of medical ethics in Doctor-Patient relationship.
3. Apply the public health laws in implementing health care programme
Synopsis
This course is designed to provide the candidate with the basic knowledge of legal issues related to
medical and public health practice. It will introduce the working of a legal system in a country and explore
current issues in medical ethics, Doctor – Patient relationship and Public Health Law.
Main References
1. Wu, M.A. The Malaysian Legal System. 3rd ed. Pearson Malaysia Sdn. Bhd., Petaling Jaya, 2007.
2. Puteri, NJK. Medical Negligence Law in Malaysia. International Law Book Services, Petaling Jaya,
2003.
3. Puteri, NJK. Abu Haniffa MA. Issues in Medical Law Ethics. Int. Islamic University Malaysia, 2003.
4. Suffian, M. An Introduction to the Legal System of Malaysia. Penerbit Fajar, Kuala Lumpur 1988.
Assessment Methods
Continuous assessment : 50%,
 MQB7016: Women, Child and Adolescent Health (2 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Identify the leading public health issues that are facing men, women, child and adolescents
2. Elaborate the factors affecting men, women, child, and adolescent health.
3. Apply the concepts and principles of family health in the management of public health issues facing
men, women, child and adolescents
Synopsis
This course introduces the principles of women, child and adolescent’s health. The course will include
the women’s reproductive health, chronic conditions among women as well as infertility and
contraception. The children’s growth and development, immunization and breast-feeding and the
common diseases of the children will be covered. High risk behaviour and counselling of children and
adolescents will be discussed.
Main References
1. Laura Reichenbach, Mindy Jane Roseman. 2009. Reproductive Health and Human Rights: The Way
Forward. University of Pennsylvania Press.
2. Rose Weitz. 2012. The Sociology of Health, Illness, and Health Care. 6th ed. Cengage Learning.
3. Theo Stickley. 2008. Learning about Mental Health Practice. John Wiley and Sons.
4. Jonathan B. Kotch. 2012. Maternal and Child Health: Programs, Problems, and Policy in Public
Health.

5. Lynn Rew. 2005. Adolescent Health: A Multidisciplinary Approach to Theory, Research, and
Intervention. Sage Publications, Inc.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7026: Public Health Nutrition (2 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Evaluate methods of nutritional assessment for all age groups.

2. Analyse the importance of nutrition in health promotion and disease prevention.
3. Propose appropriate strategies to improve community nutrition programs in the country you serve.
Synopsis
The course will focus on the nutrition related problems throughout the life cycle, various methods of
nutritional assessments, public health nutrition approach in health promotion and primary prevention of
diseases as well as community programs in nutrition carried out in the country. Current nutritional issues
affecting health will also be discussed.
Main References
1. Buttris JL et al, 2017. Public Health Nutrition .2nd edition. Wiley-Blackwell
2. Frances Sizer, Ellie Whitney. 2013. Nutrition: Concepts and Controversies. 13th ed. Brooks Cole.
3. L. Kay Bartholomew et al. 2011. Planning Health Promotion Programs: An Intervention Mapping
Approach. 3rd ed. Jossey-Bass.
4. Walter Willett (2013) .Nutritional Epidemiology. 3rd edition. Oxford University Press
5. Hazreen Abdul Majid et al. 2019. Malaysian Health and Adolescents Longitudinal research Team
Study Handbook. UM Press.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7027: Qualitative Inquiry in Public Health (2 Credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Practice of qualitative research and produce a qualitative research proposal
2. Perform qualitative interview and data analysis.
3. Critically appraise of qualitative research in the literature
Synopsis
This unit is mainly concerned with the development of capacities and skills in using a range of qualitative
research techniques in public health. It is expected that the students will be familiar with the theoretical
foundations of qualitative research and common methods of data collection, sampling techniques,

validity, ethical issues, and data analysis. The unit also seeks to enhance students’ knowledge and skills
to critically assess qualitative research by the end of the course.
Main References
1. Norman K Denzin and Michael D Giardina, Qualitative Inquiry: Past, Present and Future. (A Critical
Reader). 1st Edition, 2015
2. Carol R. Bailey. A Guide to Qualitative Field Research (3 rd ed.) SAGE Publications; 2017
ISBN: 9781506306988
3. Sharlene Hesse Biber. The Practice of Qualitative Research: Engaging Students in the Research
Process. SAGE Publications Inc. 2016. ISBN10 1452268088
4. Howard Lune, Bruce Berg. Qualitative Research Methods for the Social Sciences, Global Edition.
Pearson Education Limited, 2017. ISBN10 1292164395
5. Laura M. O’Dwyer & James A. Bernauer. Quantitative Research for Qualitative Researcher. SAGE
Publication, Inc. 2016 DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781506335674
Assessment Methods
 MQB7028: Health Risk Assessment (2 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Analyse the adverse effects of chemical, physical, biological, ergonomics and psychosocial hazards;
2. Evaluate the adverse effect of hazards to individual health and public health;
3. Conduct basic health risk assessment
4. Communicate health risk to specific audience.
Synopsis
The course focus on the three component of health risk assessment; which is risk assessment, risk
management and risk communication. It will include overview on methods and modalities for qualitative
and quantitative risk assessment in the workplace. The courses will stress on the assessment of health
risk related to exposure to chemicals, physical, biological, ergonomics and psychosocial hazards.
Main References
1. Risk Assessment: Tool, Techniques and Their Applications; Lee T. Ostrom , Cheryl A. Wilhelmsen,
Wiley 2012.
2. Chemical Risk Assessment: A Manual For REACH; Peter Fisk, Wiley 2014.
3. Risk of Hazardous Wastes; Paul E. Rosenfeld and Lydia Feng, Wiley 2011.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7030: Comparative Health System (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe the framework, actors and services of different health system

2. Identify the challenges of health care delivery to achieve universal coverage
3. Evaluation of different component of health system
Synopsis
This course provides the knowledge and assessment of health system.
Main References
1. Comparative Health System: Global Perspectives (2ed.); James A. Johnson; Carleen Stoskopf;
Jones & Bartlett Learning 2018.
2. Global Health System: Comparing Strategies for Delivering Health Services; Margie Lovett-Scott and
Faith Prather; Michael Brown Publisher; 2012.
3. Lucy Gilson (ed.) (2012) Health Policy and Systems Research: A Methodology Reader. Alliance for
Health Policy and Systems Research, WHO.
4. WHO (2010) The World Health Report 2010. The Health Systems Financing: The Path to Universal
Coverage. Geneva, World Health Organization.
5. Bodenheimer T, & Grumbach K (2005) Understanding Health Policy. A Clinical Approach. The
McGraw – Hill Companies, USA.
6. WHO (2000) World Health Report 2000. Health systems: improving performance. Geneva. World
Health Organization.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7031: Global Health (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe the concepts and theoretical perspectives in global health
2. Illustrate the governance of global health including the key institutions involved
3. Solve the problem about understanding of concepts, theory and governance to analysis of current
and emerging issues in global health
Synopsis
This course is designed to increase student understanding of current and emerging transnational issues
in population health through application of concepts and theories and through an understanding of
governing structure of global health. Topics include health impact of global climate changes, trade
liberalisations and increased population mobility.
Main References
1. Global Health 101 (Essentials Public Health); Richard Skolnik; Jones and Bartlett, USA; 2015
2. Comparative Health System: Global Perpectives; James A. Johnson; Carleen Stoskopf; Wiley 2011.
3. Global Health Care: Issues and Policies (Holtz, Global Health Care); Carol Holtz, 2012
4. Introduction to Global Health; Kathryn H. Jacobsen; Jones and Bartlett, USA; 2013
5. Labonte, R., Schrecker, T., Packer, C. & Runnels, V. (eds). Globalisation and Health. Pathways,
Evidence and Policy. New York: Routledge. 2010.
Assessment Methods

 MQB7032: Primary Health Care (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe the principles and practice of PHC.
2. Apply the participatory approach of delivering PHC services in line with the concept of Universal
Health Coverage (UHC).
3. Demonstrate the integration of health care services within the concept of PHC.
Synopsis
This course is designed to expose the students the basic principles of the delivery of health services to
the disadvantaged community. It will also expose issues in community empowerment and the
development of partnering relationships between the communities and the providers of care.
Main References
1. Advanced Health Assessment & Clinical Diagnosis in Primary Care; Joyce E. Dains; Linda Ciofu
Baumann; Elsevier Pubilcation, 5th Edition; 2015.
2. Current Practise Guidelines in Primary Care; Joseph S. Esherick, Daniel S. Clark, Lange, 2015.
3. World Health Organisation. Working together for health. World Health Report 2006.
4. Lerberghe W van. Primary Health Care: now more than ever. World Health Report 2008.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7033: Social Health Determinants (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Examine pathways through which social determinants operate in different population groups.
2. Apply the major conceptual and measurement issues in conducting research into the effects of key
social factors on individual, community and population health.
3. Determine policy responses and interventions to promote health or reduce health inequalities through
structural interventions.
Synopsis
Social epidemiology is the study of the distribution of health outcomes and their social determinants that
contribute to or detract from the health of individuals and communities. This course will provide an
overview of the major conceptual and measurement issues in conducting research into the effects of
key social factors on individual, community and population health and examine pathways through which
social determinants operate at different stages of the life course and in different population groups.
Policy responses and interventions to promote health or reduce health inequality will also be introduced.
The course also includes developing an understanding of a research methods used in social
epidemiology.
Main References
1. Social Determinants of Health: A Comparative Approach; Alan Davidson; Oxford University Press;
2015.

2. Social Causes of Health and Diseases; William Cockerham; Polity Press, University of London;2 nd
edition; 2013.
3. Lee JH, Sadana R.(ed). World Health Organization. 2011. Improving Equity in Health by Addressing
Social Determinants.
4. Religion as a Social Determinant of Public Health; Ellen L. Idler; Oxford University Press; 2014.
5. LGBT Health: Meeting the Needs of Gender and Sexual Minorities; Smalley and Warren; Springer
Publishing Company; 2017.
6. Solar O, Irwin A. A Conceptual Framework for Action on the Social Determinants of Health. Social
Determinants of Health Discussion Paper 2 (Policy and Practice) 2010, World Health Organization.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7035: Occupational Health (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Identify occupational health issues
2. Relate occupational health issues to workers, workplace and community
3. Conduct basic workplace assessment
4. Solve basic occupational health issues
Synopsis
This course is an overview of the occupational health issues in the local and global perspective. The
course covers core topics that prepare students to understand and address occupational health issues;
toxicology; exposure assessment; risk assessment, occupational disease and disability, accident and
safety at work.
Main References
1. Occupational and Environmental Health (7th ed.) Oxford University Press, 2017.
2. Current Occupational and Environmental Medicine 5 ed. LaDou, Joseph, Harrison, Robert, New
th
York: McGraw-Hill, 2014.

3. Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994 and Regulations. Laws of Malaysia. International Law Book
Services 2007.
Assessment Methods

 MQB7036: Occupational Medicine (2 Credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe diseases related to work
2. Diagnose work related diseases
3. Manage work related diseases as a Public Health Specialist
Synopsis
This course will provide the student with the basic to intermediate knowledge of diseases related to
workplace exposure, diagnosis and management of work aggravated and occupational diseases, and
an introduction to the principle of occupational toxicology. It will also cover the principle of methods and
modalities used in the establishment of those diseases in the workplace and community.

Main References
1. Textbook of Occupational Medicine Practice. David Kor, Tar-Ching Aw; 4th ed. World Scientific
Publishing Company. 2017
Blackwell. 2013.
Services 2007.
5. Hunter's Diseases of Occupations 10th ed. 2010, Baxter, Peter J, Aw, Tar Ching, Cockcroft, Anne,
Durrington, Paul, Harrington, J Malcolm, CRC Press.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7037: Medical Surveillance and Fitness for Work (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Identify the appropriate tests used in medical surveillance
2. Analyse and draw conclusions from the medical surveillance results
3. Conduct fitness for work evaluation
4. Propose appropriate workplace recommendations based on medical surveillance results and
evaluate fitness for work
Synopsis
The course focus on the three component of health risk assessment; which is risk assessment, risk
management and risk communication. It will include overview on methods and modalities for qualitative
and quantitative risk assessment in the workplace. The courses will stress on the assessment of health
risk related to exposure to chemicals, physical, biological, ergonomics and psychosocial hazards.
Pre-Requisite
Candidate must have registered for the Occupational Medicine (MQB7036) course or have successfully
completed MQB7036.
Main References
Publishing Company. 2017.
Blackwell. 2013.
4. Guidelines on Medical Surveillance. Department of Occupational Safety and Health, Malaysia, 2001.
Services 2007.
Assessment Methods

 MQB7038: Clinical Occupational Medicine (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe work related diseases
2. Diagnose work related diseases
3. Provide comprehensive treatment of work related diseases as a Public Health Specialist
Synopsis
This course will provide the student with the practical experience in the clinic on basic to intermediate
knowledge of diseases related to workplace exposure, diagnosis and management of work aggravated
and occupational diseases, including relevant workplace assessment.
Pre-Requisite
Candidate must have registered for the Occupational Medicine (MQB7036) and the Medical
Surveillance and Fitness for Work (MQB7037) courses or have successfully completed MQB7036 and
MQB7037
Main References
Publishing Company. 2017
Blackwell. 2013.
Services 2007.
5. Hunter's Diseases of Occupations 10th ed. 2010, Baxter, Peter J, Aw, Tar Ching, Cockcroft, Anne,
Durrington, Paul, Harrington, J Malcolm, CRC Press.
Assessment Methods
 MQB7039: Global Health Leadership (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Explain the key trends and issues in the management of global health agencies and organisations.
2. Explain the key challenges in developing and implementing health programs in resource-constrained
settings.
3. Determine critical traits that contribute to successful global health leadership from the example of
current and past leaders that exhibit these qualities.
Synopsis
This course introduces students to the practice of leadership in global health. Students will learn how
leaders have overcome challenges faced in the operationalisation of complex global health
interventions, foreign policy, and working with key stakeholders and organisation in this context. They
will be exposed to real-world cases in global health leadership.
Main References
1. Emotional Intelligence 2.0 by Travis Bradberry & Jean Greaves, 2009

2. Global Health Leadership: Case Studies from the Asia-Pacific by Mellissa Withers and Judith
McCool, 2019
3. Harvard Business School Online Training “Global Cross-Cultural Collaboration
Assessment Methods
 MQB7040: Nutritional Epidemiology (2 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Explain the strengths and limitations of different methods of dietary assessment
2. Determine statistical methods commonly used in nutritional epidemiology to analyse diet-disease
associations.
3. Examine the current state of epidemiological evidence for relationships of diet to the development of
selected diseases.
Synopsis
This course is designed for candidates who are interested in better understanding and interpreting
epidemiologic studies on the associations of diet and diseases. This course examines study designs,
dietary assessment and statistical methods used in nutritional epidemiology, as well as to review the
current evidence on diet and selected diseases.
Main References
1. Willett W. Nutritional epidemiology: Oxford University Press; 2013.
2. Goldis L, Epidemiology: Elsevier/Sanders. 6th Edition; 2019.
3. Buttris JL et al. 2017. Public Health Nutrition. 2nd Ed. John Wiley & Sons.
Assessment Methods
Master of Public Health

Programme Schedule
Schedule
Examination
Semester 1  Seven core courses each of three credit
(14 weeks) hours, totalling twenty one (21) credit hours. Registration
Semester 2  Six elective courses each of two credit
(14 weeks) hours, totalling twelve (12) credit hours. End of Semester 1
Special  One core course of nine (9) credit hours. End of Semester 2
semester
(8 weeks)

MASTER OF
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE HEALTH RESEARCH ETHICS | By Coursework
Name of Programme : Master of Health Research Ethics

The Master of Health Research Ethics is a programme by coursework in which the credits for
the research component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the total credits for the whole
programme of study. After completion of the relevant programme of study specified in this
Schedule, a candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Master of Health Research Ethics
degree.
(1) A Bachelor’s degree related to health research ethics with CGPA of at least 3.0 and
above or equivalent; or
(2) A Bachelor’s degree with at least 1 year of working experience in related field; or
AND
Pass the entrance assessment set by the faculty

(1) Obtain a score of 600 for a paper-based total (PBT); a score of 250 for a computer-
based total (CBT) or a score of 100 for an Internet-based total (IBT) for the Test of
(2) Obtain a band of 6 for the International English Language Testing System (IELTS)
(Academic).
(1) The Master of Health Research Ethics programme by coursework comprises of forty-
two (42) credits namely.
(a) six (6) core courses, each of three (3) credits, totalling eighteen (18) credits
(b) Practicum in Health Research Ethics of nine (9) credits;

(c) A Research Project of nine (9) credits;
(d) Two (2) elective courses, each of three (3) credits, totaling six (6) credits.
(3) The lists of courses for the programme of Master of Health Research Ethics are
provided in List 1.
Programme Aim
To produce graduates equipped with the knowledge, skills and attitudes to lead in the
field of research ethics through responsible conduct and governance of health
research.

PEO 1 are knowledgeable in the concept of research ethics and able to apply
them to ensure responsible conduct of health research.
PEO 2 have the skills and attitudes to solve research ethical issues when
conducting or governing health research.
PEO 3 are able to work with stakeholders in advancing ethical conduct of
health research in an institution.

PLO1 Master the concepts and theories in the field of research ethics.
Apply the principles of research ethics in the conduct of health
PLO2
research and its governance.
Safeguard societal values through enhancing the implementation of
PLO3
health research ethics
Conduct health research by adhering to legal, ethical and
PLO4
professional codes of practice.
Demonstrate leadership qualities through communicating and
PLO5 working effectively with peers and stakeholders in the field of health
research ethics.
Solve problems related to health research ethics by using scientific
PLO6
and critical thinking skills.
Engage in lifelong learning by continuously updating the knowledge
PLO7
and skills in health research ethics.

List 1
Code Title Credits
Core Courses
MQF7001 Health Research Methods 3
MQF7002 Research Project 9
MQF7003 Foundations of Research Ethics 3
MQF7004 Research Ethics in Special Populations 3
MQF7005 Responsible Conduct of Research 3

Ethical Issues in Global Health Research and
MQF7006 3
Clinical Trials
MQF7007 Ethical Issues of Emerging Sciences 3
MQF7008 Practicum in Health Research Ethics 9
Elective Courses (choose two)
MQF7009 Good Clinical Practice 3
MQF7010 Ethics in Animal Research 3
MQF7011 Healthcare Law and Ethics 3
SQE7006 Ethics of Sustainability 3
Total 42
 MQF7001: Health Research Methods (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe a range of quantitative and qualitative research designs used in health research
2. Formulate appropriate research objectives & questions.
3. Conceptualize the step process in planning a health research
4. Design a research project on health research ethics
Synopsis
The course is intended to expose students to the various approaches of heath research methods.
Selected quantitative and qualitative studies will be introduced to enable the students to have a deeper
understanding of research paradigms, designs and methodologies as well ethical issues across various
study designs. In addition, this course is designed to provide knowledge and skills to students regarding
the scientific process of health research including identifying a problem, articulating research questions,
selecting appropriate research methods, and writing a health research ethics proposal.
Main Reference
1. Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed
methods approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.

2. Koporc, Z (2018). Ethics and Integrity in Health and Life Sciences Research Vol: 4. Emerald
Publishing Limited: Yorkshire
3. Jacobsen, K. H. (2016). Introduction to health research methods. Burlington, MA: Jones & Bartlett
Learning.
4. Sugarman J & Sulmasy DP (2010). Methods in Medical Ethics (2nd ed). Georgetown University
Press.
5. Gall, M. D., Gall, J. P., & Borg, W. R. (2007). Educational research: An introduction (8th ed.).
Boston: Pearson Allyn & Bacon.
 MQF7002: Research Project (9 credits)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able to:

1. Propose a research project that examines the ethical issues.
2. Conduct appropriate research to address the ethical challenges.
3. Present the research plan and results professionally.
Synopsis
The course requires candidates to formulate a research question, design and conduct a research project
that aims to address the ethical challenges in research, clinical practice, and program implementation.
During the project, students will collect data and apply suitable analytic methods in order to evaluate
specific ethical principles such as informed consent, individual and community rights, confidentiality, and
other ethical standards.
Main Reference
1. Silvia PJ (2018). How to Write a Lot. A Practical Guide to Productive Academic Writing (2 nd ed).
APA LifeTools.
2. Sieber JE & Tolich MB (2013). Planning Ethically Responsible Research (2nd ed). Sage
Publications Inc.
3. Sugarman J & Sulmasy DP (2010). Methods in Medical Ethics (2 nd ed). Georgetown
University Press.
4. Hoffman AH. (2020). Scientific Writing and Communication. Papers, Proposals, and Presentations
(4 th ed). Oxford University Press
5. Lecture notes
 MQF7003: Foundations of Research Ethics (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Demonstrate an awareness of key ethical theories and principles guiding research.
2. Differentiate relevant ethical theories and principles in various research contexts.
3. Assess the impact of ethical decisions and choices in a research setting

Synopsis
This course provides the candidate an overview of research ethics including the history, theories and
principles of research ethics. Key topics such as consent, risks and benefits, confidentiality and justice
will be taught. The student will have an opportunity to discuss and debate basic issues surrounding
research ethics through small group discussions and individual presentations.
Main Reference
1. Rothman, David J. Strangers at the bedside: A history of how law and bioethics transformed
medical decision-making. Basic Books 1991
2. General Assembly of the World Medical Association, 2014. World Medical Association Declaration
of Helsinki: ethical principles for medical research involving human subjects at
https://www.wma.net/policies-post/wma-declaration-of-helsinki-ethical-principles-for-medical-
research-involving-human-subjects/
3. Department of Health, E., 2014. The Belmont Report. Ethical principles and guidelines for the
protection of human subjects of research at https://www.hhs.gov/ohrp/regulations-and-
policy/belmont-report/read-the-belmont-report/index.html
4. International Ethical Guidelines for Health-related Research Involving Humans, Fourth Edition.
Geneva. Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences (CIOMS); 2016. At
https://cioms.ch/wpcontent/uploads/2017/01/WEB-CIOMS-EthicalGuidelines.pdf
5. Emanuel, E.J., Wendler, D. and Grady, C., 2000. What makes clinical research ethical? Jama,
283(20), pp.2701-2711.
6. Herring, Jonathan., 2018 Medical Law and Ethics. Oxford University Press
Final Examination:30%
 MQF7004: Research Ethics in Special Populations (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

(1) apply the principles of research ethics and protecting values and rights of special populations
(2) examine research ethical issues unique to the population
(3) solve research ethical problems in special populations relevant to the local cultural context
Synopsis
This course focuses on research ethical issues in special populations including children and pregnant
women, key populations, and people with physical and mental illnesses and disabilities. It teaches
candidates how to apply research ethical concepts in the real world and equips them with the skills to
appraise and solve research ethical problems when conducting research in these populations through
case studies. This course also allows the candidates to reflect on their own values when examining
research ethical issues in these vulnerable populations through case presentations and case reports.
Main Reference
1. International ethical guidelines for health-related research involving humans
https://cioms.ch/publications/product/international-ethical-guidelines-for-health-related-
research-involving-humans/
2. The Oxford Textbook of Clinical Resaerch ethcis
3. Website: Office for Human Research Protection. Available at:https://www.hhs.gov/ohrp/
4. The Belmont Report. Available at: https://www.hhs.gov/ohrp/regulations-and- policy/belmont-
report/read-the-belmont-report/index.html

 MQF7005: Responsible Conduct of Research (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Relate the multiple roles, responsibilities and values of an investigator with ethical conduct of
research
2. Appraise the impact of responsible conduct of research on ethical dissemination of research
findings
3. Propose strategies to manage and prevent publication misconduct
Synopsis
This course teaches the candidates the elements of responsible conduct of research. It stimulates the
student to reflect on the importance of publication ethics as a culmination of research conducted in a
responsible manner and its implications in the context of research dissemination by case reports and
presentation. The course will also use case studies to demonstrate how publication misconducts can be
prevented and addressed.
Main Reference
1. Committee on Publication Ethics. (2019). Core practices, in A4 poster format. Retrieved from
https://publicationethics.org/core- practices [accessed Feb 2019]
2. American Society for Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. (2017). Code of ethics. Retrieved from
http://www.asbmb.org/Advocacy/CodeOfEthics/?terms=ethics [accessed Feb 2019]
3. 1. Macrina, F.L. (2014). Scientific integrity: text and cases in responsible conduct of research.
Washington, DC: American Society for Microbiology Press. Chapter 3: Mentoring. pp53-82.
4. Macrina, F.L. (2014). Scientific integrity: text and cases in responsible conduct of research.
Washington, DC: American Society for Microbiology Press. Chapter 8: Collaborative research.
pp243-286.
5. How to Work with Your Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (IACUC)
https://ori.hhs.gov/education/products/ncstate/index.htm
6. Macrina, F.L. (2014). Scientific integrity: text and cases in responsible conduct of research.
Washington, DC: American Society for Microbiology Press. Chapter 10: Scientific record keeping.
pp329-360.
7. Himanen, L., Auranen, O., Puuska, H.M., and Nieminen, M. (2009). Influence of research funding
and science policy on university research performance: A comparison of five countries, Science
and Public Policy, Volume 36, Issue 6, 1 July 2009, Pages 419–
430,https://doi.org/10.3152/030234209X461006.
8. Handling Misconduct. ORI Policy on Plagiarism. Guidelines for avoiding plagiarism (pdf – 71
pages). Retrieved from https://ori.hhs.gov/ori-policy-plagiarism.
 MQF7006: Ethical issues in global health research and clinical trials (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Demonstrate an awareness of key aspects of global health and public health research ethics.
2. Analyse the ethical and legal issues involved in global health and public health situations.

3. Assess the impact of ethical choices and actions in a global health setting.
Synopsis
This course is designed for the candidate to understand the key aspects of global health research and
public health situation through case studies. This course also introduce the candidates on certain topics
for example ancilary care, vaccine research, HIV research and so on.
Main Reference
1. Millum, J. and Emanuel, E.J. eds., 2012. Global justice and bioethics. Oxford University Press.
2. Lavery, J.V., Grady, C. and Wahl, E.R. eds., 2007. Ethical issues in international biomedical
research: a casebook. Oxford University Press, USA.
3. Emanuel, E.J., Wendler, D., Killen, J. and Grady, C., 2004. What makes clinical research in
developing countries ethical? The benchmarks of ethical research. The Journal of infectious
diseases, 189(5), pp.930-937.
4. 4. Cash, R., Wikler, D., Saxena, A., Capron, A. M., & World Health Organization. (2009).
Casebook on ethical issues in international health research [electronic resource]/edited by Richard
Cash [... et al]. In Casebook on ethical issues in international health research [electronic
resource]/edited by Richard Cash [... et al]. at
http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/44118/9789241547727_eng.pdf?sequence=4
 MQF7007: Ethical Issues of Emerging Sciences (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Illustrate the ethical and legal issues surrounding the area of emerging sciences
2. Examine the conflicting moral values and ethical principles involved in various areas of emerging
sciences
3. Evaluate possible course of actions to address the ethical issues at stake
Synopsis
This courses introduces the ethical and legal issues arising from the emerging sciences, such as
research in genetics and genomics, neuroethics, stem cell and biobanking. It teaches the candidate
how to examine and deconstruct ethical problems arising from these emerging sciences, and determine
and justify ethical principles that are relevant to the ethical problem. It also guides the candidate to find
possible solutions to the ethical problem and make ethical decisions, including using regulatory
measures. The candidates will be trained to make decisions when faced with situations where ethics,
legal, and the values of the technologies interplay through case studies..
Main Reference
1. Universal Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights

2. Universal Declaration on the Human Genome and Human Rights
3. UNESCO’s Core Curriculum on Bioethics
4. World Commission on the Ethics of Scientific Knowledge and Technology (COMEST) Reports
5. Declaration of Helsinki
6. Belmont Report
7. Nuremberg Code
8. Emanuel et. al. Framework
9. Beauchamp, T. L., & Childress, J. F. (2013). Principles of biomedical ethics. Oxford
University Press, USA.

10. Resnik, D. B. (2005). The ethics of science: An introduction. Routledge.
 MQF7008: Practicum in Health Research Ethics (9 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Interpret the principles of research ethics in practical setting.
2. Demonstrate leadership and teamwork while working with key population
3. Solve real world ethical issue in research through various attachments and field work.
Synopsis
This course focuses on the practical aspects of research ethical issues in special populations including
prisoners, those who are culturally vulnerable and with physical and mental illnesses and disabilities. It
intends to provide a broad but reasonably detailed examination of central ethical issues in these
populations. This course follows a format, which after an introductory session, time is devoted to gain
hands-on experience through working with special populations, attending research ethics meetings,
presentations, group discussions and development of the research report. The candidate will have the
opportunity to be attached to two different research ethics committees, so that they can learn and
compare different systems of reviewing research ethics. It teaches the candidates how to apply research
ethical concepts as well as to equip them with the skills to appraise and solve research ethical problems
when conducting research with these populations through field visits and feedback.
Main Reference
1. UMMC MREC. Research Ethic . Available from:
http://www.ummc.edu.my/research/research_ethics.asp
2. MOH. Medical Research and Ethics Committee. Availabler from http://nih.gov.my/web/mrec/
 MQF7009: Good Clinical Practice (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Apply the principles of Good Clinical Practice in Clinical Trial
2. Examine clinical trials that involve the participation of human subjects.
3. Solve ethical problems in Clinical Trials to ensure study subjects’ wellbeing are safeguarded
Synopsis
This course teaches international and local ethical and scientific quality standards for designing,
conducting, recording and reporting clinical trials that involve the participation of human subjects. It will
include ethical and regulatory issues related to the conduct of clinical trials such as responsibilities of
investigators, safety monitoring and reporting, legal issues in clinical trials, audit and inspections.
Besides, Good Clinical Practice, other relevant practice guidelines such as Good Laboratory Practice,
Good Manufacturing Practice, Good Statistical Practice will be covered.

Main Reference
1. Malaysian Guideline for Good Clinical Practice Fourth Edition, 2018
2. Wandile P, Ghooi. R (2017), A Role of ICH:GCP in Clinical Trial Conduct. Journal Clinical
Research Bioethics 8:1000297
3. Malaysian Guideline for Independent Ethics Committee Registration and Inspection, First
Edition, 2016, NPRA, MOH.
4. Malaysian Guideline for Application of Clinical Trial Import Licence and Clinical Trial
Exemption. 6.3 edition, July 2016, NPRA, MOH.
5. Malaysian Guidelines for Independent Ethics Committee Registration and Inspection, 1 st
edition, May 2016, NPRA, MOH
6. Malaysian Guideline For Safety Reporting of Investigational Products, First Edition, 2014,
NPRA, MOH
7. g) Malaysian Guideline for Bioequivalence Inspection, First Edition, 1st October
8. 2014.
9. Guidelines For Good Clinical Practice (Gcp) Inspection, August 2010, NPRA, MOH.
10. Noor Zurani MHR, Aziz N, Abd Aziz, Abd Hamid, Mohamed M, Othman S, Hussein N (2008).
The need for ‘Good Clinical Practice’ in Health care research. Journal of the South Africa
Academy of Family Practice/Primary Care 51:3 (202–205)
11. The conduct of Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies, First edition, 14 th September 2000.
12. International Council Harmonisation (ICH) Guidelines.
Continuous Assessment: 100%%
 MQF7010: Ethics in Animal Research (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe different methods and techniques used in experiments involving animals
2. Explain ethical and welfare issues with regards to animal experimentation
3. Analyze the applications of laboratory animals in research
Synopsis
This course is designed to provide facts and instil principles essential to the humane use and care of
animals that will in turn ensure the quality of biomedical research. Students will be taught basic animal
biology and husbandry, as well as animal handling techniques during experimental procedures. The
students’ responsibilities towards the welfare of the animals used and the ethical concerns of biomedical
research will be emphasised.
Main Reference
1. Hau, J. & Schapiro, S. J. (2010). Handbook of Laboratory Animal Science, Volume I Essential
Principles and Practices (3rd Edition). CRC Press.
2. NRC (2011). Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (8th Edition). The National
Academies Press.
3. Laboratory Animal Science Professional, AALAS
4. University of Malaya Faculty of Medicine IACUC Policy (2018);
http://resfom.um.edu.my/ethics/ethics-institutional-animal-care-and-use-committee-iacuc/
5. Danio Rerio (2011) Guidance on the housing and care of Zebrafish
6. OECD (2000) Guidance for Use of Clinical Signs as Humane Endpoints

 MQF7011: Healthcare Law and Ethics (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Evaluate the ethical and medico-legal issues that might arise in health research;
2. Analyse the adequacy or inadequacy of existing law in conducting and managing health research;
3. Examine a specific health research ethics issue, present a critique of the issue and offer possible
solutions.
Synopsis
The study of healthcare matters may be considered from four aspects. First the relationship between
the healthcare provider and the patient; Second, the relationship between the state and the individual in
relation to public health; Third, the relationship between the state and the healthcare provider and lastly,
selected bioethics issues that require a consideration of the relationship between law and ethics in
dealing with advances in science and technology.
The emphasis of this course is on the first aspect mentioned above, namely, the patient-doctor/hospital
relationship. Selected bio-ethics issues will also be examined.
Main Reference
1. M Brazier & E Cave, (2016) Medicine Patients and the Law, 5th ed, Manchester University
Press
2. G Laurie, S Harmon, and G Porter. (2016). Mason and McCall Smith’s Law and Medical Ethics
(10th ed.). OUP
3. Herring J, Medical Law and Ethics [2018] Oxford University Press; 7th edition
4. Puteri Nemie Jahn Kassim.(2010) Law and Ethics Relating to the Medical Profession, International
Law Books Series
5. Jonathan Herring (2018), Medical Law and Ethics (7 th edition) OUP Oxford
 SQE7006: Ethics of Sustainability (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. analyse ethical issues in sustainability based on basic ethical principles.
2. suggest solution to contemporary ethical problems related sustainable development.
3. exhibit skills associated with decision-making process.
Synopsis
Introduction to the worldview of modern science and emphasis on its relation with ethical issues of
sustainable development. Ethical implications of new technologies and moral choices. Professional
ethics in science, technology, experimentation and research related to sustainable development.
Main Reference
1. Lemons, J., & Brown, D. A. (Eds.). (2013). Sustainable development: Science, ethics, and
public policy (Vol. 3). Springer Science & Business Media.
2. Maxwell, B. (2008). Professional Ethics Education: Studies in Compassionate Empathy [electronic

resource] / by Bruce Maxwell. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
3. Briggle, A., & Mitcham, C. (2012). Ethics and science: An introduction. Cambridge University
Press.

4. MacKinnon, B., & Fiala, A. (2014). Ethics: Theory and contemporaryissues. Nelson Education.
Master of Health Research Ethics

Programme Schedule Schedule
Examination
Special  A practicum of nine (9) credits
Semester (i) End of Semester I
(ii) End of Semester II
Semester II  A research project of nine (9) credits
 Two (2) elective courses, each of three

(3) credits, totalling six (6) credits; and
 Two (2) core courses, each of three (3)

credits, totalling six (6) credits;
Semester I  Two (2) elective courses, each of three

(3) credits, totalling six (6) credits
 Four (4) core courses, each of three (3)

credits, totalling twelve (12) credits
Registration

MASTER OF MEDICAL PARASITOLOGY
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE AND ENTOMOLOGY | By Coursework
Name of Programme : Master of Medical Parasitology and Entomology

Mod : By Coursework
The Master of Medical Parasitology and Entomology is a programme by coursework in which

the credits for the research component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the total credits
for the whole programme of study. After completion of the relevant courses of study specified
in this Schedule, a candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Master of Medical Parasitology
and Entomology.
Bachelor’s Degree in fields related to Health, Science or Biology

(1) Bachelor’s degree with Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of at least 3.00 or
equivalent; or
(2) Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery or Bachelor of Dental Surgery or equivalent
medical qualification; or
(3) Bachelor’s degree with CGPA of 2.70 up to 2.99 can be considered if one (1) and CGPA
of 2.50 up to 2.69 can be considered if two (2) of the following criteria is fulfilled;
(a) Having at least one (1) year working experience in related field; or
(b) Having publications in related field; or
(c) Is a recipient of a scholarship; or
(d) A graduate of the University of Malaya; or
(e) Is a government servant; or
(f) Passed the interview by the faculty; or
(g) Passed the entrance assessment by the faculty
(4) Bachelor’s degree with CGPA of 2.00 up to 2.49 can be considered if passed the interview
by the faculty and fulfilled one (1) of the following criteria within (a) to (c) below;
(a) Having at least five (5) years working experience in related field; or
(b) Have at least one (1) publication in related field; or
(c) Passed the entrance assessment by the faculty
Bachelor’s Degree in fields non-related to Health, Science or Biology

(1) Bachelor’s degree with CGPA of at least 2.70 and at least one (1) year of working
experience in related field; or
(2) Bachelor’s degree with CGPA of 2.50 up to 2.69 and at least one (1) year of working
experience in related field can be considered if one (1) of the following criteria is fulfilled;
(a) Having publications in related field; or

(b) Is a recipient of a scholarship; or

(c) A graduate of the University of Malaya; or
(d) Is a government servant; or
(e) Passed the interview by the faculty; or
(f) Passed the entrance assessment by the faculty
(3) Bachelor’s degree with CGPA of 2.00 up to 2.49 and at least five (5) years of working
experience in related field can be considered if passed the interview by the faculty.

(1) Obtain a score of 600 for a paper-based total (PBT); a score of 250 for a computer-based
total (CBT) or a score of 100 for an Internet-based total (IBT) for the Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL); or
(Academic).
(1) The Master of Medical Parasitology and Entomology programme by coursework

comprises forty two (42) credits as follow:
(a) Five (5) core courses each of three (3) credits, totalling fifteen (15) credits;
(b) Four (4) specialisation courses each of three (3) credits; totalling twelve (12)
credits;
(c) Research Project totalling nine (9) credits; and
(d) Two (2) elective courses each of three (3) credits, totalling six (6) credits.
(9) The lists of courses for the programme of Master of Medical Parasitology and
Entomology are provided in List 1.
Programme Goal
To produce trained professionals in the field of Medical Parasitology and Entomology
Programme Educational Objective(s) (PEO)

PEO1 Graduates establish themselves as practitioner in medical parasitology
and entomology or other related fields.
PEO2 Graduates contribute to sustainable development and ethical promotion of
health practices pertaining to well-being of society and environment.
PEO3 Graduates engage in lifelong pursuit of knowledge and interdisciplinary
learning appropriate for industrial and academic careers.

PLO1 Apply knowledge critically to manage problems in field of Medical
Parasitology and Entomology.
PLO2 Apply appropriate practical and analytical skills in field of Medical
Parasitology and Entomology.
PLO3 Demonstrate self-advancement through continuous development in
Medical Parasitology and Entomology for the well being of society and
environment.
PLO4 Solve problems professionally and practically to handle the changes and
needs in the field with an ethical and professional approach.
PLO5 Exhibit interactive, communication and leadership skills that foster
teamwork especially towards efforts for integrating scientific and technical
knowledge in writings, oral presentations and field works.
PLO6 Utilize principles and techniques of Medical Parasitology and Entomology
with critical thinking to intepret and analyze findings as well as design
viable experiments to test scientific hypothesis.
PLO7 Apply appropriate digital technologies to analyze data and enhance study
in Medical Parasitology and Entomology
PLO8 Demonstrate significant attitude of independence, confidence and
responsibility when performing tasks/research project in the chosen
discipline.
List 1
Programme Core Courses

Code Course Credits
MQG7001 Project Design 3
MQG7003 Concepts and Fundamentals of Medical Parasitology and
3
Entomology
MQG7004 Medical Protozoology 3
MQG7005 Medical Helminthology 3
MQG7008 Medical Entomology 3
Total 15
Programme Specialisation Courses
Code Course Credits
MQG7007 Applied Immunology and Molecular Biology in Parasitology 3
MQG7009 Applied Entomology 3
MQG7011 Acarology 3
MQG7012 Advanced Research Techniques 3
Total 12
Elective Courses (Choose two only)
Code Courses Credits
MQG7006 Parasites Epidemiology and Relationship with Other 3
Diseases
MQG7010 Forensic Entomology 3
MQG7013 Trends in Parasitic Diseases 3
Total 6
Research Project
Code Courses Credits
MQG7002 Research Project 9
Total 9
Overall Total 42

MQG7001: Project Design (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Search related publications under the chosen project topic.
2. Analyze critically literature review according to the chosen project.
3. Design suitable methodology for project in parasitology and entomology fields.
Synopsis
Students will perform literature search based on the chosen project topic using various resources under
supervision of supervisor(s). The literature review will be critically analysed and used to design the
project. Written proposal and oral presentation will be evaluated by internal examiner and supervisor.
Main References
1. Wilfred C.G. Peh Kwan Hoong Ng (2016). Effective Medical Writing: The Write Way to Get
Published; UM Press.
2. Toto R, McPhaul M. Clinical Research: From Proposal to Implementation: Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins; 2010.
3. World Health Organization. Laboratory Biosafety Manual, 3rd Edition, 2004.
http://www.who.int/csr/resources/publications/biosafety/ Biosafety7.
MQG7002: Research Project (9 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Perform the research based on the chosen project topic.
2. Analyse the findings or data critically.
3. Present the findings from the project that has been carried out via writing and oral presentation.
Synopsis
Students will perform chosen project under supervision of supervisor(s). Findings of the project will be
presented in one session of oral presentation and one written project report. Oral presentation and
written project report will be evaluated by internal examiner and supervisor.
Main References
1. Walochnik J, Duchene M. (2015). Molecular Parasitology: Protozoan parasites and their molecules.
Springer.
2. Marquardt W. (2004). Biology of Disease Vectors. Elsevier, 2nd edition.
3. Garcia LS. (2007). Diagnostic Medical Parasitology. ASM Press.
4. Reference books/online information/journals. Students need to meet supervisor for discussion.
MQG7003: Concepts and Fundamentals of Medical Parasitology and Entomology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Explain the taxonomy and terminology of parasitology and entomology.
2. Interpret parasitology and entomology data.
3. Apply the skills needed to be productive researcher.
Synopsis
The course covers the concepts and fundamentals of medical parasitology and entomology and
explores the skills needed to be an effective researcher.
Main References
1. Mehlhorn H. (2016). Human Parasites: Diagnosis, Treatment, Prevention. Springer, 1st edition.
2. Locker ES, Hofkin BV. (2015). Parasitology: A Conceptual Approach. Garland Science; 1 edition.
MQG7004: Medical Protozoology (3credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Explain the pathogenesis of protozoa infections.
2. Describe the morphology, life cycle, transmission methods and the control of protozoan
parasites.
3. Apply basic principles in parasitology with regards to problems in protozoa infections.
4. Criticise current issues in medical protozoology.
Synopsis
This course covers the fundamentals of medical protozoology, their clinical significance and basic
identification techniques.
Main References
1. Paniker CJ. Textbook of Medical Parasitology. 7th Edition. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P)
Ltd; 2013.
2. John DT, Petri Jr WA. Markell and Voge's Medical Parasitology. 9th Edition. Saunders Elsevier;
2006.
3. Mahmud R, Lim YA, Amir A. Medical Parasitology: A Textbook. Springer; 2018.
MQG7005: Medical Helminthology (3 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe fundamental concepts of medical helminthology.
2. Explain the epidemiology, pathogenesis, control and preventive measures on helminthic
infections.
3. Apply knowledge in transmission and life cycle to diagnose, treat and control helminthic
infections.

Synopsis
This course covers aspects biological features and distribution of parasitic worms, pathogenesis,
diagnosis, treatment and prevention and control measures.
.
Main References
1. Mahmud R, Lim YAL & Amir A (2018). Medical Parasitology: A Textbook. Springer.
2. Lim YAL & Vythilingam I (2013). Parasites and their vectors: A special focus on Southeast Asia.
Springer.
3. CK Jayaram Paniker. extbook of Medical Parasitology.6th Edition: Jaypee.
4. Neva FA & Brown HW. Basic Clinical Parasitology. 6th Edition. Appleton and Lange, Norwalk,
Connecticut.
5. Heelan JS & Ingersoll FW. Essential of Human Parasitology. Delmar, Thomson Learning Inc.
MQG7006: Parasites Epidemiology and Relationship with Other Diseases (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe the global epidemiology of major parasitic infections and its relationship with other
diseases.
2. Perform epidemiological survey.
3. Interpret experimental data of parasitic infections.
4. Critically review the effectiveness of a global parasite elimination programme.
Synopsis
The course covers aspects of epidemiology of important protozoa and helminths, interpretation of
experimental data of parasitic infections and the effectiveness of parasite elimination programme. The
course also discuss about the relationship of parasites with other diseases.
.
Main References
1. Pisarski K. (2019) The Global Burden of Disease of Zoonotic Parasitic Diseases: Top 5
Contenders for Priority Consideration. Trop Med Infect Dis 4(1). pii: E44. doi:
10.3390/tropicalmed4010044.
2. Maizels RM. (2016) Parasitic helminth infections and the control of human allergic and
autoimmune disorders. Clin Microbiol Infect. 22(6):481-6. doi: 10.1016/j.cmi.2016.04.024.
3. van Tong H, Brindley PJ, Meyer CG, Velavan TP (2017) Parasite Infection, Carcinogenesis and
Human Malignancy. EBioMedicine. 2017 Feb;15:12-23. doi: 10.1016/j.ebiom.2016.11.034
MQG7007: Applied Immunology and Molecular Biology in Parasitology (3 Credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe the molecular mechanisms and pathogenesis of parasites, and host immune
regulations in various parasitic infections.
2. Apply the suitable immunology and molecular biology concepts in parasitology with regards to
problems in parasitic infections.
3. Design parasitology research by integrating the knowledge of DNA technologies.

Synopsis
The course covers aspects of general background of immunology, immunology of parasitic infections,
immunization, current approaches in vaccine development, molecular biology of parasitic infections, and
molecular cloning technologies.
Main References
1. Abbas AK, Lichtman AH, Pillai S. (2017). Cellular and Molecular Immunology. Philadelphia:
Elsevier, 9th edition.
2. Tracey J. Lamb. (2012). Immunity to Parasitic Infection. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
3. Kennedy MW, Harnett W. (2013). Parasitic Nematodes: Molecular Biology, Biochemistry and
Immunology. CABI, 2nd edition.
MQG7008: Medical Entomology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Differentiate the type of insects through morphological characteristics.
2. Identify the role of insects as disease vector.
3. Apply the knowledge of the insects’ life cycle for their control strategies.
Synopsis
This course covers aspects biological features, identification and prevention and control measures.
Main References
1. Medical Entomology: A text book on public health and veterinary problems caused by arthropods.
Editors: Eldrifge, B.F., Edman, John (Eds).
2. Medical Entomology for Students by Mike Service 5th Editon 2012.
3. Biology of Disease Vectors: William Marquardt. 2nd edition 2004.
MQG7009: Applied Entomology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Apply knowledge of entomology to control vector borne diseases.
2. Formulate control methods based on bionomics of the vectors.
3. Manage measures for vector control.
.
Synopsis
The course covers aspects of control of all vector borne diseases including identification of the vectors,
colonisation of the vectors, applied tools for vector control and all mechanisms of insecticide resistance.
Main References

1. Medical Entomology: A text book on public health and veterinary problems caused by arthropods.
Editors: Eldridge, B.F., Edman, John (Eds.).
2. Medical entomology for students by Mike Service 5th edition 2012.
3. Biology of Disease vectors: William Marquardt. 2nd edition 2004.
MQG7010: Forensic Entomology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Apply knowledge of forensic entomology to investigate time of death.
2. Formulate standard operating procedures on collection and preservation of materials from crime
scene.
3. Manage insects associated with forensic entomology.
Synopsis
The course covers aspects of forensic entomology which includes time of death, insect succession on
dead bodies, identification and colonisation of important insects, and maggot therapy.
Main References
1. Forensic entomology: an introduction. D. Gennard. 2nd Edition 2012.
2. The science of forensic entomology. DB Rivers & GA Dahlem 2014.
MQG7011: Acarology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Describe the importance of acarines in biology, genetics, global ecosystem and health
economics.
2. Design measures for acarine control and their potential uses.
3. Manage measures for acarine control.
Synopsis
The course covers aspects of acarology which include epidemiology, physiology of acarines,
relationship of acarines with other organisms and the environment, and techniques involved in the study
of acarines.
Main References
1. Catalog WS: World Spider Catalog. Natural History Museum Bern; 2016.
2. Barrett RD, Hebert PD: Identifying spiders through DNA barcodes. Canadian Journal of Zoology
2005, 83:481-491.
3. Hilbrant M, Damen WG, McGregor AP: Evolutionary crossroads in developmental biology: the
spider Parasteatoda tepidariorum. Development 2012, 139:2655-2662.
4. Saaristo MI: Theridiid or cobweb spiders of the granitic Seychelles islands (Araneae, Theridiidae).
Phelsuma 2006, 14:49-89.

5. Akiyama-Oda Y, Oda H: Cell migration that orients the dorsoventral axis is coordinated with
anteroposterior patterning mediated by Hedgehog signaling in the early spider embryo.
Development 2010, 137:1263-1273.
6. Stollewerk A, Seyfarth E-A: Evolutionary changes in sensory precursor formation in arthropods:
embryonic development of leg sensilla in the spider Cupiennius salei. Developmental biology 2008,
313:659-673.
7. Damen WG: Evolutionary conservation and divergence of the segmentation process in arthropods.
Developmental Dynamics 2007, 236:1379-1391.
8. Minelli A, Fusco G: Conserved versus innovative features in animal body organization. Journal of
Experimental Zoology Part B: Molecular and Developmental Evolution 2005, 304:520-525.
9. Pechmann M, Khadjeh S, Sprenger F, Prpic N-M: Patterning mechanisms and morphological
diversity of spider appendages and their importance for spider evolution. Arthropod structure &
development 2010, 39:453-467.
10. Brent AE, Yucel G, Small S, Desplan C: Permissive and instructive anterior patterning rely on
mRNA localization in the wasp embryo. Science 2007, 315:1841-1843.
11. McGregor AP: Wasps, beetles and the beginning of the ends. Bioessays 2006, 28:683-686.
12. McGregor AP, Hilbrant M, Pechmann M, Schwager EE, Prpic NM, Damen WG: Cupiennius salei
and Achaearanea tepidariorum: spider models for investigating evolution and development.
Bioessays 2008, 30:487-498.
13. Oda H, Akiyama‐Oda Y: Differing strategies for forming the arthropod body plan: Lessons from
Dpp, Sog and Delta in the fly Drosophila and spider Achaearanea. Development, growth &
differentiation 2008, 50:203-214.
14. Prpic N-M, Schoppmeier M, Damen W: The American Wandering Spider Cupiennius salei. CSH
protocols 2008, 2008:pdb. emo103.
15. Patel NH: Evolutionary crossroads in developmental biology. Development 2012, 139:2637-2638.
16. Prpic N, Schoppmeier M, Damen W: The American Wandering Spider Cupiennius salei: A model
for behavioral, evolutionary, and developmental studies. Cold Spring Harb Protoc 2008, 2008:pdb.
emo103.
17. Ratnasingham S, Hebert PD: BOLD: The Barcode of Life Data System (http://www. barcodinglife.
org). Molecular ecology notes 2007, 7:355-364.
18. Wilson JJ: DNA barcodes for insects. DNA barcodes: methods and protocols 2012:17-46.
19. Kress WJ, Erickson DL: DNA barcodes: methods and protocols. Springer; 2012.
20. Wolff C, Hilbrant M: The embryonic development of the central American wandering spider
Cupiennius salei. Frontiers in zoology 2011, 8:1.
21. Blagoev G, Hebert P, Adamowicz S, Robinson E: Prospects for using DNA barcoding to identify
spiders in species-rich genera. ZooKeys 2009, 16:27.
MQG7012: Advanced Research Techniques (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Apply principles in advanced molecular diagnostic, immunological, genetic, proteomic, omics,
imaging for research and diagnosis of parasitic infections.
2. Interpret experimental data of parasitic infections.
3. Design a laboratory or field-based research project.
Synopsis
The course covers aspects of molecular diagnostic techniques, immunological, omics, imaging, GIS,
modelling and interpretation of experimental data of parasitic infections.
Main References
1. Mahmud, R., Lim, Y. A. L. & Amir, A. (2018). Medical Parasitology: A Textbook. Springer.
2. Service, M. (2012). Medical Entomology for Students (5th Edition). Cambridge University Press.

3. Ash, L. R. & Orihel, T. C. (2007). Ash & Orihel’s Atlas of Human Parasitology (5th Edition).
American Society of Clinical Pathologist Press.
4. http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S1678-91992011000300003
MQG7013: Trends in Parasitic Diseases (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Comparing the problems in the field of parasitology and entomology based on information that
has been learned.
2. Select the appropriate solution to the problem encountered in the field of parasitology and
entomology.
Synopsis
This course covers the latest issues in the field of parasitic infections. Through the information gained,
students should discuss relevant topics in greater depth and propose a solution to the faced challenges
associated with the parasitic diseases.
Main References
Journals: Clinical Infectious Disease, Infectious Diseases, The-scientist.com, Ethnopharmacology, Plos
Med, Expert Rev Anti Infective Therapy, Global health metrics, Journal of Infectious Disease and
Pathology, Translational Research, WHO reports, Clinical Review Allergy & Immunology, Frontiers in
Veterinary Science.
Final Examination: 40

Master of Medical
Parasitology and Entomology
Programme Schedule
Schedule
Semester Description Examination
Special  A research project of six (6) credits. Project Report, Oral

Semester Presentations
Semester II  A research project of three (3) credits; and (iii) End of Semester II
 Three (3) specialisation courses, each of three (3)

credits, totalling nine (9) credits; and
 Two (2) elective courses, each of three (3) credits,

totalling six (6) credits.
Semester I  Five (5) core courses, each of three (3) credits, (iv) End of Semester I
totalling fifteen (15) credits; and
 One (1) specialisation course of three (3) credits.
Registration

MASTER OF EPIDEMIOLOGY
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE | By Coursework
Name of Programme : Master of Epidemiology

Mod : By Coursework
The Master of Epidemiologi is a programme by coursework in which the credits for the research
component comprises less than thirty (30) percent of the total credits for the whole programme
of study. After completion of the relevant courses of study specified in this Schedule, a candidate
shall be eligible for the award of the Master of Epidemiologi.
(1) Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery or Bachelor of Dental Surgery or equivalent
medical qualification, OR
(2) Bachelor in Public Health or Allied Health or equivalent with a CGPA of at least 3.00, AND
(3) Pass the entrance assessment recognised by the Faculty

(Academic).
(2) The Master of Epidemiology programme by coursework comprises forty two (42) credits
as follow:
(e) Four (4) core courses each of three (3) credits, totalling twelve (12) credits;
(f) Five (5) specialisation courses each of three (3) credits; totalling fifteen (15)
credits;
(g) Research Project totalling nine (9) credits; and
(h) Six (6) credits for elective courses.

(10) The lists of courses for the programme of Master of Epidemiology are provided in List
1.
Programme Goal
To produce graduates that are knowledgable, able to understand and apply the field of
epidemiology sciences ethically.
Programme Educational Objective(s) (PEO)

PEO1 Graduates establish themselves as practitioner in medical parasitology
and entomology or other related fields.
PEO2 Graduates contribute to sustainable development and ethical promotion of
health practices pertaining to well-being of society and environment.
PEO3 Graduates engage in lifelong pursuit of knowledge and interdisciplinary
learning appropriate for industrial and academic careers.

PLO1 Elaborate the advanced theories, and concepts in epidemiology and its
relationship with other health disciplines.
PLO2 Apply high level of epidemiological skills in solving health related
problems.
PLO3 Incorporate cultural, social, edonomic, behavioural and biological
differences in the practice of epidemiology.
PLO4 Apply appropriate communication strategies to share epidemiological
findings with the relevant parties.
PLO5 Solving epidemiological problems using appropriate biostatistical methods.
PLO6 Exhibit competent leadership and engage in teamwork in addressing
communicable and non-communicable diseases.
PLO7 Inculcate life-long learning in managing epidemiological issues.
PLO8 Practise good values, positive attitudes, and professionalism in the
conduct of epidemiological research and other professional activities

List 1
CORE COURSES
Code Course Title Credits
MQB7001 Research Method 3
MQB7005 Principles and Methods of Epidemiology 3
MQB7049 Principles of Biostatistics 3
MQB7047 Principles of Management in Health 3
TOTAL 12
SPECIALIZATION COURSES
MQH7003 Study Design in Causal Research 3
MQH7004 Concepts and Methods in Causal Inferences 3
MQH7005 Statistical Methods for Health Data Analytics 3
MQH7006 Clinical Epidemiology 3
MQH7007 Epidemiology in Public Health Practice 3
TOTAL 15
ELECTIVE COURSES (6 credits)

MQH7008 Screening and Diagnostic Research 2
MQH7009 Prognostic Research 2
MQH7010 Clinical Trials 2
MQH7011 Data Management 2
MQH7012 Survival Analysis 2
MQH7013 Field Attachment in Epidemiology 6
MQB7012 Producing Better Evidence 2
MQB7014 Health Economics 2
MQB7027 Qualitative Inquiry in Public Health 2
MQB7033 Social Determinants of Health 2
MQB7040 Nutritional Epidemiology 2
TOTAL 6
RESEARCH PROJECT
MQH7002 Research Project 9
TOTAL 9
OVERALL 42

MASTER OF MEDICAL SCIENCE
2022/2023 (REGENERATIVE MEDICINE)| By Mixed Mode
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Master of Medical Science (Regenerative Medicine)

Mode : By Mixed Mode
The Master of Medical Science (Regenerative Medicine) by Mixed Mode is a programme in

which the credits for the research component comprises seventy (70%) percent or more of the
total credits for the whole programme of study. After completion of the relevant programme of
study specified in this Schedule, a candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Master of
Medical Science (Regenerative Medicine) degree.
(1) A Bachelor’s degree of Medicine and Degree of Surgery or a Bachelor’s Degree of

Dental Surgery; or a professional qualification from a recognized professional body; or
A Bachelor’s Degree of Science in the related field with a CGPA of not less than 3.0; or
A Bachelor’s Degree of Science with a CGPA of not less than 3.0 and with at least one
year working experience in the field of regenerative medicine.
(2) Any other qualification as may be approved by the Senate from time to time;
(3) With a CGPA of not less than 3.0 or equivalent;
(4) Candidates with a Bachelor's Degree of CGPA 2.7 to 2.99 may be considered if they
meet at least one of the following criteria:
(a) Have relevant work experience; Or

(b) Produce publications in related fields; Or
(c) Is a scholarship recipient; Or
(d) Graduates of the University of Malaya.
(5) Candidates with a Bachelor's Degree of CGPA of 2.5 to 2.69 may be considered if they
meet at least two of the criteria in (4).
(6) Candidates with a Bachelor's Degree of CGPA 2.10 to 2.49 may be considered if they
meet the following criteria as outlined in the guidelines provided by the Institute of
Postgraduate Studies (IPS) that:
(a) Graduates of University of Malaya; And

(b) Have a working experience of not less than 5 years or have produced at least one
publication in a refereed journal in the field of regenerative medicine; And
(c) Application of entry must be submitted to the Senate for consideration based on
the merits of each case


(Academic).
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be three (3) semesters

(1) The Master of Medical Science (Regenerative Medicine) programme by Mixed Mode
comprises forty eight (48) credits and consists of two parts, namely:
(1) Part I consisting of five (5) core courses totalling twenty (20) credits and one elective
courses totalling four (4) credits;
(2) Part II involving research leading to the submission of a dissertation totalling twenty
four (24) credits.
(3) The lists of courses for the programme of Master of Medical Science (Regenerative
Medicine) are provided in List 1.
(4) Course grades are subjected to regulations prescribed in the Marking Scheme of the
University of Malaya (Master’s Degree) Rules 2019 and University of Malaya (Master’s
Degree)(Regulations 2019).
Programme Aim
To produce graduates who are knowledgeable, creative and innovative entrepreneurial
and who can demonstrate a wide range of knowledge and practical skills as well as
able to serve the society through the regenerative medicine industry
.
Program Educational Objectives (PEO)
PEO 1 Graduates who establish themselves as a practicing professional in the
field of regenerative medicine.
PEO 2 Graduates who engage in the lifelong pursuit of knowledge and
interdisciplinary learning appropriate for regenerative medicine industries
or academic careers.
PEO 3 Graduates who contribute to sustainable development and the well-being
of society.

PLO1 Evaluate the knowledge pertaining to the discipline of medical
Science in regenerative medicine.
PLO2 Apply practical skills for industry and/or research purposes in the
discipline of medical Science in regenerative medicine.

PLO3 Integrate social skills and responsibility toward fellow humans and
animals in the discipline of medical science in regenerative medicine.
PLO4 Develop and perform ideal core human values, attitudes and
professionalism ethics in the discipline of medical science in
regenerative medicine.
PLO5 Demonstrate communication skills, leadership abilities and qualities
as well as team spirit in the discipline of medical science in
regenerative medicine.
PLO6 Solve problems in a scientific manner to improve the quality of the
discipline of medical science in regenerative medicine.
PLO7 Integrate skills for information gathering and lifelong learning in the
discipline of medical science in regenerative medicine.
List 1
Code Title Credit Hours
MOB7001 Research Methodology 4
MOB7002 Dissertation 24
MOB7003 Stem Cell and Tissue Engineering 4
MOB7004 Advanced regenerative medicine 4

Cell Based Therapy and Regulation in
MOB7005 4
Regenerative Medicine
MOB7006 Regenerative Medicine-Industry 4
MOB7007 Advance Tools in Regenerative Medicine
4
(Elective)
MOB7008
Advance Medical Biotechnology 4
(Elective)
Total 48
 MOB7001: Research Methodology (4 credits)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students are be able to:

1. Adhere to the ethical requirement for basic science research in stem cells and tissue engineering.
2. Adhere to the ethical requirement for clinical research in stem cells and tissue engineering.
3. Relate the knowledge for the development of research concepts and design a research in a
systematic and scientific way.
4. Organize the experiment design/pre-clinical/clinical trials.
Synopsis
In this course, the student will be taught about literature search (in the field of regenerative medicine),
development of research concepts, research design, design experiment/pre-clinical/clinical trials, and
basic data analysis, and ethics application. Student needs to submit a proposal, submit an ethics
application, present for seminar and proposal. Besides, the student will also be taught on communication
skills for clinical related research. Student will also needs to go for clinical attachment for practical

communications session with clinician and patients. At the end of the semester, the student needs to sit
for an oral exam.
Main Reference
1. Designs for Clinical Trials: Perspectives on Current Issues /edited by David Harrington. Springer
eBooks, 2012.
2. Research ethics: A philosophical guide to the responsible conduct of research/edited by Gary L.
Comstock.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2012.
3. Biostatistics Decoded/Author: Oliveira, Antonio; John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
4. Regression Methods in Biostatistics: Linear, Logistic, Survival, and Repeated Measures Models /by
Eric Vittinghoff, David V. Glidden, Stephen C. Shiboski, Charles E. McCulloch. Springer eBooks,
2012.
5. Research Methodology/ Peter Pruzan; Springer International Publishing, 2016.
Assessment Methods
 MOB7002: Dissertation (24 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Integrate/combine scientific theory and research practical skills for research purposes in stem
cells and regenerative medicine or related fields.
2. Appraise based on the scientific theory and regulations in stem cells and regenerative medicine
industry.
3. Master the practical skills in stem cells and regenerative medicine industry or research.
4. Adhere to the professionalism ethics in the basic science and/or clinical research in the
discipline of regenerative medicine
Synopsis
This course module provide the students with an opportunity to conduct a research project within life
science disciplines and/or related to clinical applications. The disertation will be a research-based study
that will allow student to participate in and develop a current research area. This course module will help
students in developing their practical skills required for professional research, appraise of knowledge,
methods and data; data collection and comprehensive data analysis, interpretation and presentation, as
well as self-learning and project management. The module is expected to draw on knowledge and skills
developed throughout the modules in this programme to facilitate the demostration of an integrated and
multidisciplinary approach in reserach.
In this course, the student will conduct a research project, present research progress, compile and
analyse data, write a dissertation, present the final findings at public (and viva voce).
Additional into: Students are encourage to participate in projects either already underway within the
subject areas of the Tissue Engineering Group (TEG), in the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery,
Faculty of Medicine, UM. However, we may be able to help initiating new projects proposed by students,
providing this fall within an area of staff research interest, appropriate for the course/programme and
feasible in terms of budget and timeframe. Students are encourage to seek academic advice on these
matters. Individual specialist Supervisors will be selected from staff whose background and experience
will allow them to make an effective contribution to identified projects.
The end-of-program examination will be held at the end of the semester and the candidate must PASS
the final exam of the program and PASS in the continuous assessment of the dissertation.
Candidates should only sit and pass this examination once during this pratice, if the candidate needs to
register for the MOB7002 Dissertation course due to unsuccessful work done or the dissertation report
has not been checked by the examiner.

Students must pass “Good Clinical Practice (GCP)” course organized by Clinical Investigation Center
(CIC), UMMC, as one of the faculty requirement (for this program) during the candidacy in this program
Main Reference
1. How to Design, Write, and Present a Successful Dissertation Proposal / Author: Elizabeth A. Wentz
Los Angeles; SAGE Publications Ltd, 2013.
2. Proposals that work: A guide for planning dissertations and grant proposals / Lawrence F. Locke,
Waneen Wyrick Spirduso & Stephen J. Silverman. New York, NY. SAGE Publications Inc , 2013.
3. Biostatistics Decoded,/Author: Oliveira, Antonio; John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
4. Regenerative medicine and cell therapy/ edited by Hossein Baharvand, Nasser Aghdami, Springer
eBooks, 2013.
Assessment Methods
 MOB7003: Stem Cell and Tissue Engineering (4 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Distinguish based on scientific theory the different types of stem cells and culture related techniques.
2. Compare and adapt the applications of different stem cells in tissue engineering.
3. Master the techniques of mesenchymal stem cells primary culture, sub-passaging, cryo-
preservation,characterization and regrow the cryo-preserved MSCs
Synopsis
This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamental of stem cells biology and allow them
to develop a detailed understanding of stem cells applications in current and future medicine. Students
will be encouraged to develop a critical approach in evaluating different types of stem cells, in terms of
properties, differentiation potential, applications (in regenerative medicine and other diseases) and
limitations. In addition, students will also be introduced with the advances in genetically modified stem
cells, biomaterials and their potential applications. Landmark scientific literature and key findings will be
discussed and reported to develop a sound understanding of the technology used in cell therapies. The
first-hand experience of stem cell culture techniques and characterization tests will allow students an
appreciation of some technical aspects involved in cell therapies and clinical scale cell production.
Main Reference
1. Stem Cells: Current Challenges and New Directions /edited by Kursad Turksen. Springer eBooks,
2013.
2. Stem Cells and Tissue Engineering /by Mirjana Pavlovic, Bela Balint. Springer eBooks, 2013.
3. Stem Cells Handbook, 2nd Edition. Editor: Stewart Sell. Springer eBOOKs, 2013.
4. Molecular biology techniques: a classroom laboratory manual /by Susan Carson, Heather Miller, D.
Scott Witherow. 3rd ed. ; Oxford; Waltham, MA: Academic,2012.
5. Advances in Stem Cell Research /edited by Hossein Baharvand, Nasser Aghdami. Springer
eBooks, 2012
Assessment Methods

 MOB7004: Advanced Regenerative Medicine (4 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Evaluate regenerative medicine with related fields including biomaterials, basic immunology
mechanism underpinning the rejection of transplanted tissue or organs, and cell based therapy of
several diseases.
2. Demonstrate mesenchymal stem cell seedings to different biofuels and basic characterization
techniques, which comply with industry regulations/legislation/requirements.
3. Compare mesenchymal stem cell seedings to different biofuels and basic characterization
techniques, which comply with industry regulations/legislation/requirements.
Synopsis
This course module will provide students with a detailed understanding of cell-based therapies and
tissue engineering. In this module, you will be provided with insights into current and future cell therapies
and techniques of tissue engineering.
This course focuses on advances in biomaterials and tissue engineering; cell biology for regenerative
medicine; applications of regenerative medicine in cartilage, bone, tendon, blood vessel, liver,
cardiovascular tissue engineering; cell and organ transplantation; molecular basis of transplantation;
basic mechanism of immunology and those related to cell or organ transplantation; and prospects of
tissue engineering and regenerative medicine..
Main References
1. Engineering Biomaterials for Regenerative Medicine: Novel Technologies for Clinical Applications /
edited by Sujata K. Bhatia. Springer eBooks, 2012.
2. Biodegradable Polymer-Based Scaffolds for Bone Tissue Engineering /by Naznin Sultana. Springer
eBooks, 2013.
3. The Immunological Barriers to Regenerative Medicine /edited by Paul J. Fairchild. Springer eBooks,
2013.
4. Regenerative Medicine and Cell Therapy /edited by Hossein Baharvand, Nasser Aghdami. Springer
eBooks, 2013.
5. Stem cells and regenerative medicine. Volume VII, Diseases and therapy / Philippe Taupin. New
York: Nova Science Publishers, Inc., 2012.
Assessment Methods
 MOB7005: Cell Based Therapy and Regulation in Regenerative Medicine (4 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Value the regulations and legislation in clinical applications of products related to tissue engineering
and cell based therapy.
2. Compare the regulations and legislation in clinical applications of products related to tissue
engineering and cell based therapy.
3. To identify and integrate the regulatory requirements in the development of tissue engineering and
cell based therapy products.
4. Adapt to the industry environment which adhere to the regulations and legislation.
Synopsis
This course introduces students to the regulations and legislations related to cell based therapy. This
course consist of the current regulatory framework for cell based therapy in Malaysia and other

countries. This course also covers the legal unit/entiti which enforce the regulations and legisltion in the
development fo regenerative medicine related products as well as regenerative medicine industries.
This course also addresses the healthcare economics which is related to the regenerative medicine
industry, under the regulations and legislations associated with tissue engineering and cell based
therapy.
Throughout this course, student need to do laboratories visits (GMP and GLP accredited laboratories)
as well as industries attachments.
Main Reference
1. Regenerative Medicine and Cell Therapy /edited by Hossein Baharvand, Nasser Aghdami. Springer
eBooks, 2013.
3. Stem cells and regenerative medicine. Volume VII, Diseases and therapy / Philippe Taupin. New
York: Nova Science Publishers, Inc., 2012.
4. 4. Mesenchymal Stem Cell Therapy /edited by Lucas G. Chase, Mohan C. Vemuri. Springer
eBooks, 2013.
Assessment Methods
 MOB7006: Regenerative Medicine-Industry (4 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Relate the industrial scale and standard requirements for products of tissue engineering and cell
based therapy.
2. Integrate the knowledge of the regenerative medicine to the industry of biomedical engineering.
Synopsis
In this module, the student will be exposed to the knowledge in the aspect of regenerative medicine
industry, such as biomaterials for regenerative medicine industry, facility/industry regulation, economic
evaluation and health economic for regenerative medicine.
In this module, there will be an opportunity for industrial placement for five weeks, within a biomedical
engineering company or regenerative medicine industry specifying in the aspect of tissue engineering
and cell based therapy.
No finance assistance will be available to cover travel expenses to the location of the industry placement.
Main Reference
2. Regenerative biology and medicine /David L. Stocum. 2nd ed.; Amsterdam: Elsevier/ Academic
Press,
On ScienceDirect® e-Books, 2012.
3. Tissue engineering and regenerative medicine: a nano approach/ edited by Murugan Ramalingam
... [et al.]. Boca Raton, FL.: CRC Press, 2013.
4. Biologically Responsive Biomaterials for Tissue Engineering /edited by Iulian Antoniac. Springer
eBooks, 2013.
5. Biomimetics: advancing nanobiomaterials and tissue engineering bonded systems / edited by
Murugan Ramalingam, Xiumei Wang, Guoping Chen, Peter Ma, and Fu-Zhai Cui. Hoboken, NJ:
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2013.
Assessment Methods
 MOB7007: Advance Tools in Regenerative Medicine (4 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. Compare the advantages and limitations of advance analysis tools for applications in stem cells and
tissue engineering research.
2. Integrate the advantages and limitations of advance analysis tools for applications in stem cells and
tissue engineering research.
3. Integrate the use of advance analysis tools in the analysis in stem cells and tissue engineering
research.
Synopsis
This module covers the theoretical knowledge and experience of the core iotechnology laboratory
techniques used to carry out experimental research within the medical biotechnology and tissue
engineering. This module is based on a series of practical sessions and will give students experience
of performing experimental work, collecting data and interpreting and presenting results.
Main Reference
2. Integrated biomaterials in tissue engineering / edited by Murugan Ramalingam, Ziyad Haidar,
Youssef Haikel. Hoboken, N.J.: John Wiley & Sons; Salem, Mass.: Scrivener Pub., c2012.
3. Molecular biology techniques: a classroom laboratory manual /by Susan Carson, Heather Miller, D.
Scott Witherow. 3rd ed.; Oxford; Waltham, MA: Academic,2012.
4. Molecular Imaging: Fundamentals and Applications /by Jie Tian. Springer eBooks, 2013.
5. Stem Cell Transplantation / edited by Carlos López-Larrea, Antonio López-Vázquez, Beatriz
Suárez-Álvarez, Springer Science, eBook, 2012.
Assessment Methods
 MOB7008: Advance Medical Biotechnology (4 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Compare the advantages and limitations of advance biotechnology tools for regenerative medicine
research applications based on theory.
2. Compare the advantages and limitations of advance biotechnology tools for regenerative medicine
research applications based on practical.
3. To integrate advance biotechnology tools in regenerative medicine study.
Synopsis
This module covers the theoretical knowledge and experience of the core biotechnology techniques
used to carry out experimental research within the regenerative medicine. This module is based on a
series of practical sessions and will give students experience of performing experimental work, collecting
data and interpreting and presenting results.
Main Reference
2. Regenerative biology and medicine /David L. Stocum. 2nd ed.; Amsterdam: Elsevier/ Academic
Press,
On ScienceDirect® e-Books, 2012.

3. Tissue engineering and regenerative medicine: a nano approach/ edited by Murugan Ramalingam
... [et al.]. Boca Raton, FL.: CRC Press, 2013.
4. Biologically Responsive Biomaterials for Tissue Engineering /edited by Iulian Antoniac. Springer
eBooks, 2013.
5. Biomimetics: advancing nanobiomaterials and tissue engineering bonded systems / edited by
Murugan Ramalingam, Xiumei Wang, Guoping Chen, Peter Ma, and Fu-Zhai Cui. Hoboken, NJ:
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2013.
Assessment Methods

MASTER OF
2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
MEDICAL SCIENCE | By Research
Name of Programme : Master of Medical Science

Mod : By Research
The Master of Medical Science by Research is a programme in which the research component
comprises one hundred (100) percent of the programme of study.
The qualification for admission into the Degree programme of study are as follows:
(1) The degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery or the degree of Bachelor
of Dental Surgery; or
(2) The Bachelor degrees in the relevant sciences field of the University and a CGPA of not
less than 3.0 or equivalent; or

(2) To obtain a band of 6 for the International English Language Testing System (IELTS)
(Academic)
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be two (2) semesters

(1) Dissertation:
This programme is a research programme leading to the submission of a dissertation

and the format is as provided in the University of Malaya (Master’s Degree) Rules 2019
and University of Malaya (Master’s Degree) Regulations 2019.
(1) Research Methodology (MMX7001) (3 credits):
(a) Candidate must successfully complete Research Methodology Course (MMX7001)

within the first two (2) semesters of registering as a student at University of Malaya.
(b) The candidate must pass their proposal defense seminar by the second semester

Graduates will be trained to contribute towards the field of medical sciences.

PEO1
Graduates will work within a team to pioneer research in the field of medical
PEO2
sciences as a skilled researcher
Graduates will communicate and disseminate their research findings in the field
PEO3
of medical sciences ethically and professionally
PLO1 Demonstrates expertise in the field of medical science research
PLO2 Apply practical skills in the field of medical science research
PLO3 Relate societal issues with medical science research
Perform medical sciences research with independent supervision and adheres to

PLO4
the laws, ethics and professional code of practice
Communicate research findings effectively, in written and oral format, to the
PLO5
community and in scientific journals in the field of medical sciences
PLO6 Problem-solve using scientific skills and critical thinking
Manage information from medical science research and participates in lifelong

PLO7
learning activities

 MMX7001: Research Methodology (3 credits)
Course Learning Outcomes
1. Formulate the problem statement, research questions and / or hypotheses.

2. Critically appraise relevant literature from authoritative sources within respective research field.
3. Design appropriate research methods for their respective projects.
Synopsis
This course is designed to provide knowledge and skills to candidates regarding conducting research
projects. The course consists of an overview of skills required for designing research proposals,
conducting literature review, selecting appropriate research methods, writing reports and thesis,
considering ethical issues, plagiarism and the use of the Turnitin software – statistical measures and
the relevant use of analysis software.
Main Reference
1. Stewart A. Basic Statistics and Epidemiology: A Practical Guide: Radcliffe Publishing; 2010.
2. Toto R, McPhaul M. Clinical Research: From Proposal to Implementation: Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins; 2010.
3. Chinna K, Choo WY, Krishnakumari K. Statistical Analysis Using SPSS: Pearson Malaysia Sdn Bhd;
2012.
4. Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (NRC 2011), National Academy of Sciences (8th
Edition)
5. World Health Organization. Laboratory Biosafety Manual, 3rd Edition, 2004.
http://www.who.int/csr/resources/publications/biosafety/ Biosafety7. pdf
6. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention, National Institutes of Health. Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical
Laboratories, 5th Edition, 2009. http://www.cdc.gov/biosafety/publications/bmbl5/BMBL.pdf
Continuous Assessment:100%

2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
DOCTOR OF MEDICINE | By Research
Name of Programme : Doctor of Medicine

Mode : Research
This programme is offered for Malaysians who are registered medical doctors working in the University
Malaya Medical Center (UMMC).
The Doctor of Medicine programme offered by the Faculty of Medicine, University of Malaya is a higher
doctoral degree programme, to which the candidate must already have the necessary medical
experience before applying for this program.
The research component comprises one hundred (100) percent of this Doctor of Medicine Programme.
(1) Master’s Degree or other equivalent qualifications in the relevant field
(2) Clinical Master’s Degree; or
(3) Specialist qualification in clinical fields;
And
(4) Has a Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) degree or other equivalent
qualification and has at least two (2) years of experience as a medical practitioner.
And
(1) A non-citizen applicant who wishes to follow a degree programme of study shall fulfil
the English Languange competency requirement determined by the University if he
obtained his degree from a university or institution of higher learning which does not
use English Language as the medium of instruction for the relevant degree.
(2) English Language competency requirement for non-citizen applicants are as follows:
(a) to obtain a minimum score of 600 on the paper-based total (PBT), a score of
250 for the computer-based total (CBT) or a score of 100 for the internet-
based total (IBT) for the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL); or
(b) to obtain a minimum score of band 6 and above on the International English
Language Testing System (IELTS) (Academic)
(c) score according to the respective programmes standard if it is higher than (a)
and (b); or
(d) If programme standard states that the TOEFL or IELTS (Academic) score is
lower than the minimum score of the University, these programmes should
follow the minimum score set by the University as stated in (aa) or (bb).
(3) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (B), subject to Senate’s approval and based
on the requirements of the Doctoral Degree programme, the Faculty may consider
other qualification/competency in English Language apart from that stated in
paragraph (B) above.
(4) A non-citizen applicant with the background as stated below is exemped from the

English Language requirement:
(a) from a Country where the National Language is the English Language;
(b) to use the academic qualification from an institution which uses English
Language fully as their medium of instruction; or
(c) has studied in Malaysia and plans to further his studies at a higher level subject
to the requirement in (bb).
2. Duration of study
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be four (4) semesters.
(2) The maximum duration of study shall be ten (10) semesters.
(1) Thesis:
To supplicate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine, a candidate shall submit a thesis (not
more than 100,000 words) which must be original work on a subject approved by the Senate
on the recommendation of the Faculty and at the discretion of the examiners be examined
in such manner as the examiners think fit on the subject matter of the thesis and related
subjects;
A candidate may not submit this thesis earlier than twenty four (24) months nor later than
five (5) years after the date of his initial registration except with the approval of the Senate.
(2) Research Methodology (MVX8001) (3 credits):
(a) Candidate must successfully complete Research Methodology Course (MVX8001)

within the first two (2) semesters of registering as a student at University of Malaya.
(a) The candidate must pass their Proposal Defense seminar by the second semester.

Applying advanced knowledge, understanding and experience in conducting medical
PEO1
and health research to strategically manage and lead any organization
PEO2 Disseminate research results and/or provide expert advice in medical and health research
in an ethical and professional conduct through life-long learning
PEO3 Solving medical and health related issues in a creative and innovative manner through
research in order to be able to lead and communicate effectively.
PLO 1 Synthesize and contribute knowledge in their respective field of research.
PLO 2 Adapt practical skills and appropriate research methods towards innovative research.
PLO 3 Disseminate the importance and implications of research in national and international
context.
PLO 4 Conduct independent research and adhere to legal, ethical and / or code of professional
practice.

PLO 5 Demonstrate leadership quality through effective communication and collaboration among
researchers and stakeholders.
PLO 6 Address research issues using critical thinking, problem solving and / or appropriate
scientific skills.
PLO 7 Integrate information for lifelong learning.
 MVX8001: Research Methodology (3 credits)
(1) Formulate the problem statement, research questions and / or hypotheses.

(2) Critically appraise relevant literature from authoritative sources within respective research field.
(3) Design appropriate research methods for their respective projects.
Synopsis
Main Reference
(1) Stewart A. Basic Statistics and Epidemiology: A Practical Guide: Radcliffe Publishing; 2010.
(2) Toto R, McPhaul M. Clinical Research: From Proposal to Implementation: Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins; 2010.
(3) Chinna K, Choo WY, Krishnakumari K. Statistical Analysis Using SPSS: Pearson Malaysia Sdn
Bhd; 2012.
(4) Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (NRC 2011), National Academy of Sciences
(8th Edition)
(5) World Health Organization. Laboratory Biosafety Manual, 3rd Edition, 2004.
(6) http://www.who.int/csr/resources/publications/biosafety/ Biosafety7. pdf
(7) U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention, National Institutes of Health. Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical

2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY | By Research
Name of Programme : Doctor of Philosophy

Mode : Research
The Doctor of Philosophy by Research is a programme in which the research component comprises
one hundred (100) percent of the programme of study.
(1) Admission requirements for the programme of Doctor of Philosophy by Research are as
follows:
(a) Master’s Degree by Research;

(b) Clinical Master’s Degree;
(c) Master’s Degree by Coursework or Mixed Mode with a CGPA of not less than 3.7;
(d) Master’s Degree by Coursework or Mixed Mode with a CGPA of 2.00 to
AND qualification of a Bachelor's degree with a CGPA of not less than 3.00;
(e) Master’s Degree by Coursework or Mixed Mode with a CGPA of not less than 3.00 to
3.69 and APEL (A) qualification or other qualification approved by the Senate; or
(f) Master’s Degree by Coursework or Mixed Mode with a CGPA of 2.00 to 3.69 AND
qualification of a Bachelor's degree with a CGPA of 2.50 to 2.99 may be considered
if meets at least one (1) of the following criteria:
(i) has relevant work experience;
(ii) has produced publications in the relevant fields;
(iii) is a scholarship recipient;
(iv) is a graduate of the University of Malaya;
(v) is a government agency staff;
(vi) Passed the interview conducted by the Faculty; or
(vii) Passed the Faculty’s special assessment.

or
(e) Master’s Degree by Coursework or Mixed Mode with a CGPA of 2.00 to 3.69 and
qualification of a Bachelor's degree with a CGPA of 2.00 to 2.49 may be considered if
meets at least one (1) of the following criteria if he is a UM graduate or two (2) criteria
if he is not a UM graduate listed below:
(i) posseses related working experience not less than five (5) years;
(ii) published at least one (1) publication in a refereed journal in the related field;
(iii) Passed the interview conducted by the Faculty; or
(iv) Passed the Faculty’s special assessment.
(1) A non-citizen applicant who wishes to follow a degree programme of study shall fulfil
the English Languange competency requirement determined by the University if he
obtained his degree from a university or institution of higher learning which does not
use English Language as the medium of instruction for the relevant degree.

(2) English Language competency requirement for non-citizen applicants are as follows:
(a) to obtain a minimum score of 600 on the paper-based total (PBT), a score of
250 for the computer-based total (CBT) or a score of 100 for the internet-
based total (IBT) for the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL); or
(b) to obtain a minimum score of band 6 and above on the International English
Language Testing System (IELTS) (Academic)
(c) score according to the respective programmes standard if it is higher than (a)
and (b); or
(d) If programme standard states that the TOEFL or IELTS (Academic) score is
lower than the minimum score of the University, these programmes should
follow the minimum score set by the University as stated in (aa) or (bb).
(3) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (B), subject to Senate’s approval and based
on the requirements of the Doctoral Degree programme, the Faculty may consider
other qualification/competency in English Language apart from that stated in
paragraph (B) above.
(4) A non-citizen applicant with the background as stated below is exemped from the
English Language requirement:
(d) from a Country where the National Language is the English Language;
(e) to use the academic qualification from an institution which uses English
Language fully as their medium of instruction; or
(f) has studied in Malaysia and plans to further his studies at a higher level
subject to the requirement in (bb).
2. Duration of study
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be four (4) semesters.
i. Thesis:
To supplicate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, a candidate shall submit a thesis (not
more than 100,000 words) which must be original work on a subject approved by the Senate
on the recommendation of the Faculty and at the discretion of the examiners be examined
in such manner as the examiners think fit on the subject matter of the thesis and related
subjects;
A candidate may not submit this thesis earlier than twenty four (24) months nor later than
five (5) years after the date of his initial registration except with the approval of the Senate.
ii. Research Methodology (MVX8001) (3 credits):

1. Candidate must successfully complete Research Methodology Course (MVX8001)
within the first two (2) semester of registering as a student at University of Malaya.
2. Pass Proposal Defense by Semester II.
Advancing innovation in research and work practices.

PEO1

Leading research as researcher and / or practitioners with national and / or international
PEO2
expertise.
Disseminate research results and/or provide expert advice in an ethical and professional
PEO3
conduct.

PLO 1 Synthesize and contribute knowledge in their respective field of research.
PLO 2 Adapt practical skills and appropriate research methods towards innovative research.
Disseminate the importance and implications of research in national and international

PLO 3
context.
Conduct independent research and adhere to legal, ethical and / or code of professional
PLO 4
practice.
Demonstrate leadership quality through effective communication and collaboration among
PLO 5
researchers and stakeholders.
Address research issues using critical thinking, problem solving and / or appropriate
PLO 6
scientific skills.
PLO 7 Integrate information for lifelong learning.
 MVX8001: Research Methodology (3 credits)
(1) Formulate the problem statement, research questions and / or hypotheses.

(2) Critically appraise relevant literature from authoritative sources within respective research field.
(3) Design appropriate research methods for their respective projects.
Synopsis
Main Reference
(1) Stewart A. Basic Statistics and Epidemiology: A Practical Guide: Radcliffe Publishing; 2010.
(2) Toto R, McPhaul M. Clinical Research: From Proposal to Implementation: Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins; 2010.
(3) Chinna K, Choo WY, Krishnakumari K. Statistical Analysis Using SPSS: Pearson Malaysia Sdn
Bhd; 2012.
(4) Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (NRC 2011), National Academy of Sciences
(8th Edition)
(5) World Health Organization. Laboratory Biosafety Manual, 3rd Edition, 2004.
(6) http://www.who.int/csr/resources/publications/biosafety/ Biosafety7. pdf
(7) U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention, National Institutes of Health. Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical


DOCTOR OF
2022/2023 PUBLIC HEALTH | By Mixed Mode
POSTGRADUATE
Name of Programme : Doctor of Public Health

Mode : By Mixed Mode
The Doctor of Public Health programme is a mix mode programme (coursework and research)
which the credits for the coursework component comprise less than thirty (30) percent of the
whole programme of study. After completion of the relevant programme of study specified in
this Schedule, a candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Doctor of Public Health degree.
(1) A Master of Public Health degree with a CGPA of not less than 3.0 (or its equivalent);
or
(2) A Master’s degree in the relevant Public Health field with a CGPA of not less than 3.0
(or its equivalent); and
(3) Have work related experience of at least one (1) year or for a certain period that has
been decided by the Department from time to time

(1) Obtain a score of 600 for a paper-based total (PBT); a score of 250 for a computer-
based total (CBT) or a score of 100 for an Internet-based total (IBT) for the Test of
(Academic).
(1) The minimum duration of study shall be six (6) semesters.

The Doctor of Public Health programme of study with a total of 84 credit hours comprises the
two following parts:
(1) Part 1 which consists of courses with a total of 24 credits includes –
(a) One Compulsory Core Course of three (3) credits;
(b) One Compulsory Internship Course of six (6) credits;

(c) Two Compulsory Professional Area Core Courses of three (3) credits each;
and
(d) Three Professional Specialisation Courses of three credits each.
(2) Part 2 which consists of research that leads to a thesis of 60 credits.
A candidate must successfully complete Part 1 before he is allowed to proceed to Part

2.
A candidate shall attain a minimum of grade B in the Compulsory Core Course

MWA8001 – Advanced Research Methods.
(3) The list of courses for the programme of Doctor of Public Health is provided in List 1.
Programme Aim
to produce a doctor who may be considered as a professional and a specialist in the
general domain of public health as well as in a particular chosen specialization within
it.
Programme educational objectives (PEO)

PEO 1 Graduates can perform strategic management in public health.
PEO 2 Graduates can contribute to the policy development and planning in
public health.
PEO 3 Graduates can contribute to the research, resolving of issues and the
implementation of the programme in public health.

PLO1 Understand the core areas in public health
PLO 2 Apply high level analytical skills in surveillance evaluation of public

health programme
PLO 3 Incorporate cultural, social, behavioural and biological factors in the
practice of public health
PLO 4 Practise good values, attitudes and professionalism ethically in the
management of public health activities
PLO 5 Exhibit competent communication skills, leadership traits and ability
to work in teams
PLO6 Solving public health problems using scientific skills
PLO7 Inculcate life-long learning and enhance public health information in

managing and solving public health problems.

List 1
List of Courses
Part 1: Coursework Component
Compulsory Core Course

Credits
Course Code Course Title
MWA8001 Advanced Research Methods 3
Compulsory Internship Course

Course Code Course Title Credits
MWA8006 Professional Internship 6
Professional Area Core Courses

MWA8004 Essentials of Epidemiology in Public Health 3
MWA8005 Health Policy and Leadership 3
Professional Specialization Courses

(1) Area : Health Services Management
MWA8003 Economic Evaluation in Health Care 3
MWA8007 Human Resource Planning and Management 3
MWA8008 Health Law and Ethics 3
MWA8009 Health Economics 3
MWA8010 Health Logistics Management 3
MWA8011 Quality in Health 3

(2) Area : Family Health
MWA8012 Women’s Health 3

3
MWA8013 Child and Adolescent Health
MWA8014 Lifetime Health 3
MWA8015 Nutrition and Lactation Management 3
MWA8016 Society, Behaviour and Health 3
MWA8017 Environmental Pollution 3
MWA8018 Food Technology and Health 3

MWA8019 Waste Management 3
(4) Area : Occupational Medicine
MWA8020 Human Factor and Ergonomics 3
MWA8021 Disability Assessment 3
MWA8022 Occupational Lung Diseases 3
MWA8023 Occupational Safety and Health Management Systems 3

(5) Area: Epidemiology in Health
MWA8024 Advanced Epidemiology 3
MWA8025 Clinical Epidemiology 3
MWA8026 Epidemiology of Communicable Diseases 3
MWA8027 Epidemiology of Non Communicable Diseases 3
(6)Area : Biomedical Statistics
MWA8028 Analysis of Rates and Proportions 3
MWA8029 Statistical Computing 3
MWA8030 Introduction to Meta-Analysis 3
MWA8031 Principles of Clinical Trials 3
MWA8032 Qualitative Methods in Health Research 3
MWA8033 Critical Readings and Special Topics in Epidemiology 3
MWA8034 Nutritional Epidemiology 3
Part 2: Research Component
Code Title Credits

MWA8002 Tesis 60
Thesis

CORE COURSES
 MWA8001: Advanced Research Methods (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

(1) Evaluate the various methods of data collection, questionnaire design, data management, data
analysis utilising quantitative and/or qualitative research design to develop a research proposal
(2) Apply ethical issues in conducting research
(3) Write a research proposal
Synopsis
This course aims to further develop students understanding on the principles, concepts and methods of
public health and health service research. The content of this course covers the theoretical
considerations and practical steps of planning, impelmentation of research as well as the ethical
principles and challenges of conducting research. In this course, higher level methods of appraisal and
review of literature will be discussed. More complex form of study design will be examined in-depth with
consideraton of both qualitative and quantitative methods. Students will be guided to develop the skills
required to disseminate research plans and findings in a range of contexts.
Individual discussions with supervisor are mandatory in order to complete this course.
Main References
1. Guest G, Namely E. Public Health Research Methods. Sage Publishing; 2015
2. Szklo M, Nieto FJ. Epidemiology Beyond the Basics. Jones and Bartlett Publishers; 2014
3. Creswell JW. Research Design Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Method Approaches. Sage
Publishing; 2018, 5th Edition
4. Amdur R, Bankert E. Institutional Review Board: Member Handbook: Jones & Bartlett Publishers;
2011
5. Liamputtong P. Research Methods in Health: Foundations for Evidence-Based Practice.Oxford
University Press, 2017
6. Gough, D. Oliver, S. and Thomas, J. An introduction to systematic reviews. London: Sage. 2012
Assessment Methods
 MWA8002: Thesis (60 Credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of situational analysis, research, health policy, project
management within the context of public health setting
2. Demonstrate the synthesis of knowledge based on critical appraisal of a situation, definition of
a research problem, collection and analysis of relevant primary or secondary data, and the
interpretation of these findings
3. Produce a thesis relevant to his/her research problem.
Synopsis
The DrPH thesis is the final academic test of candidate’s competency addressing a practical problem
confronting a leader in public health practice. The focus of the programme is on the scholarship of
application and translation of health practice. This module requires candidate to apply key features of
the taught curriculum to improve understanding of an important public health-related issue. The thesis
will demonstrate candidate’s mastery of skills and knowledge needed to lead a health-related

programme, suggest change in the guideline or policy and/or develop new methods to accomplish the
stated goals. The thesis must be based on original research, worthy of publication and acceptable to
the department.
Main References
1. Bowling, A. 4th Edition, (2014) Research Methods in Health: Investigating Health and Health
Services, Open University Press.
2. Fink A (2005) Conducting Research Literature Reviews (second edition). Sage: London
3. Rothman, K.J. (2002). Modern Epidemiology (2nd Edition). Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott-Raven
4. Rose, G. (1993). The Strategy of Preventive Medicine. Oxford: Oxford University Press
5. Detels Rogers, McEwen James, Beaglehole Robert, and Tanaka Heizo (2002) Oxford Textbook
of Public Health. Oxford. Oxford University Press
Assessment Methods
 MWA8004: Essentials of Epidemiology in Public Health (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Apply the principles and methods of epidemiology and the quantitative approach to clinical and
public health problems.
2. Identify the important elements of study design, data analysis and inference in epidemiology
research
3. Define ethics and its importance to epidemiology, and solve problems of dealing with uncertainty in
making public health policies.
Synopsis
This course will provide an orientation to epidemiology as a basic science for public health and clinical
medicine. It provides an introduction to the terminology and methods used in the core scientific practices
of public health. It will address the principles of the quantitative approach to clinical and public health
problems. One of the important components in understanding these concepts is through literature
appraisal. Critical readings in epidemiology will enable candidates to make objective, sound and
independent evaluations of the literatures read.
Main References
1. Rothman, K.: Modern Epidemiology, Lippincott-Raven Publishers, 3rd edition. 2008

2. Gordis Leon: Epidemiolgy, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia,4th Ed 2008
3. Bland, Martin. An introduction to medical statistics. 3rd edition. Oxford University Press. 2005.
4. Karuthan Chinna, Krishnan K. Biostatistics for the Health Sciences. McGraw Hill. 2009.
5. Beaglehole R, Bonita R. Basic Epidemiology.WHO 2nd ed 2006
6. Friis, Robert H : Epidemiology for Public Health Practice, Sudbury, MA, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers,4th ed 2009
7. Robert A. Day,Barbara Gastel. How to write and publish a scientific paper,7 th ed Greenwood 2011
Assessment Methods

 MWA8005: Health Policy and Leadership (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. Evaluate the different processes involved in the formulation of health policies and the impact of
health policies on performance of health systems
2. Evaluate type of leadership skills required in public and private health sectors.
Synopsis
An introductory course on the study of public policy & leadership. It explains the basis, development and
importance to public health, rules and regulations formulation and its impact on organisation and
community. The student will also be exposed to the role of advocacy (persuasion) which is used to
convince policy makers (governments) on its adoption. The role of good leadership in public health
practitioner will also be explored in this activity.
Main References
1. Buse K, Mays, N, Walt G. 2012. Making Health Policy. 2nd Edition. London. Open University Press.
2. Roberts MJ, Hsiao W, Berman P, Reich MR. 2004. Getting health reform right. New York: Oxford
University Press.
3. Chee HL, Barraclough S (eds). 2007. Health care in Malaysia. The dynamics of provision, financing
and access. Oxford. Routledge.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8006: Professional Internship (6 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Determine the healthcare system and the policy in the implementation of the healthcare programs.
2. Integrate the relationship of public health problems, the role of society and pressure groups in the
formulation of policy and implementation of healthcare programs.
3. Experience the politics of getting problems to the government’s perception and priorities.
Synopsis
An introductory course on the study of public policy & leadership. It explains the basis, development and
importance to public health, rules and regulations formulation and its impact on organisation and
community. The student will experience the role of advocacy (persuasion) which is used to convince
policy makers (governments) on its adoption. Practicing good leadership and management of public
health system.
Main References
1. Goodwin N. Leadership in Healthcare, Routledge, Abingdon, Oxford, UK 2006.
2. Harrison MI. Implementing Change in Health Systems. SAGE Publications, London, UK 2004.
3. Abdul Hamid AK. Medical Ethics, Etiquette and Law. University Malaya Press, Kuala Lumpur 2006.
4. Yadav H. Hospital Management. University Malaya Press, Kuala Lumpur 2006.
5. Ghani SN, Yadav H. Health Care in Malaysia. University Malaya Press, Kuala Lumpur 2008.
Assessment Methods
ELECTIVE COURSES

 MWA8003: Economic Evaluation in Health Care (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Apply the common tools for Economic Evaluation studies.
2. Make decision based on the various methods of costing for healthcare
3. Conduct a health economic evaluation project.
4. Interpret the findings of economic evaluation studies
Synopsis
This course provides the skill in conducting health economic evaluation and evaluating the various
economic evaluation studies.
Main References
1. Folland S, Goodman A, Stano M. 2012. The Economics of Health and Health Care. New Jersey:
Pearson Prentice Hall, 7th Edition.
2. Michael F. Drummond, Bernie O’Brian, Greg L. Stodart, George W. Torrance.2002.
3. Methods for the Economic Evaluation of Healthcare Programmes. 2nd Edition. Oxford Medical
Publications. 2005
4. WHO Guide To Cost-Effectiveness Analysis. 2003. WHO Geneva.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8007: Human Resource Planning and Management (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Explain the concepts of human resource planning and management in health care organization.
2. Identify and implement the various methods and principles used in planning human resource,
recruit, train and appraise in health care organization.
Synopsis
This course deals with most of the facets of current thinking on human resource management. The aim
is to equip potential public health specialists in health and hospital services management with the
knowledge, attitudes and skills to deal with human resources in the future.
Main References
1. The World Health Report. Working Together for Health, WHO, 2006.
2. Yadav, H. Hospital Management. University of Malaya Press, Kuala Lumpur, 2006.
3. McMahon R., Barton E., Piot M. On Being in-Charge: A guide to management in primary health
care; WHO, Geneva, 2007.
4. Gopee N., Galloway J. Leadership and Management in Healthcare; Sage Publications Ltd. London,
2nd Edition, 2014.
5. Fred Lee. If Disney Ran Your Hospital. Second River Healthcare, 2008.
Assessment Methods

 MWA8008: Health Law and Ethics (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. Assess relevance and impact of relevant health laws to the management and administration of
health services.
2. Assess relevance of the ethical basis of health care guidelines and laws governing provision of
health care
Synopsis
An introductory course in the assessment of the application and impact of various laws governing the
provision of health care services. Students will also review ethical basis for such health laws.
Main References
1. Wu MA. The Malaysian Legal System; 3rd Ed. Pearson Malaysia, Petaling Jaya, 2009.
2. Abdul Hamid AK. Medical Ethics, Etiquette and Law; University of Malaya Press, Kuala Lumpur,
2008.
3. Mappers TA. Biomedical Ethics; 7th Ed. McGraw-Hill, Boston, 2010.
4. Roberts M.J., Hsiao W., Berman P., Reich M.R.. Getting health reform right; Oxford University
Press, New York, 2004.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8009: Health Economics (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Apply the concepts of economics to healthcare.
2. Conduct a health economic evaluation project.
3. Make comparison on the respective healthcare system and the healthcare financing system in the
world and identify the strength and weaknesses of each system
Synopsis
This course provides the skill in conducting health economics evaluation and evaluating the various
financial and healthcare systems in the world.
Main References
1. Folland S, Goodman A, Stano M. 2012. The Economics of Health and Health Care. New Jersey:
Pearson Prentice Hall, 7th Edition.
2. Michael F. Drummond, Bernie O’Brian, Greg L. Stodart, George W. Torrance.2002.
3. Methods for the Economic Evaluation of Healthcare Programmes. 2nd Edition. Oxford Medical
Publications. 2005
4. WHO Guide To Cost-Effectiveness Analysis. 2003. WHO Geneva.
5. S.N.Ghani, H. Yadav. Health Care in Malaysia, Universiti Malaya Press, Kuala Lumpur 2008.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8010: Health Logistics Management (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. Explain how technology in health is developed, adopted, diffused, used, assessed and managed.
2. Determine the various logistics tasks in patient-related medical secondary processes with specific
reference to information and documentation management, drug management, maintenance of
medical equipment and facilities, logistics of sterile goods, and disposal of hazardous waste.
3. Determine the various logistics tasks in patient-related non-medical secondary processes with
specific reference to food management, management of linen and laundry, and cleansing services.
4. Determine the various logistic tasks in patient remote tertiary processes with specific reference to
management of administrative demands, mail service, and disposal of non-hazardous waste.
Synopsis
This course introduces the concepts of health technology assessment, defines the scope of health
technology assessment and management. It does also explore the other aspect of health logistics which
is related to this course.
Main References
1. Kara BY, Sabuncuiglu I, Bidanda B (Eds). Global Logistics Management, 2014. CRC Press.
2. Sebastian, Hans-Jürgen, Kaminsky, Phil, Müller, Thomas (Eds.) Quantitative Approaches in
Logistics and Supply Chain Management; 2013. Springler International Publishing Switzerland.
3. USAID DELIVER PROJECT, Task Order 1. 2011. The Logistics Handbook: A Practical Guide
for the Supply Chain Management of Health Commodities. Arlington, Va.: USAID DELIVER
PROJECT, Task Order 1.
4. Mark Graba. Lean Hospitals: Improving Quality, Patient Safety, and
Employee Satisfaction. Productivity Pre. 2008 (ISBN-13: 9781420083804).
5. James R. Langabeer. Health Care Operations Management: A Quantitative Approach to
Business and Logistics. Jones & Bartlett Publishers, US. 2007. (ISBN: 0763750514)
6. Joseph S. Pliskin, Shimeon Pass. Focused operations management for health services
organizations. John Wiley and Sons, 2006.(ISBN 078798454X, 9780787984540)
7. Jan Walburg,Helen Bevan, John Wilderspin and Karin Lemmens. Performance management in
health care: improving patient outcomes: an integrated approach. Routledge, US,
2006.(ISBN10:0-415-32397-5)
8. Jan Vissers, Roger Beech. Health Operations Management: Patient Flow Logistics in Health
Care (Routledge Health Management), 2005. (ISBN-10: 0415323967)
9. Mohd Hishamuddin Harun (2001). Integrated Telehealth, The Malaysian Experience.
10. Banta D, Luce BR (1993) Health Care Technology and its AssessmentTechnology Assessment
in Health care for Developing Countries. International Journal of Technology Assessment in
Health Care, Cambridge University Press 1996.
Assessment Methods
Continuous Assessment 60%,
 MWA8011: Quality in Health (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe the concepts of quality assurance in health care.
2. Develop quality assurance programme in health care organization.
3. Apply quality assurance programme in health care organization.
Synopsis
This course introduces the philosophy of quality in health from planning to the process. It also covers
health management and the importance of leadership, teambuilding and internalization of quality.

Main References
1. Al- Assaf, A.F., Sheikh, M. Quality Improvement in Primary Health Care: A Practical Guide. WHO
publication, Eastern Mediterranean Series, No. 26. 2004
2. Bengoa, R., Kawar, R., Key, P., Leatherman, S., Massoud, R., Saturno, P. Quality of Care: A
process for making strategic choices in Health System. WHO publication. 2006.
3. Maimunah A Hamid, A.F.Al-Assaf, Azman Abu Bakar, Low Lee Lan. Measuring and Managing
Quality of Health Care. Training Module: Managing Performance. Institute for Health System
Research. Ministry of Health Malaysia. 2004
4. Maimunah A Hamid, A.F.Al-Assaf, Haniza Mohd. Anuar, Low Lee Lan. Measuring and Managing
Quality of Health Care. Training Module: Promoting Quality. Institute for Health System Research.
Ministry of Health Malaysia. 2004
5. Maimunah A Hamid, A.F.Al-Assaf, Rozaini Mohd Zain, Low Lee Lan. Measuring and Managing
Quality of Health Care. Training Module: Implementing Quality & Improving Performance. Institute
for Health System Research. Ministry of Health Malaysia. 2007
6. Lucy Gilson (ed.) (2012) Health Policy and Systems Research: A Methodology Reader. Alliance
for Health Policy and Systems Research, WHO.
7. WHO (2010) The World Health Report 2010. The Health Systems Financing: the path to universal
coverage. Geneva, World Health Organization.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8012: Women’s Health (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Recommend population based approach to improved women’s health.
2. Analyse gender roles and the impact of gender inequalities in women.
3. Differentiate and decide the beneficial and harmful practices including traditional practices in MCH
and its dangers during antenatal care, labour and post partum.
Synopsis
Aspects on women’s health will be covered in detail. The topics such as gender issues and violence
and infertility will be covered to give a wider perspective of women’s health. Basically the health of the
women depends on many issues beyond the scope of health services and these will be discussed.
International issues related to women’s health will be discussed.
Main References
1. Boston Women's Health Book Collective. A Touchstone Book, New York London Toronto Sydney.
2. Laura Reichenbach, Mindy Jane Roseman. 2009. Reproductive health and human rights : the way
forward. University of Pennsylvania Press.
3. Theo Stickley. 2008. Learning about mental health practice. John Wiley and Sons.
4. Lawrence S. Neinstein. 2007. Adolescent health care: a practical guide. Lippincott & Wilkins.
5. International Journal of Gynaecology and Obstetrics (Volumes 2011-2015) Official publication of
FIGO The International Federation of Gynecology and Obstetrics http://www.ijgo.org/issues.
Assessment Methods
 MWA 8013: Child and Adolescent Health (3 credit)

Learning Outcomes
1. Integrate the importance and principles of early childhood development and the relationship
between health and nutrition, psychological and social development of children.
2. Critically analyse the child & adolescent health programmes implemented in Malaysia
3. Perform a situational analyses on child & adolescent Health problem and strategies future
programmes.
Synopsis
Child health will cover in more detail on the topics that have been covered in MPH syllabus.
Communicable and non-communicable diseases will be covered. New areas like child abuse, new
vaccines and the child’s rights will also be discussed.
The adolescent health includes the theories of behaviour change, access to health care, and guidelines
to preventive services available in the country.
Main References
1. Graham Scambler. Sociology as applied to medicine (6th edition). Elsevier Health Sciences,
2008.
2. David R. Shaffer, Katherine Kipp. 2009. Developmental Psychology : Childhood and
Adolescence. Cengage Learning.
3. Judith E. Brown, Janet S. Isaacs, U. Beate Krinke (3RD Eds). Nutrition Through the Life Cycle.
2008 Thomson Learning.
4. World Health Organization (WHO). Core competencies in Adolescent Health and Development
for Primary Care Providers. 2015.
5. World Health Organization (WHO). mhGAP Intervention Guide for mental, neurological and
substance use disorders in non-specialized health settings. 2014.
http://www.paho.org/mhgap/en/
Assessment Methods
 MWA8014: Lifetime Health (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Apply knowledge and principle of Public Health to current lifetime health problem.
2. Critically appraise Family Health Programmes implemented in Malaysia
3. Perform a situational analysis of public Health problem across the Lifetime and strategies future
program
Synopsis
This will discuss the health problems of the segments of the population from womb to tomb and how the
issues are addressed in the country. The physical, social, psychological and emotional, problems will
be discussed.
Main References
1. Susan Krauss Whitbourne. The aging body – Physiological changes and physiological
consequences. Springer –Verlag 1985

2. Nessa Casey. The Epigenetics Revolution. Columbia University Press NY 2013
3. Marlene Goldman, Rebecca Trois. Women and Health. Academic Press, 2012
4. Bruno Lunenfeld. Textbook of Men’s Health and Aging 2 nd ed. CRC Press, 2007
5. Judith E. Brown, Janet S. Isaacs, U. Beate Krinke (3RD Eds). Nutrition Through the Life Cycle. 2008
Thomson Learning.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8015: Nutrition and Lactation Management (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Critically appraise current health problems, the evidence relating dietary factors to health and
disease with methods of implementation.
2. Analyse Nutritional Plan of Action Malaysia (NPAM) and the implementation for communities
which are at risk for nutritional disorders
3. Discuss the principles and concepts for nutritional supplement feeding, types and benefits.
Synopsis
The course will cover in more detail topics on the latest strategies and programmes in nutrition.
Main References
1. Buttris JL et al, 2017. Public health nutrition .2nd edition. Wiley-Blackwell

2. Frances Sizer, Ellie Whitney. 2013. Nutrition: Concepts and controversies. 13th ed. Brooks Cole.
3. B. Koletzko et al (2015) Paediatric Nutrition and Practice. 2 nd Revision. Karger.
4. Walter Willett (2013) .Nutritional Epidemiology. 3rd edition. Oxford University Press
5. Hazreen Abdul Majid et al. 2019. Malaysian Health and Adolescents Longitudinal research Team
Study Handbook. UM Press.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8016: Society, Behaviour and Health (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Critically appraise the contribution of medical sociology to health, health beliefs and practices,
deviance, labelling, stigmatisation and social control.
2. Analyse the social determinants of health & the implications of social class on planning health
policies and programmes.
3. Apply the concept of mass media, social marketing and community development approach in Health
Promotion.
Synopsis
The Society, Behaviour and Health course will provide current knowledge in the field of behavioural
sciences and health promotion.

Main References
1. William C. Cockerham. Medical Sociology 13th Edition. Pearson Education Inc. Prentice Hall NJ
2011
2. Michelle L. Inderbitis, Kirstin A Bates, Randy R. Garney. Deviance and Social Control. SAGE
Publications Inc USA 2013
3. James F McKenzie, James T Girvan, Randall R Cottrell. Principles and Foundation of Health
promotion and education 5th Edition. Benjamin Cummings 2012
4. Karen Glanz, Barbara K Rimer, K. Viswanath. Health Behavior: Theory, Research and Practice 5 th.
Edition. Jossey Boss 2015.
5. Rose Weitz. 2009. The Sociology of Health, Illness, and Health Care. Cengage Learning.
Assessment Methods
 MWA 8017: Environmental Pollution (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Identify the various environmental pollutants.
2. Evaluate the pollutants related to human health.
3. Formulate pollution prevention and control programmes related to human health.
Synopsis
This course will provide the candidate with in-depth knowledge of environmental pollution and its relation
to human health. The candidate will learn different types of environmental pollution in general followed
by each specific pollutant and possible health risks and prevention and control. The candidate will have
better understanding of the diseases related to pollution and plan for prevention programmes to reduce
the effect of pollution on human health.
Main References
1. Santra SC. Environmental Science, Jan 2004. New Central Book Agency, Calcutta.
2. Jerry A. Nathanson M.S. P.E. and Richard A. Schneider M.S. P.E. Basic Environmental Technology:
Water Supply, Waste Management and Pollution Control (6th Edition), 2014, Prentice Hall;
3. Occupational and Environmental Health: Recognizing and Preventing Disease and Injury, Barry S.
Levy David H. Wegman Sherry L. Baron , Rosemary K. Sokas, Oxford University Press; 6 edition,
2011
4. Understanding Environmental Health: How We Live in the World, Nancy Irwin Maxwell Jones and
Barttlert learning 2013
5. Lippmann M, Cohen BS, Schlesinger RB. Environmental Health Science, 2003. Oxford University
Press, USA.
6. Levy, Barry S.Occupational and environmental health : recognizing and preventing disease and
injury 5th ed , 2005 New York : Lippincott Williams and Wilkins
7. Current occupational & environmental medicine 4th ed. LaDou, Joseph, New York : McGraw-Hill,
2007.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8018: Food Technology and Health (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. identify various food-borne diseases and food processing critical control points

2. evaluate Food Safety and Quality Control
3. formulate Food Technology and Health Hazards Management
Synopsis
This course will provide the candidate with in-depth knowledge of food technology in relation to human
health. The candidate will learn different types of food processing, food safety and quality control in
various stages in general and ministry in particular. The candidate will have better understanding of the
current issues related to foods and how to involve in prevention and control of the food related health
hazards in the community.
Main References
1. Lima, Giuseppina P. P., Vianello, Fabio (Eds.). Food Quality, Safety and Technology. 2014.
Springer-Verlag Wien.
2. CURRENT Occupational & Environmental Medicine: Fourth Edition. 2007. McGraw-Hill Companies.
3. Codex alimentarius. Food hygiene basic texts 3rd ed. Joint FAO/WHO Codex Alimentarius
Commission. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 2003.
Press, USA.
5. FAO/WHO guidance to governments on the application of HACCP in small and/or less-developed
food businesses World Health Organization.Rome : World Health Organization [and] Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 2006.
6. Food safety handbook Schmidt, Ronald H., Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley-Interscience, 2003
Assessment Methods
 MWA8019: Waste Management (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Identify the different types of waste in the environment and various solid waste, waste water and
excreta disposal systems
2. Evaluate various existing wastes management and disease control
3. Recommend new wastes management and disease control methods
Synopsis
This course will provide the candidate with in-depth knowledge of wastes management and its relation
to human health. The candidate will learn different types of various waste disposal systems and how to
apply in different situations. The candidate will have better understanding of the current issues related
wastes and management, and how to involve in prevention and control of the waste related health
hazards in the community.
Main References
1. Santra SC. Environmental Science, Jan 2004. New Central Book Agency, Calcutta.
Press, USA.
3. Levy, Barry S.Occupational and environmental health : recognizing and preventing disease and
injury 5th ed , 2005 New York : Lippincott Williams and Wilkins
4. Current occupational & environmental medicine 4th ed. LaDou, Joseph, New York : McGraw-Hill,
2007.
Assessment Methods

 MWA8020: Human Factor and Ergonomics (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Describe the relationship between ergonomics, human factors, the limits of human capacity and
diseases.
2. Evaluate the workstations and work environment in relationship to ergonomics principles
3. Recommend modifications to the workstations and work environment to improve ergon
Synopsis
This course will provide the candidate with an in-depth knowledge of ergonomics and human factors.
The candidate will learn workplace assessment and the limits of human capacity. The candidate will
have better understanding of the diseases related to ergonomics and workstation design.
Main References
1. Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics. 4th ed. Gavriel Salvendy 2012 John Wiley.
2. Current Occupational and Environmental Medicine 5th ed. LaDou, Joseph, New York : McGraw-Hill,
2014
3. Hunter’s Diseases of Occupations. 10th ed. Peter J Baxter, Tar-Ching Aw, Anne Cockcroft, Paul
Durrington, J Malcolm Harrington. CRC Press
Assessment Methods
 MWA 8021: Disability Assessment (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. analyse the principles of disability assessment based on AMA guidelines and SOCSO guidelines
2. evaluate the level of disability and impairment of individuals for the purpose of compensation and
return to work
3. recommend an appropriate programme for return to work in a disabled person
Synopsis
This course will provide the candidate the skill to conduct Disability and Impairment Assessment and
develop return to work programmes.
Main References
1. AMA Guide to the Evaluation of Permanent Impairment, Linda Cocchiarella, Gunnar B.J
Andersson.6th Edition, AMA Press, 2010
2. SOCSO. Guidelines on the Diagnosis of Occupational Diseases. 1 st Ed (Revised), SOCSO, 2009.
3. SOCSO. Guidelines on Impairment and Disability Assessment of Traumatic Injuries, Occupational
Diseases and Invalidity. 3rd Ed, SOCSO, 2013.
4. Employee’s Social Security Act 1969.
5. Fitness for work: the medical aspects. 4th Ed. Palmer, Keith T. 2007 Oxford University Press.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8022: Occupational Lung Diseases (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. identify the types of Occupational Lung Diseases that occur due to workplace exposures
2. diagnose and manage the individual with occupational lung diseases
3. manage return to work and compensation issues in occupational lung diseases
Synopsis
The course will provide the candidate the knowledge and skills on the types of occupational lung
diseases, diagnosis, management, return to work and compensation issues related to occupational lung
diseases.
Main References
1. A Clinical Guide to Occupational and Environmental Lung Diseases. 1 st Ed. 2012. Humana Press.
2. Occupational and Environmental Lung Diseases: Diseases from Work, Home, Outdoor and Other
Exposures. 1st Ed. 2010. Wiley-Blackwell
3. Current Occupational and Environmental Medicine 5 th ed. 2014 LaDou, Joseph, New York :
McGraw-Hill
4. Hunter’s Diseases of Occupations. 10th ed. Peter J Baxter, Tar-Ching Aw, Anne Cockcroft, Paul
Durrington, J Malcolm Harrington. CRC Press
5. Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994 and Regulations. Laws of Malaysia. International Law
Book Services 2007
6. AMA Guide to the Evaluation of Permanent Impairment, Linda Cocchiarella, Gunnar B.J
Andersson.6th Edition, AMA Press, 2010
7. SOCSO. Guidelines on the Diagnosis of Occupational Diseases. 1 st Ed (Revised), SOCSO, 2009.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8023: Occupational Safety and Health Management Systems (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. Analyse the OSH management systems and standards like ISO, OSAS 18000 and ILO-OSH MS
2. Evaluate Occupational Health Policy and management systems to the needs of an organisation
3. Recommend OSH management systems in improving safety and health issues in an organisation
Synopsis
This course will provide the candidate the knowledge on the International Labour Organisation-
Occupational Health Management Systems. The course will include the planning and implementation
of the system in an organisation.
Main References
1. British Standard Institution. Occupational health and safety management systems. Guidelines for
the implementation of OHSAS 18001:2015. BSI.
2. Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994 and Regulations. Laws of Malaysia. International Law
Book Services 2011
3. Factories and Machinery Act 1967 (Act 139) & regulations and rules : Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur :
International Law Book Services, 2013.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8024: Advanced Epidemiology (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes

1. Apply and analyse the history of epidemiology, epidemiologic concepts, analytical approaches, and
interpretation of study results.
2. Identify modelling issues in multivariate regression analysis for etiologic studies (case control and
cohort studies).
3. Perform survival analysis, mathematical modelling and the causal theory.
Synopsis
Epidemiology provides the scientific basis for much of public health and clinical practice. The current
revolution in health care and disease prevention indicates that the demand for valuable results from this
field will continue to grow. This module provides in-depth discussion for understanding the common
problems faced in the design, conduct and analysis as well as interpretation of research. Topics on
causal inferences will be discussed in much wider perspective.
Main References
1. Lash, T., M. Fox, and A. Fink, Applying Quantitative Bias Analysis to Epidemiological Data. 2009,
New York: Springer.
2. Nieto J and Szklo M, Epidemiology: Beyond the Basics 3rd Edition 2014.Burlington,Jones and
Bartlett Learning.
3. Myriam Hunink M.G and Weinstein M.C, Decision Making in Health and Medicine: Integrating
Evidence and Values 2nd Edition 2014 Cambrige University Press
4. Creswell, J.W, Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. 4th
ed. 2014 Los Angeles: Sage
Assessment Methods
 MWA8025: Clinical Epidemiology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. apply the principles and methods of clinical epidemiology and related issues
2. critically appraise the quantitative epidemiology literature, including clinical guidelines and patient-
based measures used in clinical setting
Synopsis
The aim of the course is to introduce the candidates to make rational evidenced based decisions in
clinical practice. Clinical epidemiology attempts to answer clinical questions relevant to the daily practice
of medicine and to improve patient care. It focuses on individuals or groups of patients in clinical settings.
The tasks of clinical epidemiology in clinical sciences, the concepts, methods and tools will be presented
and discussed; particular emphasis will be place on the use of randomised trials and observational study
design.
Main References
1. Adams Simon T, Leveson Stephen H. Clinical prediction rules BMJ 2012; 344 :d8312
2. Grobbee Direderick E, Arno W. Hoes. Clinical Epidemiology, Principles, Methods and Applications
for clinical research. Jones and Bartlett. 2014
Assessment Methods

 MWA8026: Epidemiology of Communicable Diseases (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Interpret infectious diseases epidemiology, including outbreak investigation, surveillance, analysis
of infectious diseases data, and laboratory testing of specimens;
2. Evaluate the different control strategies for infectious diseases, including infection control,
antimicrobial management, immunization, risk factor modification, and screening;
3. Apply Infectious Disease Modelling for informed decision-making.
Synopsis
This course is designed to provide students with an overview of the principles and practices of infectious
diseases epidemiology with focus on how the presence and control of communicable diseases affects
public health locally, nationally and internationally.
Main References
1. Webber R. Communicable diseases A Global Perspective: 2012.

2. Nelson K, Williams C. Infectious disease epidemiology: theory and practice: Jones and Bartlett
Publishers; 2013.
3. Modeling Infectious Disease Parameters Based on Serological and Social Contact Data: A Modern
Statistical Perspective (Statistics for Biology and Health) 2012. Niel Hens, Ziv Shkedy, Marc
Aerts, Christel Faes, Pierre Van Damme, Philippe Beutels
Assessment Methods

 MWA8027: Epidemiology of Non Communicable Diseases (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Apply principles of life course approach to non-communicable disease epidemiology
2. Appraise molecular biomarkers in measuring exposure, susceptibility and disease outcomes in
epidemiological studies of non-communicable diseases
3. Distinguish between determinants of disease at an individual level and at a population level
Synopsis
The course is designed to provide an in-depth understanding on the epidemiology of several important
non-communicable diseases and conditions. The focus of this course is on the principles and methods
of epidemiology and prevention that are of particular relevance to non-communicable diseases. The
course introduces the new aspects in epidemiology ie: Mendelian randomization, molecular biomarkers
etc.
Main References
1. Randall H. Epidemiology of Chronic Diseases Global Perspective, Jones and Bartlett Publishers;
2013
2. Kuh D, Ben-Shlomo Y. A Life course approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, Oxford University
Press, 2004
3. Remington P, Brownson R, Wegner M. Chronic Disease Epidemiology - Prevention and Control.
APHA Press, 2016, 4th Edition

Assessment Methods
 MWA8028: Analysis of Rates and Proportions (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Construct various measures of health occurences
2. Perform statistical analysis for categorical data
3. Perform statistical analysis for time to event data
Synopsis
This module will emphasize concepts and methods for analysis of data that are of categorical and rate-
of-occurrence (e.g., incidence rate), and time-to-event (survival duration). The module will divide into
two parts. The first part covers topics such as measures of association, 2x2 tables, stratification,
matched pairs, logistic regression and model building. The second half of the module covers methods
for analysis of rates and survival data. These includes hazard, survivor, and cumulative hazard
functions, Kaplan-Meier and actuarial estimation of the survival distribution, comparison of survival using
log rank and other tests, regression models including the Cox proportional hazards model, adjustment
for time-varying covariates, and use of parametric distributions (exponential, Weibull) in survival
analysis. Class material will include presentation of statistical methods for estimation and testing, along
with current software (Stata, SPSS, SAS) for implementing analysis of survival data. Applications of
statistical methods will be emphasized.
Main References
2. David G Kleinbaum, Mitchel Klein. Survival Analysis: A Self-Learning Text. 3rd Edition, Springer
2011.
3. Multivariate Data Analysis. 6th Edition. Hair JF, Black WC, Babin BJ, Anderson RE, Tatham RL,
Pearson Prentice Hall 2006.
4. Hosmer D.W. and Lemeshow, S. Applied Logistic Regression. 2 nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons. 2000.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8029: Statistical Computing (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. manage and process data in terms of secure and safe storage, data cleaning and data editing.
2. perform appropriate statistical analyses for the right type of data
3. create and use codes (syntax/commands) in performing data analysis operations
Synopsis
This module will emphasize concepts and methods for analysis of data by the use of statistical program.
In this course the students are exposed to current statistical program i.e. Stata, SPSS, SAS. It is a
prerequisite that the students have already acquired a good understanding of basic principles of
statistics before using such programs.
Main References

2. Hosmer D.W and Lemeshow S. Applied Logistic Regression. Wiley, 2013.
3. Neil H.S, Essentials of Multivariate Data Analysis, 2013
Assessment Methods
 MWA8030: Introduction to Meta-Analysis (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. develop a protocol of conducting meta analysis
2. develop search strategies and critically appraise the evidence
3. interpret statistical methods used to pool estimates
4. explain heterogeneity and meta regression
Synopsis
This is an introduction of meta-analysis and is concerned with the use of existing data to inform clinical
decision-making and health care policy, the course focuses on research synthesis (meta-analysis). The
principles of meta-analytic statistical methods are reviewed, and the application of these to data sets is
explored. Application of methods includes considerations for clinical trials and observational studies.
The use of meta-analysis to explore data and identify sources of variation among studies is emphasized,
as is the use of meta-analysis to identify future research questions.
Main References
1. Micheal Borenstein, Larry V.H, Introduction to Meta Analysis;Kindle Edition; 2011.

2. Flora H, James M, Handbook for Clinical Research: Design, Statistics, and Implementation:
Paperback; 2014.
3. Mike W.L, Meta-Analysis: A Structural Equation Modelling Approach.Wiley;2015
Assessment Methods
 MWA8031: Principles of Clinical Trials (3 credits)

Learning Outcomes
1. critique a clinical trial
2. Design and prepare a proposal for clinical trial
3. Conduct a clinical trial
Synopsis
The module is designed for individuals interested in the scientific, policy, and management aspects of
clinical trials. This provides an understanding of the principles of clinical trials. Topics include the types
of clinical research, organization, study design, treatment allocation, randomization and stratification,
quality control, protocol adherence and compliance, sample size requirements, patient consent, and
interpretation of results. It will also cover ethical considerations, safety data reporting and data collection
techniques. Students design a clinical investigation in their own field of interest, write a proposal for it,
and critique recently published medical literature.
Main References
1. Friedman L, Furberg C, Demets D. Fundamentals of Clinical Trials: Springer-Verlag GmbH; 2014

2. Hulley S. Stephen R, Designing clinical research: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2013.

3. Cleophas T, Zwinderman A, Cleophas T, Cleophas E. Statistics Applied to Clinical Trials: Springer;
5th Edition. 2012.
Assessment Methods
MWA 8032 Qualitative Methods in Health Research (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Apply qualitative methodologies in their research projects
2. Critically appraise quality of qualitative research in the literature.
3. Discuss ethical issues in the conduct of qualitative research
Synopsis
This course is mainly concerned with the development of capacities and skills in using a range of
qualitative research techniques in health. It is expected that the students will be familiar with the
theoretical foundations of qualitative research and common methods of data collection, sampling
techniques, validity, ethical issues, and data analysis to apply in their research projects. The unit also
seeks to enhance students’ knowledge and skills to critically assess qualitative research by the end of
the course.
Main References
1. Deborah K. Qualitative and Mixed Methods in Public Health. Sage Publications.2011.

2. Gregory S, Emily N, Public Health Research Methods; Sage Publications.2014
3. Pope C & Mays N. Qualitative research in health care. 3rd edition. Blackwell Publishing. 2008.
Assessment Methods
 MWA8033: Critical Readings and Special Topics in Epidemiology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes
1. critically appraise hybrid study designs that can be used for data collection;
2. synthesize scientific evidence to refute research questions; and
3. critically appraise scientific articles for errors and bias
Synopsis
This course examines common problems in the design, analysis, and interpretation of observational
studies. Problems of exposure and disease definitions, time-dependent effects, confounding, and
misclassification are considered in the light of data sources typically available. Relevant statistical
methods are discussed. The module also discusses the surge of epidemiology activities, its expanded
scope and influence to other disciplines.
Main References
1. Ann A, George R.S, Essential of Epidemiology in Public Health; 3 rd Edition, Jones and Barlette;
2013
2. Rothman K, Greenland S, Lash T. Modern epidemiology: Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins; 2012.
3. Diederick E Grobbee & Arno W.Hoes. Clinical epidemiology: Principles, Methods and Applications
for Clinical Research. Jones & Bartlett Publishers, Boston. 2009.

Assessment Methods
 MWA8034: Nutritional Epidemiology (3 credits)
Learning Outcomes

1. Conduct various methods of nutritional assessments
2. Analyse nutritional data
3. Apply the principles of nutritional epidemiology to clinical practice
Synopsis
This course is designed for candidates who are interested in conducting or better interpreting
epidemiologic studies relating diet and nutrition to health and disease. There is an increasing awareness
that various aspects of diet and nutrition may be important contributing factors in chronic disease. This
course aims to examine epidemiologic methodology in relation to nutritional measures, and to review
the current state of knowledge regarding diet and other nutritional indicators as etiologic factors in
disease.
Main References
1. Rothman K, Greenland S, Lash T. Modern epidemiology: Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott Williams

& Wilkins; 2012.
2. Willett W. Nutritional epidemiology: Oxford University Press; 2013
3. Edelstein S, Sharlin J. Life cycle nutrition: an evidence-based approach: Jones and Bartlett
Publishers; 2009.
4. McNaughton S, Exercise DUSo, Program NSFL, Deakin University. Faculty of Health M, Nursing,
Program BSFL. Nutritional epidemiology: Study guide and readings: Deakin University; 2007.
5. Gibson R. Principles of nutritional assessment: Oxford University Press; 2005.
Assessment Methods


2022/2023 AWARD FOR THE BEST STUDENT
POSTGRADUATE
HANDBOOK
K. PATHMARAJAH MEMORIAL AWARD
The K. Pathmarajah Memoral Award is an annual award established from the income of a fund of
RM10,800.00 donated by members of the Manipal Alumni Association, family and friends in memory of
the late Dr. K. Pathmarajah formerly lecturer in the Faculty of Medicine.
Rules
1. The K. Pathmarajah Memorial Award shall be awarded to the best student in the Part II
Examination for the Degree of Master of Anesthesiology.
2. The award shall be made by the Senate on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners for
the examination concerned.
3. The award shall take the form of a gold medal up to a value of RM500.00.
4. The gold medal shall not be awarded in any academic year if no candidate is deemed worthy
of the award. In such event the funds available for that academic year shall be carried forward
for additional awards in any subsequent academic year if there is more than one candidate
worthy of the award.
DR. RANJEET BHAGWAN SINGH AWARD
The Dr. Ranjeet Bhagwan Singh Award has been established form the income of a fund of Ringgit 5,000
donated to the University of Malaya by Dr. Ranjeet Bhagwan Singh for award to the best student in the
Master of Pathology Examination.
Rules
1. The Dr. Ranjeet Bhagwan Singh Award shall take the form of a gold medal which shall be
awarded annually by the Senate of the University of Malaya to the best student in the Master of
Pathology Examinations.
2. The award shall be made by the Senate on the recommendation of the Board of Examiners
concerned.
3. No award shall be made if there is no candidate of sufficient merit in any academic year. In
such event, the fund available shall be carried forward to provide for an additional award in
another year if there are more than one candidate of sufficient academic merit.
4. The cost of the award shall be met from the income derived annually form the donation.
MASTER OF RADIOLOGY PRIZE
The Master of Radiology Prize was established with a donation of Ringgit Ten Thousand from Pribumi
Sdn. Bhd. and Ringgit Five Thousand from Meditel Electronics Sdn. Bhd. to the University of Malaya.
The prize will be awarded annually to a student with the best overall achievement in the Master of
Radiology Program based on the final examination for the degree of Master of Radiology. The cost of
the prize will be met from the income derived annually form this donation.

Rules
1. The Master of Radiology Prize shall be awarded annually to one student with the best
achievement in the Program based on the final examination for the Degree of Master of
Radiology.
concerned.
3. A candidate who has failed in any of the Part I, Part II or Final Assessment shall not be
considered for this prize.
4. The first award shall commence based on the academic achievement of the student in the
examination for the 2001/2002 Academic Session.
5. The prize will be in the form of cash with a value of RM600.00.
6. No award shall be made in any academic year if there is no candidate of sufficient academic
merit. In such an event, the funds available will be carried forward to provide for additional
awards in any subsequent academic year where there is more than one candidate of sufficient
merit.
MASTER OF MEDICAL PHYSICS PRIZE
The Master of Medical Physics Prize was established with a donation of Ringgit Ten Thousand from
Primabumi Sdn. Bhd. and Ringgit Five Thousand from Meditel Electronics Sdn. Bhd. to the University
of Malaya. The prize will be awarded annually to a student with the best overall achievement in the
Master of Medical Physics Program based on the final examination for the degree of Master of Medical
Physics. The cost of the prize will be met from the income derived annually from this donation.
Rules
1. The Master of Medical Physics Prize shall be awarded annually to one student with the best
achievement in the Program based on the final examination for the Degree of Master of Medical
Physics.
concerned.
3. A candidate who has failed in any of the Semester I or Semester II Examination shall not be
considered for this prize.
4. The first award shall commence based on the academic achievement of the student in the
examination for the 2001/2002 Academic Session.
5. The prize will be in the form of cash with a value of RM600.00.
6. No award shall be made in any academic year if there is no candidate of sufficient academic merit.
In such an event, the funds available will be carried forward to provide for additional awards in any
subsequent academic year where there is more than one candidate of sufficient merit.
DR. JOHN BOSCO AWARD

The John Bosco Award is an annual award established from the John Bosco Memorial Fund which was
started with donations from family and friends of the late Professor John Bosco, former head of the
Department of Medicine.
Rules
1. The John Bosco Award is to be given to the best and most worthy candidate who passes the
part II and final examination for the degree of Master of Internal Medicine. He or she must not
fail in any section of the exams clinical or written and the candidate should show consistent
performance through his or her training.
2. The award shall be in the form of a book prize and the total value of RM2000.00.
3. Dr. John Bosco award shall be made on every session by the Senate on the recommendation
of the Board of Examiners concerned.
4. The award may be withheld if no candidate is deemed to be of sufficient merit in any academic
year. In such event, the fund shall be carried forward to provide for an additional award in
another year if there is more than one candidate of sufficient academic merit.

2022/2023 FACULTY FACILITIES
POSTGRADUATE
1 TAN SRI DANARAJ MEDICAL LIBRARY
2 IMAGING LABORATORY
3 MULTIDISCIPLINARY LABORATORIES
4 CLINCAL SKILLS LABORATORY
5 COMPUTER LABORATORIES
6 MEDICAL ILLUSTRATION AND MULTIMEDIA

DEVELOPMENT UNIT
7 ANATOMY RESOURCE
8 CENTRAL PATHOLOGY MUSEUM
9. CENTRE POINT
10. THE CUBE

FACULTY OF MEDICINE , UNIVERSITI MALAYA | http://medicine.um.edu.my
1. TAN SRI DANARAJ MEDICAL LIBRARY
SERVICES
Academic Services
Tan Sri Danaraj Medical Library
The Medical Library on the 3rd floor of the faculty contains around 100,000 volumes and
subscribes to around 2,000 current journals. An extensive collection of reference works printed
indexing and abstracting services are maintained. It permits access to a number of databases
both on-line and on compact disk in the various fields of medicine and allied health care. In
addition, the library offers cassette-tape, tape-slide, video-viewing and discussion room
facilities, inter-library loan, photocopying and document binding services. Branch libraries are
at the Klang and Kuala Langat District Complexes. These libraries aim to provide good quality
and friendly service in a pleasant environment. Care of all library material is essential to
maintaining this standard. Instructions regarding the use of facilities should be obtained from
library staff.
The Main UM Library situated in the main campus contains more than 1 million volumes, a
microfilm processing unit and photostating facilities.
Library times:
Mon-Fri: 0800 – 1700 hr

2. IMAGING LABORATORY
Imaging Laboratory
The objective of the Medical Imaging

Programme is to expose the students to
every phase of medical imaging and
encourage a disciplined approach to
problem solving. The four-year program is
structured to introduce each medical
imaging subdivision. Basic understanding
of individual techniques is emphasized,
followed by hands-on experience aimed at
challenging the student to accept
increasingly greater responsibilities as the
training program progresses in the
imaging laboratory (College of
Radiography) and Biomedical Imaging
Department. In addition to conventional
radiography and nuclear medicine, training will be available in computer sciences, related
imaging technologies, angiography, and interventional radiography. Equipment, facilities, and
personnel are available to develop expertise in all areas of medical imaging. The Biomedical
Imaging Department have:
Mobile X-ray General Radiographic Machines

6 sets of AMX 4 Plus Room 1 to Room 6 = DRX Evolution Carestream
3 sets of GE AMX 4 wifi digital

3 MRI scanners: Mammography
1. GE 3 T SIGNA with HIFU Siemens Mammomat 3000 Nova
CR
2. GE 1.5 T SIGNA Siemens Mammomat Novation
DR
3. Siemens MAGNETOM C 0.35 T Open MRI
3. MULTI-DISCIPLINARY LABORATORIES
A special facility at FOM is the multidisciplinary laboratories commonly known as the MD

Labs (I and II). As their name implies, these labs serves various purposes which include
wet and dry laboratory practical’s, tutorials, self-directed learning stations, structured
paraclinical examinations as well as for tutorial and self learning. It also serves as a
home-based for the students.
4. CLINICAL SKILLS LABORATORIES
The Clinical Skill Laboratory (CSL) of Faculty of Medicine provides facilities for the
teaching of clinical skills and procedures. It is equipped with wide range of simulators.
The centre allows medical and paramedical students and doctors to use these simulators
for learning and practicing the clinical skills and procedures in a safe, controlled
environment.
For detail information check its webpage: http://www.ummc.edu.my/csl.

5. COMPUTER LABORATORIES
The computers laboratories equip with a total of 90 computers are available to students of
UMMC for various computer-aided learning programmes. These laboratories are opened up to
5:00 pm on working days.
6. MEDICAL ILLUSTRATIONS AND MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT

UNIT
This unit is a centre for the production of media and resources to support teaching and
research at the faculty. Comprehensive photographic and graphic services are offered
as well as a fully equipped video unit. Other services include management of the
Faculty’s lecture theatres and audiovisual equipment.
7. ANATOMY RESOURCE CENTRE
The Anatomy Resource Centre (ARC) has been designed to emphasise clinically
relevant anatomy and stimulate ‘active learning’ in students in a pleasant conducive
environment. Although designed as a multidisciplinary resource primarily for medical
students, it also serves the needs of dental students and others from the allied health
sciences as well as postgraduate health professionals. In addition, the ARC plays a
very vital role in educating the public about the importance of anatomy in clinical
medicine (see below).

Key features include potted and plastinated cadaveric specimens, a range of diagnostic
images and clinical scenarios quizzes. In addition, activity stations have been designed
to focus on interactive learning through multimedia computers, educational anatomy
software/ medical websites as well as anatomy videotapes. Dedicated timetable slots
in the Phase I medical course encourage self-learning in the ARC by medical students.
All regular ARC users are issued with security smart cards to enter and exit the centre.
User profile of the ARC is continuously recorded and analysed from computerised door
entry records. Student perception of ARC educational value is assessed regularly
through feedback questionnaires surveys.

8. CENTRAL PATHOLOGY MUSEUM
9. CENTRE POINT
Level 4, Faculty of Medicine

10. THE CUBE
Level 4, Faculty of Medicine

2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE CAMPUS FACILITIES
HANDBOOK
1 ACCOMMODATION
2 SCHOLARSHIP & SPONSORSHIP UNIT (UBT)
3 STUDENT HEALTH CLINIC
4. UM MEDICAL CENTRE
5. STUDENT COUNSELING SERVICES
6 KOMPLEKS PERDANASISWA
7. MASJID
8. PHARMACY
9. BANKING FACILITIES SERVICES
10. LIBRARY

1. ACCOMMODATION
The Ibnu Sina Residential College houses 700 Faculty of Medicine students. A branch
hostel in Klang, next to the Hospital is specially for medical students in Stage 3. Full
board and lodging is provided at reasonable rates.
Further information for on-campus or off-campus accommodation can be obtained from

the Student Affairs Section, UM.
Contact Number: 03-79673216

Email: hep_penginapan@um.edu.my
2. SCHOLARSHIP & SPONSORSHIP UNIT (UBT)
This unit, located in the Academic Administration and Services Centre, UM handles
applications for scholarship/loans from national, state and statutory bodies, including
private companies and philanthropic organizations.
3. STUDENT HEALTH CLINIC
This service is available to all students throughout the year. The clinic is situated at:
Student Health Clinic

Bangunan Siswarama
Faculty of Arts and Social Science
University of Malaya
50603 Kuala Lumpur

Email: kkpum@um.edu.my
Mon-Fri: 0800 – 1700

No service on Saturday, Sunday/ Public Holiday
4. UM MEDICAL CENTRE
A 24-hour emergency medical service is available to all UM students at the Accident &
Emergency Unit of the UM Medical Centre.
5. STUDENT COUNSELING SERVICE
A confidential counseling service available for all UM students, is offered by the

Phsycology Management & Counseling Section, which is situated at the Perdanasiswa
Complex.

The UM Medical Center provides an added counseling service for its students. For further
information, please refer to current faculty notices on Counseling Service.
Contact Number: 603 79673244/ 2099
6. KOMPLEKS PERDANASISWA
Foodstuff, sourvenior shop and electronic accessories, Automated Teller Machine

(ATM), Gazebo, and Speaker Conner are available at Perdana Siswa Building.
7. MASJID
Masjid Al-Rahman is situated at the main entrance to UM. A surau is situated adjacent
to the hospital. A newly built surau is situated in the Faculty of Medicine at level 4
between the Department of Anatomy and Molecular Medicine.
8. PHARMACY
These shops are available on ground floor at Kompleks Kesihatan Wanita dan Kanak-
Kanak (KWKK).
9. BANKING FACILITIES
A CIMB auto-teller machine is available on the ground floor of the main hospital block.
Bank Islam is situated on the ground of new High Impact Research building in the
campus.the campus.
10. LIBRARY
The University of Malaya Library

encompasses a network of libraries and
through this network the Library is able to
provide comprehensive services and facilities
using the discipline-based approach.
Through the Library’s home page at http://umlib.um.edu.my, one is able to explore the
multitude of services as well as the various facilities available to the users. The collection within
the Library has been developed in line with the teaching, learning and research needs of the
University. The Library now holds more than 1.4 million titles with over 2.1 million items in
various formats. In addition to that the Library provides access to more than 85 online
databases comprising of more than 46,000 e-journal titles and more than 150,000 e-book
titles.
Librarian’s Office
Level 3, Central Library
University of Malaya
50603 Kuala Lumpur
Tel: +603-7967 3206
NEW BOOKS DISPLAY
Our most recently new books displayed at the

strategic corner. You are welcome to browse this
selection and feel free to borrow material from
this corner.
 LOCATION : LEVEL 1
THESES & DISSERTATION
This collection contains articles,

books, research syntheses,
conference papers and
technical reports, newspapers
in microfiche & microfilm
format. The collection available
at the Central Library.
LOCATION : LEVEL 2
REFERENCE
Reference sources such as dictionaries,

encyclopedias, handbooks, directories
and resource guides to research are
available.

V I D EO & AU D I O
The University of Malaya Library has a

collection of media to support research
and teaching and learning. Among the
collections in the media unit are VHs,
CDs, black plates, blu-rays. There is a
collection that can only be used in the
library using the equipment provided. In
addition, non-academic materials such as
movies can be borrowed according to loan
eligibility

2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE FACULTY BUILDING PLAN
HANDBOOK

2022/2023
POSTGRADUATE MAP CAMPUS
HANDBOOK

THANK YOU
PREPARED BY;
POSTGRADUATE SECTION, DEAN’S OFFICE
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
UNIVERSITI MALAYA


PG Book 20222023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PG Book 20222023

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PG Book 20222023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNIVERSITI

Bil Title Page

2 Deputy Dean’s Message 2

4 Departments at The Faculty 4

5 Units of The Faculty 30

6 Educational Goals of The University of Malaya 34

7 Vision and Mission of Faculty of Medicine UM 35

8 History of the Faculty of Medicine UM 36

9 Compliance With The University’s Statutes, Rules And Regulations 49

10 Postgraduate’s Clinical Programme 40

10.1 Master of Anaesthesiology (MAnaes) 42

10.2 Master of Clinical Oncology (MCO) 49

10.3 Master of Emergency Medicine (MEmMed) 56

10.4 Master of Family Medicine (MFamMed) 63

10.5 Master of Internal Medicine (MlntMed) 71

10.6 Master of Obstetrics and Gynaecology (MObGyn) 77

10.7 Master of Ophthalmology (MOphthal) 83

10.8 Master of Orthopaedic Surgery (MOrthSurg) 90

10.9 Master of Otorhinolaryngology - Head & Neck Surgery ( MSurgORL-HNS ) 97

10.10 Master of Paediatrics (MPaeds) 104

10.11 Master of Paediatric Surgery (MPaedSurg) 111

10.12 Master of Pathology (Anatomical Pathology)/ (Haematology) /

10.13 Master of Psychological Medicine (MPM) 125

POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK 2022/2023 ii

10.14 Master of Radiology (MRad) 132

10.16 Master of Rehabilitation Medicine (MRehabMed) 139

10.17 Master of Sports Medicine (MSpMed) 146

10.18 Master of Surgery (MSurg) 153

10.19 Master of Neurosurgery (MNeuroSurg) 160

Postgraduate’s Non Clinical Programme 168

Academic Calendar 169

10.20 Master of Medical Education (MMedEdu) 170

10.21 Master of Medical Physics (MMedPhysics) 182

10.22 Master of Nursing Science Degree (MNSc) 192

10.23 Master of Public Health (MPH) 202

10.24 Master of Health Research Ethics (MOHRE) 221

10.25 Master of Medical Parasitologi and Entomology 232

10.26 Master of Epidemiology (MEpi) 244

10.25 Master of Medical Science (Regenerative Medicine) (MMedSc RegMed)) 252

10.26 Master of Medical Science (MMedSc) 258

10.27 Doctor of Medicine (MD) 260

10.28 Doctor of Philosophy 262

10.29 Doctor of Public Health (DrPH) 264

11 Award For The Best Student 274

12 Faculty Facilities 290

13 Campus Facilities 298

14 Faculty Building Plan 303

15 Map Campus 304

POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK 2022/2023 iii

Welcome to the Faculty of Medicine.

I am delighted that you have chosen to study at the Universiti

Whether you are pursuing a Clinical Master’s in Medicine, or a

PROFESSOR DR. APRIL CAMILLA ROSLANI

POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK 2022/2023 SESSION 1

Welcome to the Faculty of Medicine. As you join us in this academic

I am looking forward to meeting you. Welcome to the Faculty of Medicine.

POSTGRADUATE HANDBOOK 2022/2023 SESSION 2

PROFESSOR DR. APRIL CAMILLA PROFESSOR DR. SHAHRUL

FARAHIYAH MOHAD KIDAR